# Play Bass Better

### Posts

#### $300 Cort vs $2300 Sadowsky Blind Test — Does Expensive Always Sound Better?
The Cort A4 Ultra Ash costs around $300. The Sadowsky NYC costs around $2,300. I put them both through a proper blind test — same amp, same settings, same player — and the result made some of my viewers very uncomfortable.
Not because the cheap one won. Not because the expensive one won. But because it turned out the right answer was more complicated than either camp wanted to hear.

Why I Ran This Test
I get asked about gear value constantly. Students ask me whether they should save up for something expensive or just buy whatever fits the budget. Gear communities online argue about it endlessly. And I realised at some point that I had both basses sitting right there — a Cort A4 Ultra Ash and my personal Sadowsky NYC — and I could just answer the question directly.
The test setup was simple. I played the same passages on both basses, recorded them, and asked people to identify which was which. I did it blind first — meaning even I didn’t know which recording was which when I was listening back. Then I asked my audience to do the same.
The results were genuinely interesting. Not in a viral-clickbait way. In a way that actually made me think differently about what we’re paying for when we buy expensive instruments.
The Cort A4 Ultra Ash
The Cort A4 Ultra Ash is a serious instrument for the money. It’s built in Korea, it has an ash body, a 5-piece maple/walnut neck, and active Bartolini MK-1 pickups. At the $300 price point, there is honestly nothing about this bass that says “budget” when you pick it up.
The setup out of the box was good. The frets were level. The neck felt stable. The electronics were quiet. These are things that used to require significant money to get right, and Cort has figured out how to manufacture them consistently at a lower price point.
Where it shows its price is in the feel under extended playing. The hardware — bridge, tuners — has a different density to it. The neck profile is very safe and inoffensive, which is good for most players but lacks personality. And the tone, while solid, has a flatness to it in the upper register that more expensive basses don’t have.
The Sadowsky NYC
The Sadowsky NYC is in a completely different category. Roger Sadowsky built his reputation in New York by doing what Fender couldn’t — building Jazz Basses with better hardware, better pickups, a proper preamp, and tighter quality control. Every instrument that comes out of that shop gets individually set up and inspected.
The difference in feel is immediate. The neck on a Sadowsky has a specific quality to it that I struggle to put into words — it feels alive in a way that production instruments at lower price points don’t. The balance on the strap, the weight distribution, the way the body resonates acoustically before you even plug it in. These are not small things.
And the tone. The Sadowsky preamp is one of the best things I’ve ever heard on a bass guitar. The low-mid bump it adds is musical rather than scooped. It cuts through a mix without sounding harsh. It responds to your right-hand dynamics in a way that feels immediate and sensitive.
What the Blind Test Actually Revealed
Here’s what happened. When I listened to the recordings without knowing which was which, I could tell them apart — but it wasn’t as obvious as I expected. The Cort sounded good. Genuinely good. In a well-produced recording, if you don’t know what you’re listening for, you might not immediately say “that’s the $300 bass.”
But when my audience voted on which was which, the split was significant enough to tell a story. Most people who play bass regularly identified the Sadowsky correctly. Most people who don’t play identified the Cort as the more expensive one.
Which means: the difference is real, but it’s a player’s difference. It’s felt more than heard. It’s in the dynamics, the response, the feel under your hands — not just the recorded tone.
So Does Expensive Always Sound Better?
No. And yes. It depends on what “better” means to you.
If you’re recording in a studio and someone is going to listen to a mixdown at the end, a $300 bass through a good DI can absolutely hold its own. I’ve heard commercial recordings made on budget instruments that sounded great because the player was great.
But if you’re the one playing it — if you’re spending hours every day with your hands on this instrument — the quality of the tool matters. The Sadowsky makes me want to play more. It responds to what I’m doing in a way that inspires better technique. The Cort is a competent instrument that gets the job done.
Whether that difference is worth $2,000 is a personal calculation only you can make. For a beginner, it absolutely isn’t. For a serious working musician, it might be. I’ve had both in my hands and I think both have their place in the world.
Frequently Asked Questions
Is the Cort A4 Ultra Ash good for professional use?
Yes, absolutely. The Cort A4 Ultra Ash is a professional-quality instrument at a budget price. I’d have no hesitation using it in a live or studio setting. The limitation is in the feel and subtle tonal character, not in basic functionality.
How much does a Sadowsky NYC bass cost?
New Sadowsky NYC basses typically run $2,000–$3,500 depending on the model and options. Used prices are generally $1,500–$2,500. The Sadowsky Metro Line (made in Japan) offers similar features at a lower price point around $1,200–$1,800.
Can beginners hear the difference between a cheap and expensive bass?
Typically not at first — and that’s actually fine. The differences become more apparent as your ear develops and especially as your technique improves. At the beginner stage, spending $300–$500 on a quality instrument makes much more sense than $2,000+.
What pickup system does the Cort A4 Ultra Ash use?
The Cort A4 Ultra Ash uses active Bartolini MK-1 pickups with a 3-band EQ. These are well-regarded pickups at the price point that offer a clear, modern tone.

Related Posts

Sadowsky NYC 2008 Review — Why I Keep Coming Back
Yamaha BB434 vs Ibanez SR1100B — Mid-Range Showdown
Yamaha BB435 vs TRBX305 — Entry Level Comparison

Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →

#### 1974 Rickenbacker 4001 Bass Review — Nothing Else Sounds Like This
There are instruments you play and instruments that play you. The 1974 Rickenbacker 4001 falls into the second category. It has opinions about how it wants to be played, how it wants to be set up, and what kind of music it wants to make. The players who connect with it tend to connect deeply. The players who don’t tend to find it frustrating from the first hour.
I spent extended time with a ’74 4001 and I want to give you an honest account of what this instrument is — not a collector’s summary, not a nostalgia piece, but a working musician’s assessment of a genuinely unusual bass.
What Makes the 4001 Different
The Rickenbacker 4001 is a neck-through bass with a semi-hollow body construction, two single-coil “toaster” pickups, and a stereo output option that lets you run the two pickups to separate amplifiers. The body is maple, the neck is maple, the fretboard is rosewood. The overall construction is dense and resonant in a way that comes through acoustically before you even plug in.
The 1974 model sits in a specific era of 4001 production — the early-to-mid 70s instruments are considered by many collectors and players to be among the best Rickenbackers ever made. The build quality from this period is high, the materials are excellent, and the instruments have had 50 years of playing-in that affects how they feel and sound in ways that are genuinely noticeable.
This is a vintage instrument. It is not a beginner’s bass, a budget option, or a casual purchase. Understanding what you’re getting into is important before we discuss the tone.

The Tone — Nothing Else Sounds Like This
The Rickenbacker 4001 has a tonal character that is genuinely unique in the bass world. Bright, aggressive upper mids, a piano-like clarity in the attack, and a sustain that rings out with harmonic richness. It cuts through a mix without any EQ assistance — not because it’s loud, but because the frequency content it occupies is specific and present.
The “Rickenbacker sound” — the grinding, slightly nasal, harmonically complex tone associated with Chris Squire, Geddy Lee, and Paul McCartney’s more driven sounds — comes from this combination of pickups, construction, and the resonant maple body. Running the neck pickup through a slightly overdriven amp is where the instrument is most itself: aggressive, defined, and completely unlike what a Fender sounds like in the same context.
The bridge pickup alone is bright and cutting — almost guitar-like in its character. The neck pickup alone is warmer but still has that Rickenbacker clarity in the upper range. Both together gives the most complex sound — layered harmonics that reward good playing with increasingly interesting tone.
With flatwound strings the character shifts toward a more Beatle-esque warmth — rounder, less aggressive, but still unmistakably Rickenbacker. McCartney’s bass tone on many Beatles recordings came from this instrument with flatwounds, and that pairing is as valid in 2026 as it was in 1964.
The Notorious Setup Issues
I want to address this honestly because anyone researching the 4001 will encounter it: these basses have a reputation for being difficult to set up correctly. The truss rod system on vintage 4001s is a dual-rod design that works differently from modern single-rod systems, and adjusting it incorrectly can cause real damage.
The high-gain capacitor that was standard on many vintage 4001s causes problems with modern amplifiers — it can stress amp inputs in ways that weren’t an issue with the lower-gain amps of the 1970s. Many players who own vintage 4001s have this capacitor bypassed or removed by a qualified technician.
The nut and bridge geometry are specific to Rickenbacker and require Rickenbacker-specific knowledge to set up correctly. A tech who works primarily on Fenders and Gibsons may not be the right choice for a 4001 setup job.
None of this is a reason to avoid the instrument. It’s a reason to go in with eyes open, budget for proper setup work, and find a technician with specific Rickenbacker experience.
Playing Feel
The neck profile on the ’74 4001 is slim — noticeably thinner than a Precision or Jazz Bass profile. The fretboard radius is relatively flat. For players with smaller hands or players who prefer a fast, thin neck, the Rickenbacker feel is immediately comfortable. For players accustomed to chunky Precision-style necks, it takes adjustment.
The body shape is unusual — the elongated lower horn and the narrow waist create a balance point that’s different from most other basses. Standing with a strap it balances well once you find the right strap length. Sitting it can feel slightly awkward until you find a comfortable position.
The neck-through construction gives smooth access to the upper register. Playing in positions above the 12th fret feels natural with no joint bump to navigate. For progressive rock and technically demanding playing — the styles most associated with Rickenbacker players — this upper register access is practically useful.
Vintage Pricing and the Investment Question
A clean 1974 Rickenbacker 4001 in good playing condition is not an inexpensive purchase. Prices have risen significantly as vintage instruments from this era have become more collectible. What you’re buying is both a musical instrument and an appreciating asset — which creates an interesting dynamic for working players.
The modern Rickenbacker 4003 is the current production equivalent, significantly more affordable, and by most accounts an excellent instrument that captures most of the 4001 character. For players who want the Rickenbacker experience without vintage instrument complications and pricing, the 4003 is the practical path.
The vintage 4001 is for players who specifically want the original and are willing to manage what comes with it. If that’s you — there is nothing else in the bass world that sounds like a well set-up 1970s 4001. That uniqueness has genuine value that goes beyond nostalgia.
Who This Instrument Is For
Rock players who want the Chris Squire or Geddy Lee character. Progressive rock bassists who need an instrument that cuts through complex arrangements. Players who connect with the Beatles or early McCartney sound. Collectors who want a significant piece of electric bass history.
Not for players who need a versatile all-rounder. Not for players who want easy setup and maintenance. Not for beginners. The Rickenbacker 4001 is a specialist instrument for players who know exactly what they want from it.
Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →
FAQ
What is the difference between the Rickenbacker 4001 and 4003?
The 4003 is the current production model that replaced the 4001 in 1980. The 4003 has an updated truss rod system that’s easier and safer to adjust, improved electronics, and refined construction details. Tonally they’re similar but not identical — many players feel the vintage 4001 has a specific character the 4003 doesn’t fully replicate. For practical purposes the 4003 is the better choice for most players.
Why do Rickenbacker 4001 basses have setup problems?
The dual truss rod system on vintage 4001s works differently from modern single-rod designs and requires specific knowledge to adjust safely. The high-gain capacitor in the electronics can stress modern amp inputs. The neck geometry and bridge design are Rickenbacker-specific. These aren’t insurmountable issues but they require informed handling.
What strings are best for a Rickenbacker 4001?
Rickenbacker’s own strings are designed for the instrument. Flatwounds produce the classic Beatle-esque warm tone. Roundwounds give the more aggressive, modern Rickenbacker character associated with progressive rock. Light gauge is generally preferred — heavy strings can stress the vintage truss rod system.
Who are the most famous Rickenbacker 4001 players?
Chris Squire (Yes), Geddy Lee (Rush) in his earlier years, Paul McCartney (Beatles), Lemmy Kilmister (Motörhead), and Roger Waters (Pink Floyd) are among the most notable. The range of styles represented shows how versatile the instrument is despite its specific character.
Is a 1974 Rickenbacker 4001 a good investment?
Vintage Rickenbacker instruments from the 1970s have appreciated significantly in value over recent decades and good examples continue to hold value well. As with any vintage instrument, condition, originality, and provenance affect value significantly. Treat it as a musical instrument first — the investment aspect is a secondary benefit, not the primary reason to buy one.
Related Posts

Fender Jazz Bass 1976 Review — Another Vintage Classic
Music Man Stingray 5 — Is the 1995 Vintage Still Relevant?
Warwick Streamer Stage II Review

#### 1976 Fender Jazz Bass Review — Does Vintage Always Sound Better?
Does vintage always sound better? I get asked this constantly. And my honest answer has always been the same: sometimes yes, sometimes no, but almost always different. The 1976 Fender Jazz Bass is one of the best instruments I’ve found to make that point — because it sounds genuinely great, but it also has real limitations that vintage romanticism tends to skip over.
Let me give you the full picture.

First: 1976 was a complicated year for Fender. CBS had bought the company in 1965, and by the mid-70s the cost-cutting was showing up in the instruments. Quality control was genuinely inconsistent during this period. If you’ve heard ‘CBS Fenders are bad,’ that’s where the reputation comes from. But — and this is important — when Fender got it right in the 70s, the instruments are exceptional. The year doesn’t tell you everything. The specific instrument does.
The bass I’m reviewing here is one of the good ones. Tight neck pocket, stable neck, original pickups in solid condition. Not every 1976 Jazz is going to be this. Some of them are paperweights with vintage price tags. This one is a working instrument.
The Weight — Let’s Deal With This First
CBS-era Fenders are heavy. Not just ‘a bit on the heavier side’ — actually, seriously heavy. Ash bodies from this period run dense, and Fender was not selecting for weight. The one I’m playing is exactly the kind of instrument that gave a generation of session musicians back problems and contributed to the market for strap locks and ergonomic solutions.
After two hours standing with it, you feel it. After a four-hour gig, you’re going to remember it the next morning. For a studio musician who sits down, this is less of an issue. For someone doing serious live work — long sets, multiple nights a week — this weight is a real conversation to have with yourself before buying.
I want to be direct about this because vintage gear culture sometimes treats these limitations as romantic. They’re not romantic. They’re physical facts. Know what you’re committing to.
The Tone, Which is Genuinely Special
With all that said — this bass sounds remarkable. The pickups on a well-preserved 1976 Jazz have a quality that I find genuinely difficult to describe without sounding like audiophile nonsense, but I’ll try: they’re alive. There’s an upper-midrange presence that cuts through a mix without being harsh. There’s a character in the low end that’s warm but never muddy. Fifty years of vibration has done something to this wood that affects how the instrument resonates.
Is this psychoacoustics? Is it placebo? I’ve thought about this seriously. My answer: it doesn’t matter. When I plug in the 1976, I play differently. The instrument responds to dynamics in a way that rewards you for playing with sensitivity. Whether that’s the wood, the pickups, the age, or just my imagination — the result is real.
In a session context, this bass has gotten a response from engineers that newer instruments don’t always get. Not ‘wow, vintage!’ — engineers don’t care about your romance with history. They care about whether something sounds good on tape. The 1976 sounds good on tape.
The Neck, Which Is the Real Reason to Buy This
The neck on a good CBS-era Jazz Bass is the best argument for vintage Fender. When they nailed the neck profile and fretwork — which this example does — it’s exceptional. The slightly worn back of the neck, the frets with real life left in them, the consistent setup that a stable neck maintains over decades — this plays better than many new instruments at twice the price.
Neck joint is tight with zero movement. Truss rod responds. No dead spots that I found in extended playing. This is the exception, not the rule for ’76 Jazzes — but it exists, and when you find it you understand why people pay the prices they pay for vintage Fender.
Electronics: What to Check and What to Expect
Pots on 1970s Fenders are the most common failure point. Scratchy volume controls, intermittent tone pots, crackling when you turn anything — this is normal aging, not a sign the instrument is damaged. A full recap (replace all pots and capacitors) runs about $150 from a competent tech and completely resolves it.
The output jack on vintage Fenders is often worn. A Switchcraft replacement jack is $8 and takes fifteen minutes. It’s the single best investment you can make in a vintage instrument.
The original pickups on this one measure healthy output on both sides, balanced within normal tolerance. I didn’t change them. When original vintage pickups work, leave them. Replacements are always good, but you’ve already bought the original — use them.
What a 1976 Fender Jazz Bass Actually Costs and Whether It’s Worth It
Clean, original, good condition examples run $2,500-4,500 depending on color and provenance. Rare finishes — Antigua, Black Sparkle — go higher. Standard Sunburst or Natural are the more accessible options.
Is it worth it versus a new American Professional Jazz at $1,500? Different, not just better. The new one is more reliable, easier to service, lighter, more consistent. The 1976 has character and history that can’t be replicated. If you’re a professional player who has maxed out what you can do with modern instruments and you want something with a voice, the 1976 makes sense. If you’re still developing, spend the money on instruction instead.
Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →
FAQ
Are 1970s Fender Jazz basses reliable for gigging?
Yes, with proper maintenance. Get the electronics cleaned and recapped, make sure the neck is stable, and have it set up properly before relying on it live. The main practical concern is weight — 1970s Fenders often run 10+ pounds. Have a backup for long sets.
How much is a 1976 Fender Jazz Bass worth today?
$2,500-$4,500 for good condition all-original examples. Exceptional condition with rare colors or interesting history can go significantly higher. Condition and originality drive value more than year alone.
What’s the difference between a pre-CBS and CBS-era Fender?
Pre-CBS means built before CBS acquired Fender in 1965. These are generally considered the most tonally and historically significant instruments and command the highest prices. CBS-era (1965-1985) instruments are more variable — some are excellent, some reflect the cost-cutting of that period. Year and condition matter more than the CBS/pre-CBS divide on individual instruments.
Should I buy a vintage Fender or a boutique modern bass for the same price?
Depends entirely on what you value. Vintage Fender gives you history, a specific character, and resale stability. A boutique modern instrument gives you flawless construction, modern hardware, and often better playability consistency. I own both and they serve different purposes in my playing.
Related Posts

Yamaha BB Series Bass Review
BOSS OC-2 vs OC-5 Octave Pedal Comparison
Yamaha TRBX505 Review

#### 1986 Squier by Fender Precision Bass MIJ Review — A Hidden Vintage Gem
There’s a version of this story where I tell you the 1986 Squier by Fender Precision Bass made in Japan is an underrated secret. But honestly it’s not even a secret anymore — players have known about these for years. What it is, still, is genuinely undervalued relative to what it actually delivers. And I want to tell you exactly what that means in practice.
I had one come through my hands recently. Good condition, original hardware, neck was straight. I set it up properly and spent a few weeks playing it as my main instrument to get a real feel for it. This is what I found.

The context matters here. In the early 1980s, Fender launched the Squier line as a budget alternative — and they made a decision that changed everything. They contracted Japanese manufacturers to build them. Fujigen Gakki, Tokai, and others. These were factories already building instruments for domestic Japanese brands that were beating American guitars on quality at lower price points. The result was predictable in the best way: Squier got instruments built to standards that had nothing to do with being budget gear.
The 1982 to 1987 window is the peak. After that, production moved and the consistency started to vary. But in that five-year window — and the 1986 I’m reviewing sits right in the middle of it — Fender was selling instruments built by craftsmen who simply did not cut corners. Not because they were being generously paid to care, but because that was the culture of those specific factories.
What You Actually Hold in Your Hands
Pick up a clean 1986 MIJ Squier and the first thing you notice is the neck. It’s smooth in a way that decades of playing has created — slightly worn at the first few positions, the back of the neck has developed that almost frictionless feel that new instruments spend years trying to approximate with ‘satin’ finishes. It’s real because it is real.
The fretwork is the other thing that immediately stands out. Level frets, no sharp ends, nothing that catches. I’ve played American-made Precisions from the exact same era with worse fretwork than this. That’s not me being provocative — that’s just what happened when the Japanese factories built these instruments. They took the specification seriously.
The body is typically alder, though some ash-bodied examples exist from this period. Polyester finish rather than nitro — which is why so many of these instruments survive in excellent visual condition forty years later. Polyester is tough. The nitro crowd will tell you it doesn’t resonate as well, and there might be something to that in a direct comparison, but in a live or recording context nobody is hearing the difference.
The tuners, bridge, and nut are all original on a well-preserved example. The vintage Fender-spec tuners from this era are adequate but can develop some play over the years. If yours feel loose, a set of Hipshot tuners is a direct swap and costs around $80. Worth doing.
The Pickup: Honest Assessment
The Japanese-made split-coil in the 1986 MIJ sounds like a P-bass. That sentence is the whole review, really. It has a slight midrange presence that sits a touch above what a vintage American P-bass pickup delivers, but in a mix — in a band, in a session — you are not going to hear that distinction. You’re going to hear P-bass. Warm low mids, clear attack, sits in the arrangement without demanding attention.
I’ve had this conversation with engineers before. I’ll bring a vintage American P-bass one session and the MIJ another, and the response is the same: ‘that sounds good, let’s go.’ Nobody is pulling out frequency analyzers. The pickup does what it’s supposed to do.
Where you might notice the difference is in the very top end. Genuine vintage American pickups from the 50s and 60s have an openness up there that’s hard to fully replicate. The MIJ pickup is slightly more closed, slightly less airy. If you play through a really transparent rig and you’re specifically listening for it — you might hear it. In any other context, it doesn’t matter.
Upgrades: What’s Worth Doing
The most effective upgrade path is simple. Drop in a quality aftermarket pickup — Lindy Fralin or Nordstrand are the standard recommendations, both around $120-150. The output gets more defined, the top end opens up, and the low-mid character gets slightly more authoritative. It’s a meaningful improvement, not a placebo.
Tuners if necessary — as I mentioned, Hipshots are a direct swap. Bridge is often fine as-is; if yours is worn or the saddles don’t intonate properly, a Babicz or Gotoh replacement is $60-80 and transforms the playability.
Beyond those two things, stop. Don’t change the neck. Don’t refin the body. Don’t do anything that makes it less original. The originals are the point. A modified MIJ Squier is just a modded bass. An original MIJ Squier with maybe a pickup upgrade is a piece of history that plays beautifully and sounds great.
The Market Right Now
Prices have moved. Five years ago you could find clean examples for $250-350. Right now expect to pay $400-700 for something in genuinely good condition. Nice examples in desirable colors — Sunburst, Olympic White — go higher. That’s still excellent value for what you get, but it’s not the hidden gem it used to be.
Buy from someone who has clearly played it and can tell you how it plays. The worst outcome is paying $600 for an instrument that needs $300 in fret work and a neck reset. Ask for photos of the frets, the neck relief under string tension, and the tuner condition. Any seller who can’t provide those is a seller to avoid.
Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →
FAQ
Are all MIJ Squiers this good?
The 1982-1987 production window is the most consistently high-quality period. After that, when production moved to Korea and other facilities, quality became more variable. Within the MIJ window there’s still variation — some units are better than others — but the floor is much higher than for later production.
How do I verify if a Squier is actually Made in Japan?
Look for ‘Made in Japan’ or ‘Crafted in Japan’ on the headstock or back of the neck. Serial numbers starting with ‘E’ (for Eighties) indicate MIJ production. The Squier serial number database is searchable online and can give you approximate production year.
Is a 1986 MIJ Squier better than a new Squier Classic Vibe?
Different rather than simply better. The Classic Vibe is a consistently good modern instrument with new hardware. The MIJ has aged wood, wear-in feel, and the character that comes from decades of use. For actual tonal character and neck feel, many players prefer the vintage MIJ. For reliability and predictability on a tight budget, the Classic Vibe is hard to beat.
What should I expect to pay for a setup on a vintage Squier?
A professional setup runs $60-100 depending on your market. Budget for this on any vintage purchase. Expect the tech to address nut slots, truss rod adjustment, saddle height and intonation. On a 40-year-old instrument, a fret level and crown might also be needed — that’s an additional $80-150. Factor this into your total cost assessment.
Related Posts

Yamaha BB Series Bass Review
BOSS OC-2 vs OC-5 Octave Pedal Comparison
Yamaha TRBX505 Review

#### 1987 Ernie Ball MusicMan Stingray 4 Review — The Bass That Changed Everything
I’ve been playing a 1987 Ernie Ball MusicMan Stingray for years. Not because I had to, not because it’s the most versatile instrument I own, and not because it makes me look cool — though it does. I play it because there are things it does that nothing else does. And I want to explain exactly what those things are, because the Stingray has a reputation that both helps and hurts it.
The reputation is: aggressive, bright, only one sound. That’s half true. The Stingray has a voice, and it’s a strong one. But writing it off as a one-trick pony means you’ve never learned the instrument properly.

Some context on the 1987 specifically. Leo Fender designed the original Stingray after leaving Fender — he founded Music Man in the early 70s, and the Stingray was introduced in 1976. It was genuinely revolutionary: an active bass with an onboard preamp at a time when this was not standard at all. Ernie Ball took over the brand in 1984, and the late 80s instruments — roughly 1986-1989 — are widely regarded as the sweet spot of the design. Ernie Ball had sorted out the quality control, the preamp design had been refined, and the instruments from this period are exceptional in their consistency.
I’ve played my 1987 on stages, in studios, and in rehearsal rooms across different countries. It has never failed me. The neck has stayed stable. The electronics have never caused me a problem. For a nearly 40-year-old instrument, this reliability is not nothing.
The Preamp: This Is What People Miss
Most bass players who try a Stingray and don’t like it haven’t spent enough time with the preamp. The 2-band EQ on the 1987 looks simple — bass and treble — but the way it interacts with the humbucker is not like any other active EQ I’ve used.
When you boost the treble on a Stingray, you don’t just add high frequencies. You add presence — a specific quality in the upper midrange that makes every note feel urgent and immediate. This is different from adding treble on an EQ pedal. The preamp and the pickup are working together as a system, not independently.
The bass boost on the 1987 is centred in a frequency range that adds genuine low-end weight without making the notes indistinct. You can boost it significantly and still have definition. This is the ‘fat but tight’ character that makes the Stingray work for slap — you get weight without losing the attack.
Run it flat for three months. Learn what the instrument sounds like without the EQ. Then start using the controls. You’ll find they’re much more musical than they first appear.
The Humbucker in the Bridge Position
The pickup placement is the other defining characteristic. The humbucker sits close to the bridge — closer than any pickup on a Jazz or Precision. This is where all that attack and presence comes from. String vibration is smallest near the bridge and largest near the neck. By placing the pickup near the bridge, the Stingray picks up a character that’s punchy and defined rather than warm and round.
This is why the Stingray cuts through a loud band so effectively. In a dense arrangement with distorted guitars and heavy drums, a Precision or Jazz can sometimes get swallowed. The Stingray doesn’t get swallowed. It’s just there, defined and present, without you needing to boost anything.
The humbucker design also means it’s hum-cancelling in a way that single-coil basses aren’t. Quiet in the studio. Never causes ground loop issues. Another practical advantage that players who haven’t dealt with noisy rigs don’t appreciate until they need it.
The Neck: Love It or Find It Weird
The Stingray neck is polarising. Wider at the nut than a Jazz bass — 1.69 inches on mine — with a flatter radius and that distinctive rounded C-profile. Jazz bass players find it awkward. Players who grew up on P-basses or classical instruments find it immediately comfortable.
I did not love it at first. I came from smaller-necked instruments and the width felt like a disadvantage. Within two months it felt normal. Within six months it felt right. Now thin Jazz bass necks feel slightly wrong to me. Time in the hands changes your reference point.
The fretwork on the 1987 is excellent — level, properly crowned, no sharp ends. The maple fretboard has developed a warm amber colour over the years that looks better than anything coming off a factory floor. Forty years of honest use does good things to maple.
Slap Bass on a Stingray
The Stingray is one of the great slap bass instruments. I want to be specific about why. The attack on the thumb stroke is exceptional — the humbucker and preamp combination gives your thumb a crack and definition that sits perfectly in a dense funk arrangement. You don’t need to use the treble boost for slap; the instrument already has what you need.
The pop technique on a Stingray sings. That upper-midrange presence I mentioned earlier translates directly into articulate, defined pops that speak clearly even when the band is playing loudly. I’ve used this bass in funk contexts where the sound system was barely adequate and the slap still cut through. That’s not me — that’s the instrument.
Is a 1987 Worth More Than a New Stingray?
Financially: yes, vintage Stingrays command a premium. The 1987 runs $1,500-2,500 in good condition. New Stingray Specials are around $1,500-2,000. So roughly comparable price, with the vintage commanding a slight premium for its history and specific character.
In terms of playing experience: the 1987 has a character that the modern instruments approximate but don’t quite replicate. Something in how the neck has settled, how the pickups have aged. Whether that difference justifies the price differential is something only you can decide based on how important that specific vintage character is to you.
My recommendation: play both. Many dealers will let you compare. Listen for whether the vintage character speaks to you or whether you’re just paying for nostalgia. Be honest with yourself about the answer.
Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →
FAQ
What makes the Stingray tone different from other basses?
The single large humbucker in the bridge position combined with an active preamp creates strong upper-midrange presence and punchy attack. This character is fundamentally different from a Precision’s split-coil in the middle position or Jazz pickups near neck and bridge. The Stingray sound is immediately recognisable once you know it.
Is the Stingray good for genres other than funk and rock?
Yes. The preamp’s versatility means you can dial back the treble and get a warmer character for jazz or soul work. Run it with the bass boosted and treble flat for reggae. The instrument’s reputation for one sound comes from how it sounds at its default settings — the actual range is wider than most people think.
What year Stingrays are considered best?
Pre-Ernie Ball Music Man instruments (1976-1984) are the most collectible. Early Ernie Ball years (1984-1990) are highly regarded by players who want the vintage character with better consistency. Modern Stingray Specials are excellent production instruments. Any Stingray from a reputable era, properly maintained, is a good instrument.
Does the battery need frequent replacement?
A quality 9V battery in a Stingray lasts 6-12 months with regular use. Always unplug when not playing to prevent battery drain. Keep a spare in your gig bag — running out mid-set is a completely preventable disaster that still happens to people.
Related Posts

Yamaha BB Series Bass Review
BOSS OC-2 vs OC-5 Octave Pedal Comparison
Yamaha TRBX505 Review

#### 1995 MusicMan StingRay 5 — For Sale: A Bass That Earned Its Retirement
This bass has been with me through a lot. Clubs, bigger stages, recording sessions. It always delivered. And now it's looking for a new home.The MusicMan StingRay 5, 1995. A five-string version of one of the most respected bass designs in history, from a year when Ernie Ball's production quality was at a very high level. I've done a full review of this instrument on this blog — you can find it in the related posts below — so I won't go into extensive detail here. But let me give you the honest player's perspective.I've played this bass in club environments — smaller, tighter sound, bass-heavy rooms where every note gets amplified and distortion shows up fast. It handled it perfectly. The B string stayed defined and clear even at volume levels where cheaper 5-strings turn into mud. That's not common.I've also played it on larger stages with full PA support, and the natural character of the pickup and preamp translates without needing a complicated EQ setup. Plug it in, do a basic line check, and it sits in the mix. That's what you want from a working instrument.The pickups sound great in this video — tight, punchy, with that characteristic StingRay presence in the mids. The humbucker in the 5-string version gives you a slightly different texture than the 4-string: a bit thicker in the low-mid, with a little more weight on the B string attack.I'm selling this because my setup has changed and I want this bass to go to someone who will actually play it. It deserves to be used, not to sit in a case.1995 MusicMan StingRay 5 — For SalePrice: $2,200Serious inquiries only. Contact via email:odaryukigor@gmail.comThe 1995 MusicMan StingRay 5 is a five-string from a period when Ernie Ball had figured out the instrument. Early five-string StingRays in the late 80s and early 90s had some inconsistencies in neck construction and B string response. By 1995, those problems had been solved and the production quality had stabilized at a very high level.This specific bass has been used in recording sessions and on stage. It has mileage on it, which means it has also been set up by working musicians who understood the instrument. A well-played bass is often a better-feeling instrument than a new one from the same line — the neck has stabilized, the frets have some wear that smooths out the playing feel, the electronics have been through enough hours to confirm they’re reliable.The five-string StingRay EQ is useful across a wide range of styles. The high-mid boost is more aggressive on this era than on current production — it has a bark in the upper register that sits in live mixes without EQ assistance. For funk, R&B, and soul contexts especially, this is the tone you’ve heard on records without knowing what bass made it.The bass is in good condition with normal playing wear. Contact for details, photos, and pricing. Serious inquiries only.The StingRay 5 from this era has a specific character in the electronics that current production has evolved away from. The three-band EQ in mid-90s Stingrays had a high-mid boost frequency that sits differently than the current version — slightly more aggressive, slightly more present in the upper-mid range where bass cuts through a live mix. Players who hunt 90s Stingrays specifically are often chasing that particular frequency response.The B string on a 1995 StingRay 5 is tighter than you might expect from a 34-inch scale five-string. Ernie Ball’s string selection and nut specifications from this period were well-considered. This is not a B string that sounds like it was added as an afterthought — it’s part of the instrument’s voice.This instrument is being sold as-is with normal playing wear. Photos and full condition report available on request. Priced for a player who will actually use it, not store it.This bass is ready to work. If you’re a serious player looking for a pro-level five-string with history and character, and you understand what a 1995 StingRay 5 represents, this is the instrument for you. Contact with any questions. I’ll answer honestly about condition, history, and anything else you need to make a good decision.Shipping available. Local pickup preferred if you’re in the area — you should play the bass before committing anyway. That’s the right way to buy any instrument.Priced to sell to a working bassist, not sitting in a collection. This is a playing instrument and that’s what it deserves. If you’re serious about five-string playing and want something with real character and proven reliability, reach out. Let’s talk.The 1995 MusicMan StingRay 5 is one of the instruments I point to when players ask what professional-level means in practical terms. It's not about price. It's about the relationship between you and the instrument — the way it responds, the way it stays in tune, the way it shows up the same way every time you pick it up. This bass does all of that. It has for thirty years and it will keep doing it.Want to Go Deeper?Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Get AccessGroove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99Get AccessFreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costGet AccessLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourGet AccessFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25Get AccessExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Get AccessBrowse All Courses →Frequently Asked QuestionsWhat condition is the bass in?Good playing condition. This is a 1995 instrument so there is natural wear consistent with age and use, but no structural issues. Plays and sounds exactly as it should.Is this the same bass from the full review video?Yes. I did a full review of this instrument — 'Is The 1995 MusicMan StingRay 5 Still Relevant?' — which you can find on this blog. It has full details on tone, feel, and comparison with other basses.Why are you selling it?My setup has changed and I want this bass to go to someone who will actually play it. It's a great instrument and it deserves to be used.How do I contact you about purchasing?Email odaryukigor@gmail.com with your inquiry. Serious buyers only please.Keep ReadingIs The 1995 Music Man Stingray 5 Still Relevant?Bass Lick Breakdown: MusicMan StingrayHow to Slap Bass for Beginners

#### Bass Guitar Market Statistics 2026: Sales Data, Brand Rankings, and Industry Trends
The global bass guitar market was valued at $1.8 billion in 2025 and is projected to reach $2.9 billion by 2034. Bass guitars represent 10% of total global guitar sales volume — a stable share in a market that has grown significantly since 2020. We pulled data from DataIntelo, Archive Market Research, NAMM, Fender, Gibson, and market research firms to give you the most complete picture of where the bass guitar industry stands today.

Key Takeaways

Global bass guitar market: $1.8 billion in 2025, growing at 5.5% CAGR through 2034 (DataIntelo)

Bass guitars represent 10% of global guitar sales volume (Market Reports World, 2026)

U.S. bass guitar unit sales peaked at 650,000 units in 2022 (Gitnux)

Top 5 brands (Fender, Gibson, Yamaha, Ibanez, Warwick) control 52% of global market revenue (DataIntelo)

58.4% of revenue comes from amateur players; 41.6% from professionals (DataIntelo)

Online channels represent 47% of North American bass guitar sales by value (DataIntelo)

Global guitar sales hit $12.8 billion in 2025, up 8.9% from 2024 (ShelfTrend)

20 million bass guitars produced annually worldwide (Archive Market Research)

1. Global Bass Guitar Market Size & Growth

MetricValueSourceGlobal market size (2025)$1.8 billionDataInteloGlobal market projection (2034)$2.9 billionDataInteloCAGR (2025–2034)5.5%DataInteloAnnual production~20 million unitsArchive Market ResearchBass as % of global guitar market10%Market Reports WorldGlobal guitar market (2025)$12.8 billionShelfTrendGlobal guitar market projection (2035)$26.72 billionShelfTrend

The bass guitar market has maintained steady growth through and after the pandemic-era instrument sales surge. Unlike some segments that experienced sharp corrections after 2022, bass guitar sales have held consistent momentum driven by a maturing player base upgrading instruments and a continuous inflow of new learners.

2. U.S. Bass Guitar Market

MetricValueSourceU.S. bass guitar unit sales (2022)650,000 unitsGitnuxU.S. guitar market total (2023)$1.8 billion, 2.1M unitsGitnuxU.S. guitar sales during pandemic (2020)$1.3 billion (+60% YoY)ShelfTrendU.S. guitar sales projection (2027)$2.3 billionShelfTrendOnline bass guitar sales (North America)47% of sales by valueDataInteloOffline retail share~53% of sales by valueDataIntelo

The U.S. remains the largest single-country market for bass guitars. The pandemic surge of 2020 — when guitar sales jumped 60% as millions took up instruments during lockdowns — created a lasting expansion of the player base that continues to drive upgrade purchases and accessory sales.

3. Brand Market Share & Sales Data

BrandMarket PositionKey DataSourceFender#1 in electric/bass30% of U.S. guitar market shareNAMM/ShelfTrendGibson#1 in premium34% of U.S. guitar market shareNAMM/ShelfTrendIbanez#3 globally300,000 units in Asia-Pacific (2023)GitnuxYamaha#4 globally1.2 million guitars globally (2022)GitnuxWarwickTop 5 bass specialistPremium/boutique segment leaderDataInteloTop 5 combined—52% of global bass market revenueDataInteloFender + Gibson combined—64% of U.S. guitar marketShelfTrend

Squier (Fender's entry-level line) sold 250,000 entry-level instruments in 2022 and remains the dominant force in the beginner bass segment — the Squier Affinity and Classic Vibe series are consistently the best-selling bass guitars in the $200–$500 range.

Fender Play, the company's online learning app, offered 1 million free trial registrations in 2020 — all taken within weeks — demonstrating the scale of new player acquisition during the pandemic period.

4. Market Segmentation: Who Is Buying Bass Guitars

SegmentRevenue ShareUnit ShareSourceAmateur players58.4% of revenue~80% of unitsDataInteloProfessional players41.6% of revenue~20% of unitsDataInteloElectric bass (all types)74.2% of bass marketDominantDataIntelo5-string bass (fastest growing)Growing segment—DataInteloBeginner kits ($100–$500)60% of entry-level unit sales—Reverb 2023

Professionals buy fewer units but spend significantly more per instrument — the premium and boutique segment ($2,000+) punches above its unit weight in revenue terms. Meanwhile, the amateur segment drives volume and is the primary growth engine for brands at every price tier.

5. Price Segments & Sales Patterns

Price TierMarket RoleKey BrandsNotesEntry level ($100–$300)Highest unit volumeSquier, Ibanez GSR, Yamaha TRBX174Beginner kits dominateMid-range ($300–$800)Sweet spot for upgradesYamaha TRBX504/505, Ibanez SR, CortMost contested segmentProfessional ($800–$2,000)Strong revenue shareFender American, Music Man, Warwick RockBassSolid player upgradesPremium ($2,000+)High revenue, low volumeFender Custom Shop, Music Man, Fodera, SadowskyArtist and collector marketBoutique ($3,000+)Niche but growingFodera, Sadowsky, Lakland, ZonGrowing demand among serious players

Key trend: The "buy the best you can afford" mentality is notably stronger in the bass community than in guitar. Bass players tend to make fewer but higher-value purchases, which supports margin in the mid-to-premium segments.

6. Online vs. Offline Sales

ChannelShareTrendSourceOnline (North America)47% by valueGrowing — CAGR ~7.4%DataInteloOffline retail~53% by valueStable but declining shareDataInteloOnline globally (guitars)38% of all U.S. purchases (2023)Up from ~20% pre-pandemicMarket Reports WorldUsed/vintage market$2.1B (projected 2025)Growing 5.5% annuallyShelfTrend

Online has become the dominant channel for mid-range and premium purchases, while offline retail retains its importance for beginners who benefit from in-store assistance and the ability to try instruments before buying.

The used market is significant and growing — Reverb.com sold $130 million in guitars in 2019, and the broader used instrument market has expanded substantially since. For bass players on a budget, the used market at $300–$800 offers dramatically better value than new instruments in the same price range.

7. Regional Markets

RegionMarket ShareCAGRKey NotesSourceNorth America~28% of global4.8% (2026–2034)Largest single market, premium-focusedDataInteloEurope~27.3% of globalStableStrong bass culture, UK/Germany leadDataInteloAsia-Pacific~45% of globalFastest growingJapan (manufacturer + consumer), China, South KoreaMarket Reports WorldLatin America~5.4%GrowingBrazil and Mexico leadDataIntelo

Japan's unique position: Japan is simultaneously a top consumer market and the home of globally significant manufacturers — Yamaha, Ibanez (Hoshino Gakki), and ESP are all Japanese companies. This gives Japan outsized influence on both production and innovation in the bass guitar market.

South Korea's K-pop effect: South Korea's music industry is creating new professional bass demand. K-pop and K-indie bass players are a growing segment, stimulating mid-range and professional instrument purchases.

8. Trends Shaping the Bass Guitar Market in 2025–2026

5-string bass growth. The 5-string format is the fastest-growing product type within bass guitars, driven by modern music styles that require extended low-end range. Metal, progressive rock, and modern pop production have all contributed to this trend.

Active electronics adoption. Active pickup systems — which offer greater tonal flexibility and output — are increasingly standard even at mid-range price points. Brands like Yamaha (BB series, TRBX series) and Ibanez (SR series) have made active electronics accessible below $500.

Sustainability and wood sourcing. CITES regulations on certain tonewoods (rosewood, ebony) have pushed manufacturers toward alternative materials. Carbon fiber neck reinforcements, roasted maple, and synthetic nut materials are now common across all price tiers.

Online learning driving entry-level demand. The connection between YouTube bass content and instrument sales is direct and measurable. Fender's data showing 16 million Americans tried guitar in 2020 demonstrates how online content creates instrument buyers. Bass-specific YouTube channels are a primary acquisition channel for new players.

Boutique and custom demand rising. The upper end of the market — builders like Fodera, Sadowsky, Lakland, and Zon — is experiencing demand growth as the player base matures and serious hobbyists seek instruments that match their developed preferences.

Summary Statistics Table

StatisticValueSourceGlobal bass market (2025)$1.8 billionDataInteloGlobal bass market (2034 projection)$2.9 billionDataInteloCAGR5.5%DataInteloAnnual production~20 million unitsArchive Market ResearchU.S. bass sales (2022)650,000 unitsGitnuxTop 5 brands market share52% of revenueDataInteloAmateur player revenue share58.4%DataInteloOnline sales (North America)47% by valueDataInteloBass as % of guitar market10%Market Reports WorldUsed market (2025)$2.1 billionShelfTrend

Methodology

Data sourced from: DataIntelo Bass Guitar Market Report (2025), Archive Market Research Bass Guitars Report (2026), Market Reports World Guitar Market Report (2026), Gitnux Guitar Sales Statistics (2025), ShelfTrend Guitar Market Analysis (2025), NAMM Global Music Report, Fender Musical Instruments Corporation public statements (2020–2023), Reverb.com market data (2019–2023).

Where figures from multiple sources conflict, we have used the most conservative estimate and noted the source. Market size estimates vary across research firms due to different definitions of the bass guitar category.

Last updated: April 2026

Play bass better with structured lessons from a 25-year professional. Start free with the Slap Bass Starter Pack — 5 videos, no cost. Or get the full Ultimate Bass Vault: 8+ hours for $49.

#### Bass Lick Breakdown: Learn This MusicMan Stingray Groove (Learn Dat Lick #7)
The MusicMan Stingray has one of the most recognizable tones ever put on a record. This groove is built around that character—tight, snappy, with that bridge-pickup aggression that just cuts through everything.

Here’s how to actually get it in your hands
There’s a reason so many funk and R&B records from the 80s and 90s sound the way they do—a massive chunk of them were tracked with a Stingray. That single humbucker close to the bridge gives you a punchy, slightly nasal mid presence that doesn’t just sit in a mix, it claims territory. This lick is designed around that character. Play it on something with a hot bridge pickup and it makes total sense. That’s the thing about licks—they’re not just notes, they’re written for a specific sound.
I’ll be real with you: watching me play something and then immediately trying to copy it at full speed is not learning, it’s guessing. Slow it down. YouTube has 0.5x playback built in—use it. Go bar by bar. Get the rhythm before you get the notes. The rhythm is the lick. The notes are just decoration on top. Once you’ve got both bars separately, loop them together and play continuously for 5 minutes without stopping. Not practicing—just playing. That’s when the lick starts to feel like yours rather than something you’re copying.
After you’ve got it in the original key, move it. Play it in E, then in A, then in D. Your fingers know the shape, now your ear needs to learn the sound in different contexts. That’s the difference between a lick you borrowed and a lick you own. How many licks do you have that you could play right now without thinking? Drop a comment—I’m curious.

Frequently Asked Questions

What makes the MusicMan Stingray sound unique for bass licks?
The single humbucker placed near the bridge gives the Stingray a punchy, aggressive midrange that cuts through any mix. It has a built-in active preamp that adds presence and clarity. That combination makes every note sound intentional — perfect for lick-based playing.

How do I practice bass licks effectively?
Slow it down to 60% tempo first. Get every note clean before speeding up. Then practice the lick in different positions on the neck, over different chord shapes, and with different right-hand techniques. Owning a lick means being able to use it in context, not just repeat it perfectly at one tempo.

What is the Learn Dat Lick series about?
It’s a series where Igor breaks down one bass lick per episode — showing the exact fingering, the rhythm, and how to practice it until it becomes automatic. The goal is building real vocabulary you can use on the gig, not just copying a YouTube moment.

Related Posts
Learn Dat Lick #5: Build Bass Vocabulary →How to Slap Bass for Beginners →

Why Learning Licks Is the Fastest Way to Build Your Vocabulary
There’s a school of thought that says learning other people’s licks is somehow cheating — that you should only play what comes naturally from inside you. I’ve never agreed with this. Every musician learns by copying. Every jazz player transcribed solos. Every slap bass player learned from watching and listening and stealing. The lick in this video is something I’ve played in dozens of variations on stage. Learning it isn’t copying — it’s adding a new word to your musical vocabulary.
The MusicMan Stingray has a specific character that makes these licks work — the bridge pickup placement, the active electronics, that mid-forward honk when you dig in. When you learn a lick on a particular bass, you’re also learning something about how that instrument responds. How much attack you need, where the sweet spot is on the string, how hard to pop to get that crack without it going harsh. These are things you can only learn by doing.
Practice the lick in sections. First just the thumb pattern, no pops. Get that clean. Then add the pop back in slowly. Then work on the transitions between positions. Most people try to learn a lick from beginning to end and get frustrated when it falls apart in the middle. Isolate the hard part, fix it, then put it back into context. Twenty minutes of focused section work beats an hour of running the whole thing repeatedly and hoping it gets better.
Taking Licks Beyond the Original
Once you can play the lick cleanly at tempo, start modifying it. Move it to a different string. Change the rhythm slightly. Transpose it to a different key. The goal isn’t to play my lick on stage — the goal is to understand why it works so you can create your own variations in real time. That’s what building vocabulary actually means. You’re not collecting recordings of other people’s music. You’re internalising patterns that become part of how you think about the instrument.
I have students who’ve learned thirty licks from my channel and can now improvise slap lines on the spot because the vocabulary is there. They’re not thinking “what lick do I play here” — the patterns just come out because they’ve been internalised through repetition. That’s the goal. Get there by learning one lick at a time, properly.
This is actually a great study piece for anyone trying to understand how to build vocabulary on bass. The Stingray has that natural honk in the upper midrange that makes every note cut, which means you have to be precise. You can't hide behind a thick low end when the instrument is this transparent.I've been using this particular lick as a warmup exercise with intermediate students. Play it slow enough that every note is intentional. Then push the tempo until it becomes muscle memory. That's the whole game with licks — not just learning them, but owning them.Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →

#### Boss OC-2 vs OC-5: Which Octave Pedal Is Actually Worth Buying?
I bought my first Boss OC-2 in the early 2000s. Back then it was the octave pedal. Every studio session, every gig — that warm, slightly dirty sub-octave was just part of the bass sound. Then Boss released the OC-5, and suddenly everyone had an opinion. Upgrade or stay loyal?
I own both. I’ve used both on recordings. Here’s what actually matters.

The OC-2: Why It Became a Classic
The Boss OC-2 came out in 1982 and ran until 2003. Twenty-one years of production. That’s not an accident — it means a lot of players loved what it did.
What it does is simple: one octave down, two octaves down, and a dry blend. That’s it. No modes, no tone controls, no poly tracking. You plug in, set your knobs, and play. The tracking below the 5th fret on the low E is where it shines — down there it locks in and sounds massive.
The character of the OC-2 is warm and slightly wobbly. That wobble is actually what people love. It sounds organic because the analog circuit isn’t perfectly tracking — it’s breathing a little. On slow, simple lines it’s incredible. Slap bass, funk grooves, anything where you want that synth-bass weight underneath your real tone.
The limitation is tracking speed. Fast runs or anything above the 7th fret starts to get glitchy. Chords are a nightmare. But for what most bass players actually need — a thick low-end anchor on straightforward lines — the OC-2 delivers every time.
The OC-5: More Features, Different Feel
Boss launched the OC-5 in 2021 as the official successor. On paper it looks like an upgrade across the board: polyphonic mode, vintage mode, improved tracking, tone control, and it works on guitar too.
Polyphonic mode is the headline feature. You can play chords and the pedal tracks every note independently. For guitarists this is a big deal. For bass players doing standard lines — it’s nice but rarely essential. Where it actually helps is when you’re playing higher up the neck or doing busier lines. The tracking is noticeably cleaner than the OC-2.
Vintage mode is supposed to recreate the OC-2 sound. It gets close. Closer than I expected, honestly. The wobble is there, the warmth is there, the slightly imprecise tracking is there. Is it identical? No. Is it close enough for most gigs? Yes.
The tone knob lets you roll off the high frequencies on the octave signal — useful when you want the sub-bass to sit under your dry tone without any harsh artifacts cutting through.
Head-to-Head: What Sounds Better?
I ran both pedals through the same signal chain — same bass (Sadowsky NYC), same amp (Fender Rumble 500), same settings — and recorded multiple passes.
For slow, simple funk lines below the 7th fret: the original OC-2 sounds warmer. The analog character is real and noticeable. If you’ve used the OC-2 for years, you’ll hear the difference.
For faster lines or anything above the 5th fret: OC-5 wins without contest. The tracking keeps up where the OC-2 just falls apart.
For studio use where you need to drop an octave on a busy walking line: OC-5, no question.
For one iconic held note or a simple slap groove where you want maximum analog warmth: OC-2 still has the edge.

Feature
OC-2
OC-5

Tracking speed
Slow/medium only
Fast

Analog warmth
5/5
4/5 (vintage mode)

Polyphonic mode
No
Yes

Tone control
No
Yes

Current production
Discontinued (used market)
Yes

Price
$80-150 used
~$110 new

Works on guitar
No
Yes

Which One Should You Buy?
If you already have an OC-2 and it’s working — keep it. It’s not broken.
If you’re buying for the first time: get the OC-5. It’s cheaper than a used OC-2 in good condition, the tracking is better, and the vintage mode gets you 90% of the way to that classic sound. The remaining 10% difference will matter to you only if you’re deeply obsessed with tone, and at that point you’ll want to A/B test them yourself anyway.
The OC-2 is a collector’s piece now as much as a tool. That’s not a criticism — it means it holds its value and it does something specific very well. But for most working bass players in 2024, the OC-5 makes more practical sense.
I still pull out the OC-2 for specific sessions where I want that vintage analog feel. But it’s the OC-5 that lives on my permanent board.
Using Octave Pedals in Practice
One thing nobody talks about enough: where you set your dry blend matters more than which octave pedal you use.
Pure octave-down with zero dry signal sounds cool for a few bars and then gets tiring fast. Your ear loses the attack and articulation of the bass. What works live and in studio is a blend — maybe 60-70% dry, 30-40% octave. The octave adds weight and body, the dry signal keeps definition and groove intact.
I also cut the low end on my amp slightly when using octave, because the sub-bass can get muddy fast, especially in smaller rooms. A small cut at 80-100Hz on the amp keeps things clear while the octave pedal adds the sub-bass layer below that.
Try both pedals with these settings before you decide. The character of the octave changes dramatically based on blend level — what sounds thin on 100% octave sounds massive at 40% with a solid dry signal underneath.
For more gear breakdowns and slap bass technique, check out the full blog here. And if you want to hear effects in the context of actual grooves, the ghost notes slap breakdown and the MXR M82 envelope filter review show how effects work with technique.
Frequently Asked Questions
Is the Boss OC-2 worth buying in 2024?Yes, if you find a clean unit at a fair price ($80-100). It has a specific analog character that no modern pedal fully replicates. But if you’re buying new, the OC-5 is the smarter purchase.
Does the OC-5 vintage mode sound exactly like the OC-2?No, but it’s close — maybe 85-90% there. The warmth and slight tracking wobble are present. For live use you’d struggle to tell the difference. In a focused A/B test in a quiet room, you can hear the real OC-2 is warmer.
Can I use the Boss OC-5 for slap bass?Yes, though octave pedals work better on slap lines that stay below the 7th fret on the E string. Higher-register slapping gets glitchy on any monophonic octave pedal. The OC-5’s polyphonic mode helps with this somewhat.
What’s the best blend setting for octave bass?Start with 60-65% dry, 35-40% octave. Adjust based on the room and the mix. Too much octave signal muddies up the low end, especially live.
Is the Boss OC-2 still in production?No, it was discontinued in 2003. You can find them used on Reverb, eBay, and at gear stores. Prices range from $80 for rough units to $150+ for mint condition.
Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →

#### Boss SYB-5 Bass Synthesizer Pedal Review — Strange, Tricky, and Worth It
Bass synthesizer pedals occupy a strange corner of the effects world. They’re not for everyone. The tracking is never perfect. The sounds they produce are unlike anything a bass naturally does. And yet every few years I come back to the Boss SYB-5 and spend an afternoon just exploring what it can do.
It’s been on the market for a long time at this point. There are newer options. But the SYB-5 remains the most widely available, most affordable bass synthesizer pedal you’ll find, and understanding what it does well and where it falls short is useful for any bassist curious about synthesis effects.
What a Bass Synthesizer Pedal Actually Does
The SYB-5 tracks the pitch of your input signal and uses it to trigger synthesizer-style waveforms. When you play a note, the pedal detects the frequency and generates a corresponding synthesizer tone — sawtooth waves, square waves, or filtered versions of the input signal depending on which mode you’ve selected.
There are 11 modes on the SYB-5, each producing a different synthesis character. Some sound like classic analogue synth bass. Some sound like filtered, detuned effects. Some are more experimental — ring modulation-adjacent sounds that are genuinely strange and interesting.
The controls are simple: Frequency (filter cutoff), Resonance, Attack Rate, Effect Level, and Direct Level. The Direct Level is important — it blends your original bass signal with the synthesizer output, similar to the Dry/Wet concept on the MXR M85. Keeping some dry signal helps when the tracking introduces latency.

Tracking — The Honest Assessment
Every review of a pitch-tracking effects pedal needs to address the tracking, so let’s be direct. The SYB-5’s tracking is not perfect. Fast passages, especially in the lower register, can cause the pedal to mistrack — producing glitches, artifacts, or delayed response. Notes need to be played cleanly and with reasonable duration for the tracking to work reliably.
There are techniques that improve tracking performance significantly. Playing closer to the bridge produces a cleaner fundamental frequency that the pedal reads more accurately. Avoiding excessive string noise and muting unwanted strings helps. Playing notes with clear, defined attacks — not too soft, not too hard — produces the most stable tracking.
Once you learn to play to the pedal’s requirements rather than against them, the tracking becomes acceptable. It will never be as responsive as a dedicated bass synthesizer, but within its limitations the SYB-5 can be played musically with practice.
The Best Modes
Not all 11 modes are equally useful. From extended use, here are the ones I reach for most.
Mode 1 and 2 — the straight synthesizer tones with different filter envelope behaviours — are the classic “synth bass” sounds. With the Frequency and Resonance adjusted carefully, these produce usable analogue synth-style bass tones. Best for funk, electronic-influenced music, or any style where you want a keyboard bass texture from your instrument.
Mode 7 and 8 — the more filtered, formant-style sounds — are interesting for experimental playing. They have a vocal quality that’s unlike most other bass effects. Less useful for conventional playing, genuinely interesting for studio experimentation.
Mode 11 — the ring modulation adjacent sound — is the most extreme. It produces atonal, metallic tones that are completely disconnected from conventional bass character. Useful for specific creative applications. Not for every gig.
Practical Use — Where It Fits
I’ve used the SYB-5 on recordings where the brief called for a synth bass texture without actually having a synthesizer available. Running the SYB-5 in Mode 1 or 2 with some dry signal blended in produces a layered sound — bass character plus synthesizer texture — that works well in certain production contexts.
For live use it’s more demanding. The tracking requirements mean you need to play carefully, and the sounds are dramatic enough that they need to fit the music deliberately rather than appearing randomly in a set. Bands that use electronic elements or work in genres where synthesizer textures make sense — the SYB-5 adds a dimension that would otherwise require a keyboard player.
For pure experimentation and sound design — it’s a remarkably fun pedal. The range of sounds available from 11 modes plus three interactive controls covers a lot of territory. As a creative tool for recording sessions, the SYB-5 rewards time spent exploring it.
Competition and Alternatives
The EHX Bass Micro Synthesizer is the main alternative at a similar price tier. It uses a different architecture — analog oscillators rather than pitch tracking — and produces its own specific character. The Micro Synth is generally considered more musical and forgiving to play, but more limited in range of sounds. The SYB-5 has more modes and more extreme sounds at the cost of trickier playability.
Higher-end options like the Source Audio C4 Synth offer significantly better tracking and more sound design capability at a considerably higher price. If you’re serious about synthesizer effects on bass the C4 is worth the investment. If you’re curious and want to try the concept without commitment, the SYB-5 is the accessible entry point.
Who Should Buy the Boss SYB-5
Players curious about synthesis effects on bass who want to explore without spending serious money. Home recording bassists who want to add synth textures to productions. Experimentally-minded players who enjoy unusual sounds for creative purposes.
Not for players who need reliable, fast tracking for complex melodic lines. Not for players who want a subtle effect — the SYB-5 is anything but subtle. And not for players who don’t have patience to learn the pedal’s requirements. It rewards time investment but it asks for it.
Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →
FAQ
Is the Boss SYB-5 hard to use?
It has a learning curve. The tracking requires clean, deliberate playing — fast runs or sloppy technique will cause glitching. Once you understand what the pedal needs and adjust your playing accordingly, it becomes manageable. Expect to spend a few hours learning its requirements before it feels natural.
How many modes does the Boss SYB-5 have?
11 modes, selected via a rotary switch. They range from classic synthesizer tones to filtered effects and experimental ring-modulation-style sounds. The most musically useful modes for conventional playing are 1, 2, and 3. Modes 7-11 are more experimental in character.
Does the Boss SYB-5 work with 5-string bass?
Yes, but tracking on the low B string is less reliable than on the upper strings. The lower the fundamental frequency, the harder pitch-tracking circuits have to work. You’ll get better results on the E through G strings. The low B can work in certain modes but expect more tracking inconsistency.
What is the difference between the Boss SYB-5 and the EHX Bass Micro Synthesizer?
The EHX Bass Micro Synthesizer uses analogue oscillators rather than pitch tracking — it produces its sound differently and generally tracks more reliably. The Micro Synth has a warmer, more vintage analogue character. The SYB-5 has more mode variety and more extreme sound options. Both are useful; they work differently and have different strengths.
Can I use the Boss SYB-5 for live performance?
Yes, with preparation. The key is playing to the pedal’s requirements — clean notes, deliberate attack, minimal string noise. Players who prepare specific parts or sections where the SYB-5 is used (rather than switching it on mid-improvisation) get the best live results.
Related Posts

MXR Bass Overdrive M89 Review
MXR Bass Distortion M85 Review
BOSS OC-2 vs OC-5 — Which Octave Pedal Wins?

#### Can You Slap a Rickenbacker 4001 Bass? I Tested It So You Don't Have To
Someone in the comments of one of my videos asked me if you can actually slap a Rickenbacker. I laughed. Then I thought about it for a second. Then I went and got one.
The honest answer is: yes, you can slap a Rickenbacker 4001. Whether you should is a different conversation.

The Rickenbacker 4001 — What You’re Dealing With
The Rickenbacker 4001 is not a typical bass. It was built during the 1960s–1980s and it has a sound that is completely its own. Chris Squire of Yes used it to build one of the most distinctive bass tones in rock history. Lemmy of Motörhead pushed it through a wall of Marshall stacks and made it sound like an earthquake. Paul McCartney played one on some of the most famous recordings ever made.
The neck on the 4001 is bound and has a distinct feel — thicker than a Jazz Bass, with a different string-to-body geometry. The pickups are toaster-style and passive, and they produce a sound that is inherently bright and midrange-forward. Not the usual recipe for slap bass.
Trying Slap on This Instrument
The first thing you notice when you try slapping on the 4001 is that the string height and the geometry of the bass requires adjustment in your technique. The strings sit differently than they do on a bass designed for slap. The body shape means your thumb hits the string at a slightly different angle.
It works. The thumb gets a good contact point on the lower strings. The pop — pulling the string away from the neck for the percussive snap — feels slightly different because the nut width and string spacing are not the same as a Jazz or Music Man. But you can get a usable slap sound out of it.
What surprised me was how the tone responded. The Rickenbacker pickups, which are voiced for that classic bright-and-mid sound, give the slap tone a character I haven’t heard from other instruments. It’s almost crunchy — a little aggressive, less round than a Stingray slap tone, more pronounced in the upper mids. It’s not a conventional slap tone but it is interesting.
The Limitations
The 4001 has a stereo output — two outputs, one per pickup, originally designed to be split and processed separately. The bridge pickup has a capacitor in the circuit that cuts low frequencies, which was originally intended to prevent the high-powered bridge pickup signal from damaging vintage amplifiers. This means the bass can sound thin if you’re not routing the outputs correctly.
For slap, this is significant. Slap bass needs a full low end to sound right. If you’re getting the capacitor-filtered signal, the bottom drops out and the thumb attack loses the thump that makes slap sound good. You can bypass this — it’s a known modification and many players do it — but it’s a consideration.
The other limitation is practical: the Rickenbacker 4001 is a collector’s instrument. Originals in good condition cost $2,500–$5,000+. Using one as your primary slap bass makes no economic sense.
Should You Do It?
As an experiment — absolutely. Playing slap on a Rickenbacker teaches you something about adapting technique to an instrument that wasn’t designed for it. It forces you to be more intentional about your thumb angle and your right-hand positioning.
As a primary slap instrument — no. Get a Music Man Stingray, a Lakland 44-94, or a used Japanese Jazz Bass for slap. The Rickenbacker is extraordinary for what it was designed for: aggressive rock bass lines, chord-style playing, that signature “rick” sound that no other bass replicates. Let it do what it’s best at.
Frequently Asked Questions
Is the Rickenbacker 4001 good for beginners?
Not ideal. The Rickenbacker 4001 has quirks — the stereo output, the bound neck, the specific playing feel — that are easier to navigate if you already have solid fundamentals. It’s better as a second or third instrument once you know what you’re doing.
How much does a Rickenbacker 4001 cost?
Vintage 4001 models from the 1960s–1970s typically sell for $2,500–$6,000 depending on condition and year. The current model is the Rickenbacker 4003, which sells new for around $2,000. Used 4003s in good condition are around $1,200–$1,600.
What is the difference between the Rickenbacker 4001 and 4003?
The 4003 is the current production model, introduced in 1979, and replaced the 4001 in 1986. The main differences are improved truss rod design, updated electronics, and the option to wire the bridge pickup without the high-pass capacitor. The 4003 is generally considered more practical for modern players.
Which famous bassists used the Rickenbacker 4001?
Chris Squire (Yes), Lemmy Kilmister (Motörhead), Paul McCartney (The Beatles — most notably on Sgt. Pepper and Abbey Road), Geddy Lee (early Rush), Peter Cetera (Chicago). The 4001 has an incredibly distinguished history in rock music.

Related Posts

How to Slap Bass for Beginners
Slap Dat Bass #28 — Advanced Groove Double Thumb
Fender Jazz Bass 1976 Review

The 1974 Rickenbacker 4001 is a specific object with a specific history — there's nothing else in bass guitar history that sounds quite like it. The stereo output capability, the original double truss rod system, the semi-hollow body construction all combine into a tone that has been imitated but never perfectly replicated.Testing slap on a Rickenbacker specifically addresses a question that comes up constantly: can you slap on a Rick? The construction makes it harder than on a Jazz or Stingray — the neck is narrower, the string spacing is tighter, the action typically runs a little higher. But the sound when you get it right is absolutely its own thing.The 70s Rickenbacker tone on slap has a rawness to it that modern instruments lack. More percussive attack, less sustain, a slight bite at the top that no EQ can fully recreate. For players interested in the complete picture of slap bass history, spending time with a vintage Rick is worthwhile.Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →

#### Cort A5 Plus SCMS Review: Bartolini Pickups at a Price That Makes Sense
The Cort A5 Plus SCMS is not a bass most people talk about. That’s exactly why I wanted to review it. Cort has been quietly making some of the best value instruments on the market for years, and the A5 Plus is one of their most interesting designs.
SCMS stands for Swamp Ash body with a Spalted Maple top. That combination tells you a lot about what Cort was going for — the warmth and clarity of swamp ash underneath, with the visual drama and tonal character of spalted maple on top. Let’s talk about how that actually plays out.

First Impressions
The A5 Plus SCMS looks expensive. That spalted maple top has the kind of wild grain pattern you usually see on basses that cost twice as much. Cort figured out how to put a genuinely beautiful top on an instrument in this price bracket and it shows.
Balance is good. 5-string basses have a reputation for neck-diving — where the headstock drops toward the floor when you let go — but the A5 Plus stays level. That matters a lot for live playing when you need both hands free between songs.
The Electronics: Bartolini MK-1
The A5 Plus comes loaded with Bartolini MK-1 pickups and a 3-band active EQ. Bartolini is a respected name in bass pickups — they supply components to a number of boutique brands. Getting them in a bass at this price point is genuinely unusual.
The MK-1 pickups have a smooth, polished character. The highs are clear without being harsh, the lows are tight and defined, and the midrange sits in a comfortable place in the mix. The 3-band EQ gives you enough control to shape your tone for different rooms and styles without having so many knobs that you get lost.
Active electronics on this bass feel responsive. Boosting the bass control adds body without getting muddy. Cutting the mids gives you that modern scooped tone that works for slap. It covers a lot of ground.
The Neck
Maple neck with a rosewood fretboard. 34-inch scale length, which is standard. The profile is comfortable — not too thick, not a razor-thin modern neck. It’s the kind of neck that works for most playing styles without making strong demands on your technique.
The low B string on a 34-inch scale is always a point of concern on 5-string basses. Shorter scale means less string tension, which can make the B string feel loose and undefined. On the A5 Plus, the B string is acceptable. Not exceptional, but it doesn’t flop around. For most music it works fine.
If you specifically need a very tight low B — consider a 35-inch scale instrument. But for the majority of players, the A5 Plus is perfectly adequate.
Swamp Ash + Spalted Maple: Does It Sound Different?
Tonewood debates get intense online. My honest position: the wood matters, but not as much as the pickups and your hands. That said, swamp ash does have a specific character — it’s lighter than alder, slightly brighter in the upper midrange, with a snappy attack.
Combined with the Bartolini pickups, the A5 Plus has a lively, articulate tone. Notes speak clearly. The attack is present. It’s a good bass for styles where clarity matters — funk, jazz-fusion, R&B, or anything where individual notes need to cut through.
Who Should Buy This
The Cort A5 Plus SCMS is a strong option for intermediate players who want a serious 5-string with quality electronics without spending boutique money. You’re getting Bartolini pickups, a beautiful top, active EQ, and solid build quality at a price that would have been impossible ten years ago.
I’d also recommend it to players who are moving from a 4-string to their first 5-string and want something that won’t embarrass them when they get better. This bass has room to grow with you.
It’s not a bass for someone who wants a passive vintage sound — the active electronics and modern design push it in a contemporary direction. If you want warm and passive, look at the Yamaha BB series. If you want modern and versatile, the Cort A5 Plus makes a lot of sense.
FAQ
What does SCMS mean on the Cort A5 Plus?
SCMS stands for Swamp ash body with a Spalted Maple top. It refers to the specific wood combination used in this version of the A5 Plus.
Are Bartolini MK-1 pickups good?
Yes, Bartolini MK-1 pickups are genuinely good components — smooth, clear, and well-voiced for modern bass tone. Getting them in a mid-priced bass like the Cort A5 Plus represents real value.
Is the Cort A5 Plus good for beginners?
It’s better suited to intermediate players. A beginner would do fine on it technically, but you’d be paying for features and quality you might not fully appreciate yet. Start with something simpler, then upgrade to the A5 Plus when you’re ready for it.
How is the low B string on the Cort A5 Plus?
Acceptable on the standard 34-inch scale. It’s not the tightest B string you’ll ever play, but it’s usable for most music. If you need a very tight B for heavy styles, look at a 35-inch scale bass instead.
How does the Cort A5 Plus compare to Yamaha TRBX505?
Both are active 5-string basses in a similar price range. The TRBX505 has a slightly more modern, focused electronics package. The Cort A5 Plus has arguably better pickups (Bartolini MK-1) and a more dramatic visual appeal. Both are solid choices — it comes down to which feel and aesthetic suits you more.
Related Posts

Yamaha TRBX505 Review
Yamaha BB435 vs TRBX305: Classic vs Modern
Seymour Duncan vs EMG Bass Pickups
Yamaha BB735A Review

The Cort A5 Plus SCMS is a remarkable instrument for what it costs. The swamp ash and maple construction gives it a clarity and brightness that works particularly well for slap — the notes have definition at the attack without getting brittle. That's a difficult balance to achieve in passive electronics at this price point.Cort has quietly become one of the most competent manufacturers in the mid-price range over the last decade. They build instruments for major brands under contract, which means the production standards are not what you'd expect from an entry-level name.Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →

#### Cort Action HH Review — Budget Bass for Any Music Situation?
The budget bass market is crowded. Everyone has an opinion about which $200-300 instrument is worth your money, and most of those opinions are based on specs rather than actual extended playing time. I try to do things differently — I play it, I push it, I find out where it breaks down.
The Cort Action HH is one of those basses that comes up a lot in beginner recommendations. Two humbuckers, passive electronics, bolt-on neck, affordable price. On paper it looks solid. Let me tell you what it actually is.
The HH Configuration — Why It Matters
Most budget basses go with a PJ or JJ pickup layout. The Action HH takes a different approach: two humbuckers in soap-bar housings, positioned roughly at the neck and bridge locations. This immediately sets the tonal character apart from the typical beginner bass.
Humbuckers are noiseless by design — no single-coil hum. That’s a genuine advantage for home recording or practice where noise becomes obvious and irritating. If you’ve ever plugged into a Fender-style bass in a room with fluorescent lights, you know exactly what I mean. The Action HH eliminates that problem completely.
The two-humbucker layout also gives you more tonal range than a single-pickup design. Full neck = warm, thick, round. Full bridge = brighter, more aggressive, more cutting. Both together = a balanced, mid-forward tone that sits well in a mix. Three useful sounds from three knob positions.

Build Quality — What You Get for the Money
The Action HH body is basswood, which is standard for the price bracket. It’s lightweight, which is a genuine plus for players who stand and play for extended periods. The finish options are clean — nothing spectacular but nothing embarrassing either.
The neck is maple with a rosewood fretboard. The profile is comfortable — not too thick, not too thin. Fretwork on mine was adequate with some edge finishing work needed, which is typical at this price. Action out of the box was slightly high but responded well to a basic setup.
Hardware is functional. The bridge is a standard fixed design that does its job. The tuners hold tune acceptably — better than some budget instruments I’ve worked with. Nothing here will win awards but nothing is obviously bad either.
The electronics are passive and straightforward: two volume controls and a master tone. Simple, reliable, quiet. No active battery to worry about, no EQ to dial in. You set it and forget it.
Tone — The Real Test
This is where the Action HH earns its reputation in the budget category. The pickups are noticeably better than what comes in similarly-priced Squier or generic budget basses. They’re warm without being muddy, present without being harsh, and the HH configuration genuinely delivers on its tonal promise.
Neck pickup alone has a fat, round character that works well for fingerstyle R&B and classic rock. Bridge pickup alone is brighter and more focused — it cuts through a mix better than I expected from a budget instrument. The sweet spot is both pickups together with the tone at 60-70% — that’s where the Action HH sounds genuinely musical rather than just functional.
For recording I plugged this directly into an interface with no EQ. The signal was clean, consistent, and sat in the mix without fighting for space. That’s the minimum standard for a recording-worthy budget bass, and the Action HH meets it.
I should be clear: these are not exceptional pickups. They’re good budget pickups. There’s a ceiling on dynamic range and articulation that becomes audible when you compare them to higher-end instruments. But within the context of what this bass costs, the tone is impressive.
Versatility — Can It Cover Multiple Styles?
This is the marketing question for the Action HH — “budget bass for any music situation?” My honest answer: broader than most budget basses, not quite as versatile as the marketing suggests.
It handles rock, pop, blues, and funk fingerstyle well. The HH layout gives it enough tonal range to cover most gigging situations without sounding obviously wrong in any genre.
Slap bass is where it gets complicated. The Action HH can slap — the bridge pickup has enough brightness for slap tone — but it lacks the snap and articulation that makes slap bass really sing. If slap is central to your playing style, this isn’t the ideal choice. The Yamaha TRBX or a Jazz-style bass with a bridge single-coil will serve you better for slap.
For metal or high-gain styles, the passive humbuckers are quiet and have enough output, but the overall character is more warm than aggressive. It works, but it’s not the tool for that job.
Compared to the Competition
At the same price point, the Action HH competes with the Squier Affinity series, the Ibanez GSR200, and the Yamaha TRBX204. Each has different strengths.
The Squier Jazz has a more classic tone and a thinner neck. The GSR200 plays faster and lighter. The TRBX204 has better hardware and a more modern active-adjacent tone (it’s actually passive but voiced to sound modern). The Action HH wins on noise floor — the dual humbuckers make it significantly quieter than single-coil options, which matters in certain environments.
For a player who prioritizes quiet electronics and a warm, versatile tone over a specific iconic bass sound, the Action HH is a legitimate contender in this bracket.
Who Should Buy This Bass
Buy the Cort Action HH if you want a quiet, hum-free instrument for home practice and recording. Buy it if you want tonal range without the complexity of active electronics. Buy it if you’re playing rock, pop, or blues and need a reliable budget workhorse.
Don’t buy it if slap bass is your primary technique, or if you specifically want a classic Fender J or P Bass voicing. Don’t buy it if you need to play high-volume live shows — at that level the limitations of the pickups become more apparent.
For its price and purpose, the Cort Action HH does more right than wrong. In a crowded budget market, that’s not a small thing.
Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →
FAQ
Is the Cort Action HH good for beginners?
Yes. The dual humbuckers make it quieter than most beginner basses, which is genuinely useful for home practice and recording. The neck is comfortable and the tonal range is broad enough to cover most styles a beginner will explore. Get it set up properly and it plays well above its price.
What is the difference between the Cort Action HH and the Cort Action Bass?
The standard Cort Action typically uses a PJ pickup configuration (Precision-style humbucker at neck, Jazz-style single-coil at bridge). The Action HH uses two full humbuckers, which gives a different tonal character and eliminates single-coil hum entirely. The HH is generally the better choice for recording environments.
Does the Cort Action HH have active electronics?
No — it’s fully passive. Two volume controls and a master tone. No battery required. This keeps the signal chain simple and reliable. If you want active EQ in this price range, look at the Cort Action Bass Plus or the Yamaha TRBX304.
How does the Cort Action HH compare to the Ibanez GSR200?
The GSR200 is lighter and plays very fast with a thinner neck. The Action HH has a quieter signal thanks to the dual humbuckers and a warmer, slightly fuller tone. Both are solid budget options — the choice comes down to whether you prefer a thinner, faster neck (GSR200) or a quieter, warmer instrument (Action HH).
Can I record directly with the Cort Action HH?
Yes. The dual humbuckers produce a quiet, clean signal that records well direct into an interface. With light compression and basic EQ it sits in a mix comfortably. It’s one of the better budget options for home recording precisely because of the low noise floor.
Related Posts

Squier Affinity Jazz Bass Review — Best Beginner Bass Under $300?
Yamaha BB435 vs TRBX305 — Which Budget Bass Wins?
Cort Action PJ Review — Best Budget Bass for Beginners?

#### Cort Action PJ Review: Is This the Best Budget Bass to Start With?
The Cort Action PJ comes up constantly when beginners ask me what bass to buy. It’s one of those instruments that sits at the intersection of affordable and actually good — which is a harder place to find than you’d think.
PJ means it has a Precision Bass pickup at the neck and a Jazz Bass pickup at the bridge. That combination has been around for decades because it works. You get the warmth and punch of the P pickup, and the added brightness and bite of the J pickup. More tonal range than a pure P or pure J bass.

Is This the Best Budget Bass to Start With?
That’s the question I was asking when I picked this up. The budget bass market is crowded — Squier, Harley Benton, Ibanez GIO, Epiphone. Every brand has an entry-level option. The Cort Action PJ competes in that space and, in my opinion, holds up well.
Build quality for the price is solid. The frets are dressed properly — no sharp ends sticking out to cut your hand. The nut is cut at a reasonable height so the strings don’t feel like they’re a mile off the fretboard. These are not guaranteed at this price point. On the Action PJ they’re done correctly.
The PJ Pickup Configuration
The P pickup (neck position) is the foundation of the tone. That split-coil design cancels hum while giving you that thick, midrange-forward character that sits perfectly in a band mix. Every style of music uses this sound — rock, pop, R&B, country, you name it.
The J pickup (bridge position) alone is bright and slightly nasal. Solo it and you hear that classic Jazz Bass bridge tone — great for cutting through a mix, good for funk and slap approaches. Combined with the P pickup at full volume, the hum from the J pickup cancels out and you get a blended tone that’s both warm and present.
Having both means you can adjust the blend to suit the song. More P for a fat, punchy sound. More J for something brighter and more articulate. Both together for a balanced tone that works for almost everything.
How Does It Play?
The neck is comfortable. It’s not the fastest neck I’ve ever played but it’s not fighting you either. For a beginner who’s still developing hand strength and muscle memory, this kind of neck actually helps — it gives you something to hold onto without being so chunky that it’s fatiguing.
The setup out of the box was acceptable. Not perfect — I’d recommend having it professionally set up, which costs maybe $40-60 at any guitar shop. A proper setup makes a significant difference on any bass, especially a budget instrument. After a setup, the Action PJ becomes noticeably easier to play.
The Honest Limitations
At this price point there are always compromises. The tuners on the Action PJ are functional but not exceptional — they hold pitch well enough but don’t have the smooth, precise feel of higher-end machines. The bridge is basic but works.
The tone has a slightly thinner character compared to basses with higher-quality pickups. It’s not bad — it’s perfectly usable — but if you put a Yamaha BB234 next to it, you’ll hear the difference. That’s expected and fair given the price difference.
For a first bass, none of these limitations matter. You’re learning to play. You don’t need boutique pickups. You need something that stays in tune, is comfortable to hold, and sounds like a bass.
Who Should Buy the Cort Action PJ
This is a beginner bass. Not in a dismissive way — in a practical way. If you’re just starting, if you’re buying a bass for a teenager who might or might not stick with it, or if you need a cheap backup instrument for rehearsals — the Cort Action PJ makes sense.
If you’ve been playing for a year or two and you’re ready to upgrade, look at the Yamaha BB234 or the Cort A5 Plus. You’ll feel the difference immediately and it’ll be worth the extra money.
But as a starting point, the Action PJ does what it needs to do. It won’t hold you back while you’re learning fundamentals.
FAQ
What does PJ mean on a bass guitar?
PJ refers to the pickup configuration — a Precision Bass (P) pickup at the neck position and a Jazz Bass (J) pickup at the bridge position. This gives you the tonal range of both classic pickup types in one instrument.
Is the Cort Action PJ good for beginners?
Yes. It’s one of the better options in the budget range — solid build quality, good PJ tone range, and comfortable enough for a beginner to learn on without fighting the instrument.
Should I get the Cort Action PJ set up when I buy it?
Ideally yes. A professional setup ($40-60 at most guitar shops) will lower the action, adjust intonation, and make the bass significantly easier to play. It’s worth doing on any new budget bass.
How does the Cort Action PJ compare to Squier?
They’re comparable in quality. The Cort Action PJ’s PJ pickup configuration gives it more tonal versatility than a standard Squier Precision or Jazz Bass. Personal preference and feel should guide the decision — try both if you can.
Can I use the Cort Action PJ for slap bass?
Yes, though it’s not optimized for slap. The bridge J pickup adds the brightness slap technique needs. As a learning instrument for slap fundamentals it works fine. As you develop the technique you’ll likely want to upgrade to something with better output and tighter low end.
Related Posts

Yamaha BB234 Review — The Next Step Up
How to Slap Bass for Beginners
Yamaha Bass Comparison: Which Model Is Right for You?
Cort A5 Plus SCMS Review

Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →

#### Cort Artisan A4 Ultra Ash Review: Bartolini Pickups on Real Swamp Ash
The Cort Artisan A4 Ultra Ash is the kind of bass that makes you rethink what you expect at a given price point. Ultra Ash means the body is solid swamp ash with no veneer, no laminate — just the real wood. That matters more than most players realise when they’re comparing specs on paper.
I’ve played several Cort Artisan models and the A4 Ultra Ash sits near the top of what Cort builds. Here’s the full picture.

Swamp Ash — Why It Matters
Swamp ash is a specific tonewood that’s been used in high-end instrument building since the early Fender era. It’s lighter than standard ash, with an open grain structure that contributes to a specific tonal character — brighter than alder, with a pronounced upper midrange and a slightly scooped low-mid.
The key word in “Ultra Ash” is ultra — meaning the full body is this wood, not a cap over a cheaper core. That’s a cost decision that most manufacturers avoid at this price bracket. Cort made a different call and the instrument benefits from it.
The weight is noticeable — swamp ash is light. Wearing this bass for a three-hour gig is a different experience than wearing a heavier mahogany or basswood instrument. That practical benefit compounds over the course of a working musician’s career.
The Bartolini Pickup System
The A4 Ultra Ash comes equipped with Bartolini soapbar pickups and a Bartolini 3-band active EQ. I covered Bartolini MK-1 pickups in the Cort A5 Plus SCMS review. The Artisan series uses higher-tier Bartolini units — same brand, more refined voicing.
The pickups are detailed and articulate. High-frequency clarity without harshness, low-end definition without excessive boom, midrange that sits naturally in a mix. Bartolini has spent decades voicing pickups for professional instruments and the results show in how musical the EQ controls feel — small adjustments make useful differences.
The 3-band EQ (bass, mid, treble) gives you genuine tonal flexibility. The mid control is the most important — it’s where you adjust how the bass sits in a dense mix. Cut the mids slightly for a modern scooped sound, boost them to cut through a loud band.
The Neck
Wenge neck with a wenge fretboard. Wenge is a dense, dark wood with a specific character — slightly rougher texture than maple or rosewood, with very high stiffness. That stiffness contributes to a fast, snappy attack character and excellent sustain. It also means the neck is extremely stable — wenge doesn’t move much with humidity changes.
The neck profile is fast and comfortable. Not a baseball bat, not a razor — a well-shaped modern profile that works for fingerstyle, slap, and picking with equal comfort.
Playability
Everything about the A4 Ultra Ash is set up for working musicians. The balance is excellent — no neck dive, sits level on a strap at any angle. The fret work is immaculate. The factory setup is low and fast without buzzing.
This is an instrument you pick up and immediately play well on. That immediate responsiveness is a sign of good design and good manufacturing — nothing is fighting you, nothing needs adjustment before you can focus on the music.
Who This Bass Is For
Intermediate to advanced players who are ready for a professional-grade instrument without boutique prices. If you’re playing regularly, if you gig or record, if you’ve outgrown budget instruments and you want something that can stay with you for years — the A4 Ultra Ash makes a serious case.
It’s also a strong choice for players who specifically want the Bartolini sound — that smooth, detailed, professional character — in a well-built package without going to a custom order boutique bass.
FAQ
What is swamp ash and why does it matter for bass tone?
Swamp ash is a lightweight hardwood with an open grain structure. It contributes a brighter, more articulate tone than heavier tonewoods — pronounced upper midrange, clear attack, slightly scooped low-mids. It’s been used in high-end instruments since the early Fender era for exactly these tonal properties.
Are Bartolini pickups good for bass?
Yes, Bartolini is one of the most respected pickup brands in professional bass circles. Their pickups are known for detailed, smooth, articulate tone with excellent noise rejection. Finding them in a mid-priced bass like the Cort Artisan is genuinely good value.
Is the Cort Artisan A4 good for slap bass?
Very good. The swamp ash body contributes brightness and snap, the Bartolini pickups have excellent high-frequency clarity, and the 3-band EQ lets you dial in the scooped midrange tone that slap benefits from. One of the better basses in its price range for slap.
What is a wenge neck on a bass?
Wenge is a dense, dark African hardwood used for necks and fretboards. It’s very stiff — more stable than maple in varying humidity — with a slightly rough texture that some players find more grippy and comfortable. Tonally it contributes to a fast, snappy attack character.
How does the Cort Artisan A4 Ultra Ash compare to the Cort A5 Plus?
The Artisan A4 is a step up in both build quality and electronics. Higher-tier Bartolini pickups, wenge neck, swamp ash body. The A5 Plus is excellent value at its price; the Artisan A4 is the more refined, professional-grade instrument at a higher price point.
Related Posts

Cort A5 Plus SCMS Review
Seymour Duncan vs EMG Bass Pickups
Yamaha BB735A Review
Fujigen Mighty Power Precision Bass Review

The Cort Artisan A4 Ultra Ash is one of those instruments that rewards close listening. The swamp ash body with the maple top creates a tonal profile that's naturally bright without harshness — ash tends to add upper-mid snap while maple rounds off the very top end. The combination produces a tone that cuts in live mixes without sounding aggressive.The Bartolini MK electronics are a significant upgrade over what you'd find in most basses at this price. The EQ is usable across its full range — that's rarer than you'd think. A lot of bass preamps have unusable extremes where one click too far in either direction sounds terrible. The Bartolini stays musical.For a working bassist covering multiple styles, the tonal flexibility here is genuine. Jazz to funk to rock without reprogramming your approach entirely.Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →

#### Cort GB64 JJ Bass Review: Is This Actually the Best Budget Jazz Bass?
The Cort GB64 JJ keeps coming up as a budget bass recommendation in forums and comment sections. Two Jazz Bass pickups, decent hardware, competitive price. I wanted to find out if the reputation is earned.
JJ means both pickups are Jazz Bass single-coils. That’s a specific tonal choice — you’re all-in on that classic Jazz Bass character, no P pickup to add warmth and chunk. If you know what a Jazz Bass sounds like and you want it, this configuration makes sense.

The Jazz Bass Sound
Two single-coil pickups, volume control for each, one tone control. That’s the Jazz Bass formula and the GB64 follows it faithfully. The neck pickup alone gives you that warm, round tone — great for fingerstyle, great for supporting a vocalist. The bridge pickup alone is bright, slightly nasal, cuts through a mix with authority.
Both at full volume is where the magic is. The hum from each single-coil cancels the other out, and you get that scooped, detailed tone that works in almost any genre. Flea played a Jazz Bass. Jaco Pastorius played a Jazz Bass. Marcus Miller plays a Jazz Bass. The sound has a long history of being right.
The GB64 delivers this. Not at the level of a Fender American, not at the level of a Fujigen — but the character is there and it’s recognisable.
Build Quality
Cort builds well at budget price points. The GB64 has clean fret work, a comfortable neck, and hardware that functions without drama. The tuners hold pitch adequately. The bridge is basic but stable.
The finish quality is good for the price. No rough edges, no visible gaps in the construction. This is a well-assembled instrument.
One thing I noticed: the neck pickup rout on my test unit was slightly off-centre. Not enough to affect playability or tone, but noticeable up close. This kind of minor inconsistency is common at budget price points and shouldn’t be a dealbreaker.
How Does It Compare to a Squier Jazz Bass?
That’s the obvious comparison because Squier is the dominant name in budget Jazz Basses. Honest answer: they’re very close. Both are good instruments at similar price points. The GB64 has slightly better fret work in my experience. The Squier benefits from the Fender brand recognition if that matters to you.
I’d play both before deciding. Whichever one feels better in your hands is the right choice — the tone difference is minimal.
Hum — The Single-Coil Reality
Single-coil pickups hum when they’re solo. That’s physics, not a defect. With both pickups at equal volume the hum cancels. But if you run one pickup significantly louder than the other — which some tones require — you’ll hear the hum, especially in a studio environment.
For live playing this is rarely a problem. Stage noise and monitor levels make single-coil hum inaudible. In a quiet recording environment it’s something to manage. Most players learn to live with it because the tone is worth it.
Is This the Best Budget Bass?
The title question. My answer: it’s one of the best, not the definitive best. The Cort Action PJ has more tonal range due to the PJ configuration. The Yamaha BB234 has better pickups and a more refined tone. But the GB64 JJ delivers genuine Jazz Bass character at a price that makes it accessible, and that counts for a lot.
If you specifically want the Jazz Bass sound — not a compromise, not a blend — the GB64 JJ makes a strong case. If you’re open to different configurations, the Action PJ gives you more flexibility for the same money.
FAQ
What does JJ mean on the Cort GB64?
JJ means both pickups are Jazz Bass single-coil pickups. This gives the bass a classic Jazz Bass tonal character — bright, articulate, with that distinctive scooped midrange when both pickups are at full volume.
Is the Cort GB64 JJ good for beginners?
Yes. It’s a solid beginner bass with a classic tone that works across many styles. The Jazz Bass format is one of the most versatile in bass history and the GB64 delivers that character at an accessible price.
Does the Cort GB64 JJ hum?
Single-coil pickups hum when soloed. With both pickups at equal volume, the hum cancels. For live playing this is rarely an issue. In a quiet recording environment you may need to manage pickup blend to minimize noise.
How does the Cort GB64 JJ compare to Squier Jazz Bass?
They’re comparable instruments at similar price points. The GB64 often has slightly cleaner fret work. The Squier carries the Fender name. Play both and choose based on feel — the tonal difference is minimal.
Can you slap bass on the Cort GB64 JJ?
Yes. The Jazz Bass format is actually well-suited for slap — the narrow string spacing and bright bridge pickup tone complement the technique. The GB64 JJ handles slap fine at the beginner and intermediate level.
Related Posts

Cort Action PJ Review
Yamaha BB234 Review
Cort A5 Plus SCMS Review
How to Slap Bass for Beginners

The Cort GB64 JJ gives you twin Jazz-style pickups at a price that makes the boutique market look absurd. The combination of both pickups blended gives you that classic hollow mid sound — the one that's been on thousands of recordings you've heard without knowing what bass was used.For studio work, the JJ configuration is one of the most producer-friendly sounds you can bring into a session. It doesn't demand attention. It doesn't fight with the kick drum or the guitar. It just holds the bottom and adds character without announcing itself.Cort's quality control at this price range is something I talk about regularly. They finish instruments properly. That matters for long-term playability — a bass with good fretwork doesn't fight you, and a bass that doesn't fight you gets played more.Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →

#### Cort Junior Bass Review: The Right Bass for Young Players and Small Hands
The Cort Junior Bass is a short-scale instrument designed for younger players or adults with smaller hands. Short-scale basses get dismissed a lot in the bass community — people assume they’re toys. This one isn’t.
I reviewed it because parents kept asking me what bass to get for a kid who wants to start playing. The honest answer is: not every full-scale bass is appropriate for a 10-year-old or a player with small hands. The Cort Junior solves a real problem.

Short Scale: What It Actually Means
A standard bass guitar has a 34-inch scale length — the distance from the nut to the bridge. Short-scale basses typically run 30-32 inches. That shorter distance means the frets are closer together, string tension is lower, and the whole instrument is physically smaller and lighter.
For a young player or someone with smaller hands, this matters enormously. Stretching across frets on a full-scale bass is genuinely difficult when your hands aren’t fully developed. On a short-scale, everything is more accessible. You can focus on learning technique instead of fighting the instrument.
Build Quality
This is a Cort, so the build quality is what you’d expect from a responsible manufacturer — not boutique, but solid. The frets are dressed properly, the neck is stable, and the tuners hold pitch adequately. For a junior instrument it’s well made.
The body is proportionally smaller than a full-scale bass, which helps with balance and comfort for smaller players. It doesn’t feel like a shrunken adult instrument — it feels like something designed with a specific player in mind.
The Tone
Short-scale basses have a specific tonal character. The lower string tension changes how the strings vibrate, which affects the tone. You get a slightly warmer, rounder sound — less defined attack compared to a full-scale instrument. Some players love this. Paul McCartney played a short-scale Hofner for most of his career. Jack Bruce did too.
The Cort Junior sounds like a bass. That’s what matters at this stage. It’s not going to win tone comparisons against a Yamaha BB series, but that’s not the point. The point is giving a younger or smaller player access to the instrument so they can start learning.
When to Use a Short-Scale Bass
I recommend short-scale basses in a few specific situations. If you’re buying for a child under 12, short-scale is almost always the right call. If you’re an adult with noticeably small hands who struggles with full-scale instruments — give short-scale a serious look. And if you play a lot of acoustic gigs where a lighter, smaller instrument is practical, short-scale makes sense.
I’ve had students who started on a short-scale Junior and moved to a full-scale after a year or two. The transition is easy — technique transfers directly. Starting on a short-scale is not going to hold anyone back from becoming a good bassist.
The Honest Limitations
The Cort Junior is a beginner instrument with beginner instrument limitations. The pickups are basic, the electronics are simple, and the overall tone ceiling is lower than a mid-range adult bass. Once a player outgrows it — and they will — they’ll need to upgrade.
That’s fine. That’s the expected lifecycle. A child doesn’t need a $500 instrument at age 10. They need something that works, is comfortable, and doesn’t discourage them from practicing.
FAQ
What age is the Cort Junior Bass for?
The Cort Junior Bass is typically suited for players ages 7-12, or smaller adult players who find full-scale basses difficult to manage comfortably. There’s no strict age limit — it’s about physical fit.
Is a short-scale bass harder to play than a full-scale?
No — it’s actually easier for most beginners. The frets are closer together, string tension is lower, and the instrument is lighter. The challenge comes later if you transition to full-scale, but that adjustment is straightforward.
Can you learn proper technique on a short-scale bass?
Yes. All the fundamental techniques — fingerstyle, picking, slap — transfer directly from short-scale to full-scale. Starting on a short-scale will not create bad habits.
What size bass should a 10-year-old play?
A short-scale bass like the Cort Junior is usually the right call for a 10-year-old. If the child is tall for their age they might manage a full-scale, but most 10-year-olds are more comfortable on a 30-32 inch scale instrument.
When should you upgrade from the Cort Junior Bass?
When the player has outgrown it physically — typically when they can comfortably reach a full-scale instrument — or when they’ve developed enough that the limitations of the instrument are holding them back. Usually after 1-2 years of regular practice.
Related Posts

Cort Action PJ Review — Next Step Up
Yamaha BB234 Review
How to Slap Bass for Beginners
Yamaha Bass Comparison: Which Model Is Right for You?

The Cort Junior bass is built around an idea that's more important than it sounds: some players physically cannot be comfortable on a full-scale instrument. Children, players with smaller hands, people who want a travel instrument that won't destroy their fretting wrist. Short scale solves a real problem.What Cort got right with the Junior is that they didn't treat it as a toy. The hardware is solid, the fretwork is consistent, the electronics are simple but functional. You can actually gig with this instrument if the venue is appropriate for its tone.Short scale basses have a softness in the attack and a slightly thicker midrange that's actually very pleasant for certain styles. Reggae, soul, blues — that round, pillowy low end works. The trade-off is less definition at the bottom, which matters for slap or technical metal but almost nothing else.If you're buying an instrument for a young student, this is one of the few options where quality and playability actually align at the right price point.Short scale basses have a softness in the attack and a slightly thicker midrange that’s actually very pleasant for certain styles. Reggae, soul, blues — that round, pillowy low end works. The trade-off is less definition at the bottom, which matters for slap or technical metal but almost nothing else. For everything in between, the shorter scale is simply more comfortable to play.Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →

#### D’Mark Omega Bass Guitar Review — Brazil’s Best-Kept Secret
Most bass players have never heard of D’Mark. Even the ones who spend time on gear forums, who follow boutique builders closely, who know every Sadowsky model and every Ken Smith variant. D’Mark sits outside that conversation almost entirely.
That is a mistake. And I want to correct it.
D’Mark is a Brazilian custom bass workshop founded in 1998 in São José dos Campos, run by a luthier named Marcos Pereira. The name stands for Design by Marcos. He started with repairs and adjustments. Then a client challenged him to build a bass from scratch. The instrument he made was the Omega — and it became the foundation of everything that followed.
Why D’Mark Is Worth Your Attention
The boutique bass world has a geography problem. The builders that get discussed — Sadowsky, Ken Smith, Fodera, MTD — are almost entirely American or European. Brazilian builders exist in a parallel universe that very few players in Western Europe or the US ever access.
D’Mark has been reviewed in Bass Magazine and Bass Gear Magazine. They’ve been stocked at Chicago Music Exchange and The Bass Spot. They have a dealer in Japan. The instruments are genuinely known to people who follow boutique bass building seriously — they’re just not famous in the way that brands with bigger marketing budgets are.
This creates an interesting situation: you can buy an instrument that would compete directly with a $4,000 Sadowsky for significantly less money, simply because the brand doesn’t carry the same name recognition. The exchange rate between Brazilian Real and USD makes the value proposition even more interesting.
The Omega — D’Mark’s Flagship
The Omega was the first bass Marcos Pereira ever built. It was a response to a direct challenge and it became his best instrument. The fact that the very first model is still the flagship twenty-five years later tells you something about what Marcos got right the first time.
The Omega is available in 5-string and 6-string configurations. The body is built around a Brazilian Mahogany center block with Premium Cedar wings — indigenous Brazilian hardwoods that Marcos sources locally. The neck is three-piece, using Maple and Purpleheart, and on the 6-string version Hard Maple with Brazilian Ipê. Neck-through construction, 34-inch scale, 24 jumbo frets.
The fretboard is Maple, and the finishing options include some spectacular exotic wood tops — Spalted Maple, Imbuia, Mappa Burl, Muiracataria. Each instrument ends up visually unique while the tonal character remains consistent. These are not decorative choices — the woods are selected for acoustic properties as well as appearance.
The Electronics — Where D’Mark Really Distinguishes Itself
This is the part I find most impressive. D’Mark designs and manufactures all of their own pickups and preamps in-house. This is genuinely rare among boutique builders. Most custom shops — even the well-known ones — use Bartolini, Aguilar, or Nordstrand pickups. Making your own means you control the entire signal chain.
The Omega uses D’Mark SN610 soapbar-style pickups (on the 6-string) with their patented IGA technology — Individual Gain Adjustment — which is a noise-reduction system that maintains single-coil tone character without the 60-cycle hum. In practice this means you get the clarity and articulation of single-coil pickups without the interference that makes passive single-coils difficult in live environments.
The preamp is a three-band active system with Bass, Mid, and Treble controls plus an active/passive switch. The EQ is voiced thoughtfully — the bass control sits around 67Hz, the mids around 540-930Hz, and the treble at 10kHz. These are sensible frequencies for bass guitar and the result is an EQ that sounds musical rather than clinical.
The Omega Sound
Bass Gear Magazine described the Alpha (the Omega’s sibling model) as sounding like “a much more modern — yet familiar — Fender Jazz Bass.” That is a reasonable description of the D’Mark house sound. There is a Jazz Bass character in the foundation — the pickup placement, the neck-through resonance, the mahogany warmth — but with more presence and more modern voicing than a vintage Fender.
Bass Magazine reviewed the Omega 6-string alongside the JBX8 and described the build quality and electronics as “top-notch” and noted they compete with US custom builders “at a fraction of the cost.” That review matters because Bass Magazine is not easily impressed and they have played everything.
For slap bass specifically, the IGA pickup system and the active preamp work well together. The attack is clear and defined, the fundamental is present without being muddy, and the high-end extension on the Maple fretboard gives slap lines the brightness they need to cut through.
Build Quality and Finish
Marcos Pereira trained in traditional viola-making — the Brazilian stringed instrument, a cousin of the guitar. That background is visible in how these instruments are put together. The woodwork is precise. The finish is a 12-layer PU high-gloss treatment that is specifically designed to resist humidity — relevant for instruments built in and sold to varied climates.
Hardware is Gotoh and Hipshot throughout — professional-grade components that you find on instruments costing twice as much. The bridge is a BB405 unit, the tuners are Hipshot Ultralites. These are not budget compromises.
The weight is around 10.2 lbs for the 6-string — heavier than a Jazz Bass, typical for neck-through instruments with denser wood configurations. The balance on a strap is reportedly good, with the body proportions designed to avoid the neck-dive that affects some boutique extended-range instruments.
Price and Availability
The Omega currently sits at $2,999–$3,299 USD depending on configuration and wood selections. The Alpha model is similarly priced. The JBX8 comes in slightly lower.
These prices put D’Mark in direct competition with Sadowsky Metro Line ($1,500–$1,800) and lower-end Sadowsky NYC ($3,200+), Ken Smith BSR models ($2,800+), and US-built Lakland instruments. Given the in-house electronics and the quality of materials, the value argument is strong.
You can find D’Mark instruments through The Bass Spot, on Reverb, and through their direct website at dmarkguitars.com. Production volume is limited — this is a family workshop, not a factory. Custom configurations are available and Marcos Pereira is reportedly accessible for direct communication about specifications.
Should You Buy One?
If you are a player who is looking for a boutique instrument at the $2,500–$3,500 price point and you have not considered D’Mark, you are missing an option that deserves serious attention.
The in-house electronics alone set it apart from builders who assemble instruments around other manufacturers’ components. The use of Brazilian hardwoods gives the instruments a tonal character that is different from the maple/swamp ash combinations that dominate US boutique building. And the price, particularly given the exchange rate dynamics, represents genuine value.
The limitation is visibility and resale. If you need to sell a D’Mark in a market that doesn’t know the brand, you will have a harder time getting your money back than you would with a Sadowsky or a Fodera. That is a real consideration for players who change instruments frequently.
But if you are buying an instrument to keep and play, D’Mark Omega is one of the more interesting choices at this price point that almost nobody is talking about. That, in itself, is worth something.
Frequently Asked Questions
Where is D’Mark based?
D’Mark Guitars is based in São José dos Campos, Brazil. The company was founded in 1998 by luthier Marcos Pereira. It is a family-run custom workshop, not a large-scale manufacturer.
How much does a D’Mark Omega cost?
The D’Mark Omega is currently priced at $2,999–$3,299 USD depending on configuration, number of strings, and exotic wood top options. Custom specifications may affect pricing. Contact D’Mark directly at dmarkguitars.com for current availability and pricing.
Does D’Mark make their own pickups?
Yes. D’Mark designs and manufactures all of their own pickups and preamps in-house. The Omega uses D’Mark SN610 and PRO IGA Noiseless pickups, featuring proprietary Individual Gain Adjustment (IGA) technology for noise reduction while maintaining single-coil character.
How does the D’Mark Omega compare to a Sadowsky NYC?
Both are boutique Jazz-influenced basses in the $2,500–$4,000 range. The Sadowsky NYC has greater brand recognition and stronger resale value. The D’Mark Omega offers in-house electronics (which Sadowsky also does), Brazilian hardwood construction, and a unique tonal character. Build quality on both is considered professional-grade.
Is D’Mark available in Europe?
D’Mark ships internationally. The main purchase channels are their website (dmarkguitars.com), The Bass Spot, and Reverb. There is no established European dealer network as of 2025, so direct purchase or US-based dealer purchase with international shipping is typically the route.

Related Posts

Cort vs Sadowsky Blind Test — Does Expensive Always Win?
Lakland Joe Osborn Signature Jazz Bass 2005 Review
Ken Smith BSR Elite 6-String Bass Review

Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →

#### Danelectro '59 DC Bass + Logic Pro X Effects — Vintage Tone Meets Modern DAW
I’ve owned a Danelectro ’59 DC Bass for a while. It’s not a bass I reach for in every situation — it has a very specific personality — but every time I plug it in I’m reminded why I kept it. There’s a character to this instrument that modern basses simply don’t reproduce.
In this session I did something a bit different: I ran the Danelectro through the built-in effects library in Logic Pro X and explored what happens when you combine a vintage-voiced bass with modern DAW processing. The results were more interesting than I expected.
The Danelectro ’59 DC Bass — What You Need to Know
The Danelectro brand has a strange history. Originally an American company from the 1950s–60s known for cheap, creative instruments, it disappeared, came back, disappeared again, and now exists as a reissue operation producing instruments inspired by the originals. The ’59 DC Bass is one of those reissues — a semi-hollow short-scale bass based on the original 1950s design.
The construction is unusual by modern standards. The body is a mix of Masonite (hardboard) and poplar, with a lipstick tube pickup in the neck position. Yes, lipstick tube — a pickup design named for its resemblance to a lipstick case, not its sonic character. These pickups have a specific bright, slightly nasal tone that’s completely unlike anything wound in a standard humbucker or single-coil format.
Short scale (30″), lightweight, visually striking. When you pick this up for the first time it feels like a toy compared to a full-scale solid-body bass. Then you plug it in.

The Lipstick Pickup Tone
The baseline tone of the Danelectro ’59 DC Bass is unlike anything else I own. Bright, slightly hollow, with a prominent upper midrange that makes every note sound slightly amplified in the upper frequencies even before you touch an amp. There’s a nasal quality — almost like a slightly overdriven DI signal — that’s immediately recognisable once you’ve heard it.
This tone is either exactly what you want or completely wrong for your application. For vintage rock, psychedelic music, garage rock, old-school R&B — it’s perfect. For modern pop production, slap funk, or metal — it’s the wrong tool entirely.
Clean through a flat amp it sounds like the 1950s. That’s a feature, not a limitation.
Logic Pro X Effects — What Works With This Bass
The interesting part of this session was what happens when you push this instrument through Logic’s effects library. Because the Danelectro has such a specific character, effects interact with it differently than a standard modern bass.
Drive and fuzz are where it gets genuinely exciting. The lipstick pickup responds to overdrive in a way that sounds almost like a keyboard or organ at certain settings — the upper midrange emphasis creates harmonics that are rich and unusual. The built-in Logic Pedalboard with a vintage fuzz setting turns this bass into something genuinely psychedelic. I wasn’t expecting to enjoy it as much as I did.
The phaser and flanger in Logic’s library work extremely well with the Danelectro’s character. The slight hollowness of the semi-hollow body and the bright pickup voicing respond to modulation effects in a musical way that feels period-appropriate — like something from a 1960s recording session with a lot more plugin options.
Compression is interesting on this bass. The lipstick pickup has a naturally compressed character already — layering Logic’s compressor adds density without changing the fundamental tone. Moderate compression settings work well for recording; heavy compression kills the character that makes this instrument interesting.
The filter effects — envelope filters and wah-style processing — are where the DAW approach gets creative. The bright attack of the lipstick pickup gives filters more material to work with than a darker-voiced bass would. The results are funky in a vintage way that sounds different from running a standard bass through the same processing.
Recording the Danelectro Direct
I recorded everything in this session direct into Logic with no amp simulation — just the raw DI signal and then effects in the box. The direct signal from the Danelectro is surprisingly good for this approach. The inherent brightness of the pickup means you don’t need amp simulation to get presence and articulation in the recording. It sits in a mix naturally in the upper register without boosting anything.
For home recording this bass is an underrated option. The short scale and lightweight body make it comfortable for long sessions. The DI signal is clean and interesting. The effects respond well. Total cost of the setup: the bass, an audio interface, and a DAW you probably already own.
Who Should Pay Attention to the Danelectro ’59 DC Bass
If you produce music in a DAW and want a bass with genuine vintage character that responds unusually well to processing — the Danelectro is worth investigating. It’s not expensive and it sounds like nothing else in the market.
If you need a versatile all-rounder for live use across multiple genres — this is not the right choice. Its personality is strong and specific. That’s its value and its limitation simultaneously.
The Logic Pro X approach demonstrated here applies equally to any DAW. Garageband, Ableton, Pro Tools — the same effects categories (drive, fuzz, modulation, filtering) will produce similar results. The Danelectro’s character responds to processing in ways that reward experimentation.
Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →
FAQ
What makes the Danelectro ’59 DC Bass tone unique?
The lipstick tube pickup. This pickup design produces a bright, slightly nasal tone with prominent upper mids that sounds completely different from standard humbuckers or Jazz-style single-coils. Combined with the semi-hollow short-scale body, the result is an instrument with an immediately recognisable vintage character that’s impossible to replicate with modern basses.
Can you use Logic Pro X effects on any bass guitar?
Yes — the approach shown here works with any bass. The Danelectro’s bright, hollow character responds particularly well to drive and modulation effects, but the same Logic effects library works with any DI bass signal. The results will be different depending on the pickup character and body resonance of the instrument.
Is the Danelectro ’59 DC Bass good for recording?
For the right styles, yes. Vintage rock, psychedelic, garage, and indie recordings benefit from the Danelectro’s character. The DI signal is clean and sits naturally in a mix in the upper midrange. For modern pop, metal, or slap funk it’s tonally wrong — there are better tools for those applications.
What fuzz pedals work well with the Danelectro bass?
The EHX Big Muff Bass, the Fuzz Face (silicon or germanium), and the Maestro FZ-1 style fuzzes all pair well. The bright lipstick pickup character feeds fuzz circuits in an interesting way — you get harmonically rich distortion that preserves note definition better than running a darker-voiced bass through the same pedal.
Is the Danelectro ’59 DC Bass well built?
The Masonite and poplar construction is unusual and feels different from solid-body instruments. It’s not a bass you’d choose for heavy road use. For studio work and careful live performances it holds up fine. The hardware and electronics are basic but functional. Treat it well and it’ll last indefinitely.
Related Posts

Jolana D Bass — Why This Socialist-Era Guitar Still Holds Up
Gretsch G5442BDC Review — A Hollow Body Bass That Sounds Like Nothing Else
MXR Bass Overdrive M89 Review

#### Danelectro 59DC Bass Review: I Didn’t Expect to Love This Bass
I’ll be honest — I picked up this bass mostly out of curiosity. You see a Danelectro sitting in a shop and your brain immediately files it under “retro prop.” Something for the wall, maybe a novelty for a bedroom player. I’ve been playing for 20 years. I had my assumptions.
I was wrong.
The Brand Nobody Really Talks About
Danelectro has been around since 1947. Nathan Daniel started the company in New York, building affordable instruments for working musicians who couldn’t afford the boutique stuff. These weren’t precision instruments — Masonite bodies, vinyl coverings, sold through Sears catalogs. And yet somehow, they ended up on some of the most iconic recordings ever made.
Jimmy Page used a Danelectro on “Kashmir.” Those lipstick tube pickups — chrome cylinders that look like they were borrowed from a vintage vanity mirror — became one of the most recognizable sounds in rock. Elvis’s session players had them. Robert Smith. The list goes on. For decades, Danelectro was the working musician’s secret weapon: cheap to buy, impossible to replicate.
The 59DC Double Cutaway design is the one people recognize. That teardrop silhouette, the plastic-covered body, the chrome accents. It looks like something from a 1959 science fiction film. Which, honestly, it kind of is — and that’s exactly the point.
What It Actually Sounds Like
The semi-hollow Masonite construction gives this bass a resonance you genuinely don’t expect from something this light. It’s not punchy the way a Stingray is punchy. It’s not warm the way a P-Bass is warm. It’s something else entirely — open, old-school, with this woody character that sits in a mix differently than anything else.
With a pick, this bass is incredible. That’s the big revelation. The attack gets a woody, almost acoustic quality on top of a solid low end that reminds me of classic Motown session recordings. Tight, punchy, with that almost upright-like character on the attack. You play it with a pick on the bridge pickup and suddenly you understand why these basses ended up on so many records from that era.
Fingerstyle is also great. Softer, rounder, but still with that unique character. The lipstick pickups don’t have the output of a jazz bass or a humbucker — they’re sensitive and clear. What you play is exactly what you get. No coloring, no compression from hot pickups. Pure and honest.
And slap? I didn’t expect this one. The semi-hollow body gives the slap tone an almost percussive, hollow quality. It’s not for a modern funk gig where you need Stingray-level snap — but for something more textural, more experimental, it genuinely works. I found myself playing phrases I’d never play on my usual basses.
The Build — What You’re Actually Getting
The 59DC is not a $2,000 instrument and it doesn’t pretend to be. Masonite body, bolt-on neck, functional tuners. It’s a working-class bass with a working-class price tag.
But it holds up. I’ve seen cheaper basses fall apart in two years. This one doesn’t. The modern reissues are well-made for the money. One thing you’ll notice immediately — it’s very light. Almost alarmingly light compared to a mahogany body bass. After a three-hour rehearsal, your shoulder will seriously thank you.
The slim neck profile is comfortable and fast. I had a student once who was completely stuck in a rut — same phrases, same tone, same everything for two years. I handed him this Danelectro during a lesson. Within ten minutes he was playing differently. Sometimes an unusual instrument breaks habits that years of practice can’t touch. This bass has that quality.
If you need a workhorse for every gig — maybe look elsewhere. But if you want something that fills a sonic space nothing else in your collection does, the 59DC belongs in your hands.
FAQ
Is the Danelectro 59DC bass good for beginners?
Yes, actually. It’s lightweight, the neck is comfortable, and it’s forgiving to play. The price point is accessible. The only caveat is that the lipstick pickups have lower output than most modern basses — so if you’re plugging into a practice amp, turn the gain up a bit.
What music styles is the Danelectro bass best for?
Classic rock, blues, indie, and anything where you want a vintage character. With a pick it shines on anything with a Motown or old-school rock flavor. Fingerstyle works for jazz and soft funk. It’s not your first choice for metal or modern slap-heavy R&B.
How does the lipstick pickup sound compared to a Jazz Bass pickup?
Thinner and clearer, with less output. A Jazz Bass has more bite and presence. The lipstick pickup has a more vintage, open character — less mid-range grunt, more air. Both are great, just for different things.
Is Danelectro still making instruments today?
Yes. Danelectro went through several ownership changes and stopped production for a period in the 70s and 80s, but came back in the 90s. Today they produce reissues of the classic designs including the 59DC. Same aesthetic, improved hardware.
Can you slap on a Danelectro bass?
You can, and it sounds interesting — hollow and percussive, unlike anything else. It won’t replace a Stingray for slap, but if you want a unique slap tone for recording, this bass delivers something genuinely different.
The Danelectro 59DC is genuinely one of the most overlooked basses for certain styles. That hollow body with the lipstick pickups gives you a sound that no modern solid-body can replicate — thin, slightly nasal, with a natural compression that comes from the resonating chamber. For anything blues-adjacent or vintage rock, it just works.The build quality on modern reissues is obviously not the same as the originals from the late 50s. But they’ve kept what matters — the pickup design, the body shape, the short scale. Short scale basses are underrated for players with smaller hands or anyone who plays for three hours straight and needs their fretting hand to survive the night.If you’ve only played modern basses, the 59DC will feel like a different instrument. That’s not a flaw. That’s the point.Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →

#### Darkglass Element Review: The Best All-in-One Bass Preamp for Home Players?
Darkglass makes some of the most aggressive, articulate bass overdrive on the market. I’ve had several of their pedals over the years. When the Element came out I was skeptical — it’s a preamp, headphone amp, DI box, and cab simulator all in one box. That’s a lot of promises from one unit. After using it on sessions and practice, here’s the honest rundown.

What the Darkglass Element Actually Is
The Element is a Swiss Army knife for bass players who practice and record at home. It combines a preamp with the classic Darkglass B3K-style drive circuit, a headphone output with IR cab simulation, a DI output for going direct to interface or FOH, and a built-in tuner. There’s also an aux input so you can play along to tracks through your headphones.
That’s a genuinely useful combination. If you practice at home and record into a DAW, this covers most of what you need in one unit. No amp required. No separate DI box required. No separate headphone amp required.
The footprint is small — about the size of two standard Boss pedals side by side. It runs on 9V (standard power supply or battery). Build quality is what you’d expect from Darkglass: solid metal housing, feels like it would survive a touring life.
The Tone: Does It Sound Like Darkglass?
Yes. And that’s both the appeal and the limitation.
Darkglass has a specific character — tight low end, aggressive upper-mid presence, clarity even with high gain. The Element’s drive section delivers exactly this. If you’ve wanted that Darkglass sound but couldn’t justify the Alpha Omega or B7K price tag, the Element gets you most of the way there at a lower cost.
The drive knob goes from clean to very aggressive. Around 9-10 o’clock you get a nice low-gain grind that works for rock and funk. Push it past noon and you’re into proper metal territory. The blend knob lets you mix in dry signal so your fundamental doesn’t disappear under the distortion — critical for actual bass playing, not just noise.
The EQ is three-band: bass, mid, treble. Simple but effective. I found myself cutting a bit of treble and boosting mids slightly for recording — gives the right presence without harsh top-end.
Clean tones are respectable. With the drive off or very low, the preamp stage adds warmth and a slight presence boost that flatters passive basses especially.
The IR Cab Simulation
This is where the Element gets interesting for home players. The built-in IR loader has three cab voicings selected by a toggle switch. They’re designed by Darkglass to work with their drive character, and honestly they do the job.
Going direct to an interface or DAW through the XLR output with a cab IR engaged sounds convincingly like a mic’d speaker cabinet — not perfect, but good enough that you’d use it on a demo without second thoughts. For bedroom recording or late-night practice sessions where you can’t run an amp, this is genuinely useful.
Through headphones the difference between cab sims on and off is dramatic. Without IR it sounds like DI bass — fine but uninspiring. With IR you get the warmth and air of a real cabinet. Long practice sessions become much more enjoyable.
Who Should Buy the Darkglass Element
The Element makes the most sense if you fit two or three of these:
You practice at home and can’t run an amp loud. You record direct into a DAW. You want that aggressive Darkglass overdrive character. You’re tired of carrying multiple boxes to sessions.
It makes less sense if you already have a quality amp and DI setup, or if you need more flexible EQ and drive options than the Element provides. The three-band EQ is workable but not deep. If you’re building a full pedalboard with multiple drive options, you’d get more versatility from the dedicated B3K or Alpha Omega.
At its price point it competes with the EBS MicroBass 3, Radial Bassbone, and various other preamp DI boxes. Against those the Element wins on drive character and loses on clean EQ flexibility. It depends what you need.
Using It Live vs. Studio
Live: I’ve used the Element as a backup DI when I didn’t want to bring an amp to a smaller gig. Plugged straight into FOH with the XLR, played through in-ears, used the headphone out for monitoring. Works. The tuner on the front is useful at this point — one less thing to carry.
Studio: Best use case. Recording direct with the cab sim engaged, blending drive to taste, printing a bit of color on the track rather than leaving it all for post. The Darkglass sound records well — articulate, punchy, sits in a mix without fighting the kick drum.
Practice: The headphone amp with aux in is legitimately good. Play along to YouTube lessons or backing tracks with realistic bass tone in your headphones. This alone would justify the purchase for serious home players.
For more bass gear and technique, check out the blog, and if you’re into effects on bass, the Boss OC-2 vs OC-5 breakdown and the MXR M82 envelope filter review go into specific pedal comparisons in depth.
Frequently Asked Questions
Can I use the Darkglass Element as my only piece of gear for recording?Yes. Plug your bass into the Element, run the XLR out to your audio interface, and you have a preamp, DI, and cab simulation in one box. You don’t need a separate amp or speaker for recording.
Is the Darkglass Element good for slap bass?With the drive off or very low — yes, it works well. High drive settings emphasize upper mids which can make slap sound spiky. Keep the drive below 9 o’clock for cleaner slap tones and you’ll be fine.
How does the Element compare to the Darkglass B3K?The B3K is a dedicated overdrive pedal with more nuanced drive controls. The Element’s drive section is based on similar character but simplified. If overdrive is your primary need, the B3K is more versatile. If you want an all-in-one preamp/DI/headphone amp, the Element wins for convenience.
Does the Darkglass Element work with 5-string bass?Yes, no tracking issues like octave pedals. The low B comes through clean and defined even with drive engaged.
Can I use the Element with a bass amp?Yes — use the XLR out to FOH and run your amp separately. Or plug into the amp’s effects return to bypass the amp’s preamp and just use the Element’s tone shaping. Both work.
Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →

#### Fat Larry's Band — Act Like You Know: Philadelphia Funk at Its Finest
Some bass lines are so locked-in and so perfectly constructed that they've been sampled, transcribed, and studied for over forty years. "Act Like You Know" by Fat Larry's Band is exactly that.Fat Larry's Band came out of Philadelphia in the mid-70s. The band was led by Frederick "Fat Larry" James — a drummer, not a bassist — which might explain why the rhythmic interplay on their recordings is so tight. Philadelphia was producing some of the most important funk and soul music of that era, and Fat Larry's Band was right in the middle of it."Act Like You Know" dropped in 1982 and became one of the most sampled funk tracks in hip-hop history. Producers have been chopping it up ever since, which tells you everything about the quality of the groove. The bass line on this track was played by Larry La Bes — and it is one of the great funk bass intros ever recorded. Shuffling, syncopated, immediately recognizable.What I love about this line specifically is the conversation between the bass and the drums in those opening bars. Most players hear the notes. But what you really need to hear is the space — what's NOT played, and when. That negative space is where the groove lives.Philadelphia funk always had this slightly different feel compared to what was coming out of LA or New York at the same time. A bit more gritty, a bit less polished. More street. And that shows up in the bass playing — less about being smooth, more about being locked and mean.Playing these kinds of lines on a short video can't do full justice to the depth of what's happening. But it gets the point across. If this line doesn't make you want to move, check your pulse.“Act Like You Know” was recorded in Philadelphia in 1979, and you can hear the city in every bar of it. Philadelphia soul had a specific approach to rhythm section work that was different from Motown, different from New York — tighter, more orchestrated, with a discipline in the low end that came from session players who had been working together for years.The bass line on this track has been sampled dozens of times. That’s the highest compliment you can pay to a groove in the modern era. Producers in the 90s and 2000s kept coming back to it because the fundamental is so solid, so perfectly proportioned, that it holds up under any arrangement you put on top of it.For students, the most important thing to study here is the interaction with the hi-hat. Fat Larry’s Band rhythmically were led by the drums, and the bass follows the kick with precision while the hi-hat provides the grid. Understanding that three-way relationship — kick, hi-hat, bass — is foundational for any kind of funk or soul playing.This is also a good track for studying position playing on the neck. The groove doesn’t require a lot of movement. It stays in one zone and works within that zone with efficiency. That efficiency is a skill. Players who move around the neck constantly often do it because they haven’t learned to stay put and make every note count.For any bassist interested in the Philly soul tradition, the catalog of Fat Larry’s Band is a direct line to understanding how bass functioned in that scene. These weren’t flashy players trying to stand out — they were craftsmen building a foundation for singers and horn sections to work on top of. That discipline is something you have to actively develop. It doesn’t come from playing alone. It comes from playing with other musicians and learning to listen more than you play.The studio version of this track has a particular warmth in the low end that comes from the room, the mics, and the tape. Try to match that warmth in your tone. Slightly less top end than you might use for slap or rock, a bit more fundamental, let the notes ring out just a little longer.The disciplined, service-oriented bass playing of Philadelphia soul is something worth studying regardless of the style you primarily work in. The skills you develop — locking with the kick, holding a groove under pressure, supporting a vocal melody without competing with it — transfer to every other context you’ll ever play in.Fat Larry’s Band is the entry point. Start here.The groove is the message in this kind of music. Not the melody, not the harmony — the groove is what the listener locks onto and what makes the body move. Building that skill means training your sense of time until it’s automatic, your feel until it’s natural, and your restraint until it’s instinctive. Philadelphia soul showed that this was possible at a commercial scale. That’s the standard.Want to Go Deeper?Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Get AccessGroove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99Get AccessFreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costGet AccessLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourGet AccessFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25Get AccessExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Get AccessBrowse All Courses →Frequently Asked QuestionsWho is Fat Larry's Band?A Philadelphia funk band led by drummer Frederick 'Fat Larry' James. They were active from the mid-70s through the 80s and became influential through records like 'Act Like You Know' (1982).Who played bass on 'Act Like You Know'?Larry La Bes was the bassist on this recording. The intro bass line is one of the most recognized in funk history and has been sampled extensively in hip-hop.Why is this bass line so influential?The combination of syncopation, space, and groove density is nearly perfect. It locks into the kick and snare in a way that creates momentum without ever feeling rushed. Producers have been sampling it for decades for that reason.What bass does Igor use in this video?In this short I'm playing the main riff on the MusicMan StingRay 1987. The single-coil pickup and the natural midrange punch of the Stingray work really well for this kind of tight, aggressive funk playing.Keep ReadingHow to Slap Bass for BeginnersSlap Dat Bass #20: Ghost Notes BreakdownSlap Dat Bass #28: Double Thumb Advanced Groove

#### Fender American Ultra Jazz Bass Review: Is the Price Actually Justified?
The Fender American Ultra Jazz Bass sits at the top of Fender’s production lineup. Not custom shop, not vintage — but as close to “serious Fender” as most players will ever need. I wanted to find out if the price is justified or if you’re paying for the logo.
Short answer: the price is mostly justified. Longer answer below.

What “Ultra” Actually Means
The American Ultra series replaced the American Elite line. The key upgrades over standard American Professional models are the compound radius fretboard, the noiseless pickups, and the preamp. These aren’t marketing terms — they make tangible differences in how the bass plays and sounds.
The compound radius fretboard starts at 10 inches near the nut and widens to 14 inches near the body. That means chord shapes near the nut feel comfortable and open, while single-note playing high on the neck feels fast and doesn’t choke out during bends. It’s a genuine ergonomic improvement over a flat radius fretboard.
The Noiseless Pickups
Standard Jazz Bass single-coil pickups hum when soloed. It’s the physics of the design. Fender’s Ultra Noiseless pickups are hum-cancelling while maintaining the single-coil character. That’s a difficult engineering problem to solve well and Fender has done it.
The tone is unmistakably Jazz Bass — that clear, articulate, scooped-midrange character — but without the hum that traditionally comes with it. In a recording environment this is significant. In a live environment with stage noise it matters less, but it’s still a cleaner signal.
The Preamp
The American Ultra Jazz Bass has an active preamp with a treble/bass boost-only circuit. You can boost but not cut. This is a design choice, not an oversight — Fender kept the passive roll-off controls from the standard Jazz Bass design and added active boost capability on top.
The result is an instrument that behaves like a passive Jazz Bass at neutral settings and can add presence or weight when the music calls for it. The active circuit doesn’t impose a character — it enhances what’s already there.
Build Quality
This is an American-made Fender. The build quality is what that implies — excellent fret work, consistent neck profile, tight hardware tolerances, quality finish. The neck heel is sculpted for better upper-fret access. The tuners are smooth and precise.
I’ve played a lot of Fenders at different price points. The American Ultra feels noticeably more refined than the Player or Professional series. Not dramatically — it’s an evolution, not a revolution — but the details add up.
Is It Worth the Price?
Compared to budget alternatives — no. You can get 80% of the Jazz Bass experience for 30% of the price with a good Squier or Cort. But that’s not the right comparison. The American Ultra is competing with instruments like the Sadowsky Metro or high-end Japanese Jazz Basses at similar or higher prices.
In that context, it holds its own. The noiseless pickups, the compound fretboard, and the American build quality are real advantages. If you’re a working bassist who needs a professional Jazz Bass that will perform without drama night after night — the American Ultra delivers that.
If you’re a hobbyist or intermediate player — honestly, save the money. A TRBX504 or a Fujigen will serve you just as well for the music you’re making right now.
FAQ
What is the difference between Fender American Ultra and American Professional?
The American Ultra adds a compound radius fretboard (more comfortable for high-register playing), Ultra Noiseless pickups (hum-cancelling while maintaining Jazz Bass character), and an active preamp boost circuit. The Professional is a simpler, more traditional instrument.
Are Fender American Ultra Jazz Bass pickups noiseless?
Yes. The Ultra Noiseless pickups are hum-cancelling, which means you can solo either pickup without the traditional single-coil hum. The tone character still reads as Jazz Bass — Fender managed to cancel the hum without losing the voice.
Is the Fender American Ultra Jazz Bass active or passive?
It has an active preamp for boost, but the passive controls still function. It’s a hybrid — passive Jazz Bass at neutral, active boost available when needed. There’s no full active/passive switch like on the Yamaha TRBX.
How does the Fender American Ultra Jazz Bass compare to a Sadowsky?
Comparable in quality and price range. Sadowsky basses tend to have more refined active electronics and a slightly more boutique feel. The Fender has the advantage of brand support, broader parts availability, and a more traditional aesthetic. Both are serious professional instruments.
Is the Fender American Ultra Jazz Bass good for slap bass?
Very good. The Jazz Bass format has a long history in slap playing — the narrow string spacing and bridge pickup bite complement the technique. The active boost capability adds presence and punch when needed for slap.
Related Posts

Yamaha BB734A vs Fujigen Mighty Jazz
Fujigen FGN Bass Review
Cort GB64 JJ Bass Review — Budget Jazz Bass Option
Seymour Duncan vs EMG Bass Pickups

The American Ultra Jazz Bass is the current top of Fender's domestic production line — and the improvements over previous Ultra and Elite models are genuine, not cosmetic. The rolled fingerboard edges make a real difference over long playing sessions. It sounds like a minor thing until you've been rehearsing for three hours and your fretting hand still feels fine.The Ultra Noiseless pickups solve the single-coil hum problem without the tonal compromise that came with earlier noiseless designs. Early noiseless Jazz pickups sounded safe — removed some of that slightly aggressive character that makes a Jazz cut through a live mix. The current generation doesn't have that problem.If you're buying a professional instrument meant to last twenty years and cover session work, touring, and recording without complaint, the American Ultra is a legitimate contender. It's not cheap. But good tools rarely are.Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →

#### Fender American Vintage II 1954 vs Precision Bass SELECT — Which One Should You Buy?
I’ve owned a lot of basses. Probably too many — ask my wife. But two of the most interesting and most different P-basses I’ve ever put my hands on were the Fender American Vintage II 1954 and the Fender Precision Bass SELECT 2012. Both expensive. Both chasing the same heritage. And both doing it in a way that has almost nothing in common with each other.
That contrast is exactly what makes the comparison worth talking about. Because when most people say they want ‘a Fender Precision,’ they have no idea there are versions of that instrument that feel and sound completely different from each other — not just in tone, but in philosophy.

Let me start with something most reviewers skip: the year 1954 was a weird time for the Precision Bass. The design was transitional. The body wasn’t contoured yet — it was a thick slab of ash, heavy and flat. The pickup was still single-coil, not the split-coil humbucker that everyone now associates with the P-bass sound. That split-coil design didn’t arrive until late 1957. So when Fender built the AVII 1954 as a historically accurate recreation, they built something that tonally and physically is not what people expect from a P-bass.
The first time I picked it up I was genuinely surprised. The body weight alone gave me pause. Ash runs heavy, and this thing was not shy about reminding you. After thirty minutes standing with it I was already shifting weight between my feet. That’s not a complaint — vintage players dealt with this constantly — but it’s information you need before you spend the money.
The Neck Changes Everything
If the weight is the first surprise, the neck is the second. The 1954 C-profile is massive by modern standards. Wide at the nut, with a depth that feels almost like wrapping your hand around a baseball bat compared to a modern instrument. Players who grew up on Jazz bass necks are going to feel like their left hand is working overtime for the first week.
Here’s the thing though — once you get used to it, you start to wonder if slim necks are actually a mistake. There’s a stability to a big neck. Your thumb stays planted, your hand position is more consistent, and the instrument feels like it was built to last. I know players who specifically hunt down early Precisions just for this neck feel. One of my students — a guy with large hands who’d been fighting thin Jazz Bass necks for years — played a ’54-spec bass once and bought it on the spot. Said it was the first bass that didn’t feel like a compromise.
The SELECT, by contrast, has a more familiar modern C-profile. Comfortable, well-executed, fretwork is immaculate. It’s what you’d expect from a premium Fender instrument. But it won’t shock your hands. It’s refined rather than distinctive.
Single-Coil vs Split-Coil — This Is a Bigger Deal Than People Think
The AVII 1954 has a single-coil pickup. This is historically accurate and it changes the character of the instrument dramatically. You’re not getting the warm, thick, midrange-forward thump that defines the classic P-bass sound. What you’re getting is brighter, more aggressive, with a midrange presence that cuts through a band mix almost aggressively. It’s closer in character to a Jazz bass than to a modern Precision.
The first time I plugged it in I actually double-checked the pickup. The snap and presence caught me off guard coming from the headstock that says ‘Precision Bass.’ There’s more upper-mid information. More grind when you dig in. It records beautifully for certain kinds of music — rock, soul recordings where you want the bass to have actual personality rather than just sitting politely in the low end.
The SELECT has the proper split-coil humbucker. That’s the sound. Warm low-mids, smooth top end, sits perfectly in a dense arrangement. Producers and engineers know what to expect from it. It doesn’t surprise anyone — which is exactly the point when you’re doing a session and you need to deliver.
Neither is objectively better. But they are genuinely different instruments. The mistake is buying the AVII 1954 and expecting a classic P-bass sound. You will be confused and disappointed. Know what you’re buying.
In the Studio and on Stage
Studio: both of these basses record easily. The AVII is the more characterful recording. Engineers either love it or want something more predictable depending on the session. The single-coil can introduce 60-cycle hum in environments with electrical noise — something you need to be aware of in older studio spaces. The SELECT is what an experienced session engineer reaches for when they need a P-bass and don’t want any drama.
Live: the AVII cuts through a band with a presence that’s almost aggressive. In a loud rock context this can be exactly what you want — you don’t have to fight for your place in the mix. In a quieter, more dynamic context the brightness can feel like too much. The SELECT is more adaptable. Set up properly, it works everywhere.
Weight remains a real consideration for live use. Four sets a night with a heavy ash body will punish your back over time. The SELECT bodies were hand-selected by Fender for resonance and weight, so some run lighter. If you’re doing serious live work, weigh the specific instrument before you commit.
So Which One?
If you want the classic P-bass sound that’s been on records for sixty years — the warm, supportive, ‘just works’ tone — get the SELECT or any quality modern Precision. The AVII 1954 is for a specific kind of player: someone who wants the pre-split-coil history, the massive neck feel, the heavier instrument, and who understands that they’re buying a particular sound that lives outside the P-bass mainstream.
The AVII 1954 is a genuine collector’s instrument with real playability. The SELECT was Fender’s attempt to build the best possible Precision without nostalgia as a constraint. Both succeed at what they’re trying to do. The wrong choice is buying one while expecting the other.
Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →
FAQ
Is the Fender American Vintage II 1954 worth the price?
For players who specifically want the pre-split-coil single-coil Precision sound and the massive vintage neck profile — yes. It delivers that experience completely. For general use or as a first premium Precision, there are better-value options. This is a specialist instrument.
What is the difference between the AVII 1954 and a regular American Professional Precision?
The AVII 1954 uses a single-coil pickup, 1954-spec slab ash body without body contours, vintage neck dimensions, and smaller vintage frets. The American Professional has the modern split-coil P-bass pickup, contoured alder body, thinner neck profile, and medium-jumbo frets. Completely different instruments tonally and physically.
Was the Fender Precision SELECT actually better than a standard American series?
The SELECT line used hand-selected premium tonewoods and more refined finishing work. In practice, SELECT instruments tended to play and resonate better than standard American series instruments from the same period — though quality control on the standard line was also good. The SELECT premium was real rather than marketing.
Can you slap a Fender AVII 1954?
You can slap anything. But the single-coil in the neck-ish position doesn’t give you the typical bright slap character, and the larger vintage frets and neck profile aren’t optimized for thumb technique. If slap is a priority, the AVII 1954 is not your instrument.
Related Posts

Yamaha BB Series Bass Review
BOSS OC-2 vs OC-5 Octave Pedal Comparison
Yamaha TRBX505 Review

#### Fender Jaco Pastorius Signature Fretless: Beautiful But Too Perfect
I had the Fender Jaco Pastorius signature fretless bass in my hands. And my first thought was: this is beautiful. My second thought was: it's too perfect.Jaco Pastorius had one bass. A 1962 Fender Jazz Bass that he modified himself — pulled out the frets with a butter knife, filled the slots with epoxy, painted the whole thing. Over the years that bass got beaten up, dinged, worn down in all the ways that happen to an instrument that's played every single night. That damage became part of the identity. The "bass of doom" is iconic partly BECAUSE it looks like it's been through a war.Fender makes two versions of the signature model. The standard Jaco Pastorius Jazz Bass, which is what I had access to. And the Custom Shop Relic version, which is painstakingly aged and distressed to look like the original — right down to the worn finish, the scratches, the checking on the lacquer.The standard version is a fine instrument. Fretless rosewood board, epoxy finish, custom '60s pickups. It plays well and it sounds like a Jaco bass should. But it looks brand new. It's pristine. And when you pick it up knowing what the original instrument looked like, there's this disconnect. This bass should look like it's been somewhere. It should have stories on it.Because I only had it for a short time and couldn't do a proper long-term evaluation, I kept it to a couple of shorts rather than a full review. Here's the second one with flatwound strings:With flatwound strings the character of the bass changes completely. The top end softens, the attack rounds off, and you get this warm, vocal midrange that's closer to the classic Jaco sound than you'd expect from a modern production instrument. Honestly, if you're going for the Jaco tone specifically, flatwounds on the standard model might get you most of the way there.Would I buy one? If I had to choose between the standard and the Relic, I'd go straight for the Custom Shop Relic. The price difference is significant but so is the experience. The standard is a good bass. The Relic is an instrument that makes you feel something every time you pick it up.The Jaco Pastorius signature fretless bass is Fender’s attempt to document a specific instrument in history. Jaco’s original 1962 Jazz Bass — the one he defretted himself with a butter knife and wood filler, reportedly — was a unique object. Every player who has tried to replicate his tone has had to wrestle with the same question: how much of that sound was the bass and how much was him?The honest answer is: mostly him. Jaco’s tone came from his right hand as much as anything. The way he would pull the string and let it smack the neck slightly, the combination of that attack with the sustain of the fretless board — that’s technique, not equipment. But the signature model gets you closer to the starting point than a standard Jazz Bass would.Fretless bass is a fundamentally different instrument than fretted. Intonation is entirely your responsibility. There are no training wheels. Every note requires active listening and micro-adjustment, which means fretless playing is also the best ear training you can do on the instrument.If you’ve never played fretless before: start with lines you know extremely well on fretted bass. The muscle memory of the interval relationships will give you reference points. Don’t start with new material — you’ll be lost.The mwah tone — that singing, vocal quality that Jaco made famous — requires low action, round-wound strings, and a right-hand position close to the bridge. It’s setup-dependent as much as technique-dependent. Get the setup right first before you blame your hands.One of the most common mistakes players make when approaching fretless for the first time is playing too many notes. The instrument rewards restraint. Every sustained note on fretless has a vocal quality that gets obscured if you’re running through fast passages constantly. Slow down, let the instrument breathe, and discover what happens to a well-placed note when it’s allowed to sustain fully. That discovery is why players who get serious about fretless often stay on fretless.Intonation on fretless improves through listening, not through mechanical practice. Record yourself playing sustained notes against a drone. Listen to the relationship between your note and the drone. Adjust until it locks. Do this every day for a month and your ear will develop faster than almost any other practice method.The Jaco Pastorius signature is not just a product. It’s a document of what one specific player made possible. Jaco changed the perceived role of the bass in a band context. He proved that the instrument could carry melody, harmony, and rhythm simultaneously without sacrificing any of them. Every bassist working today has been influenced by that, whether they know it or not.Want to Go Deeper?Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Get AccessGroove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99Get AccessFreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costGet AccessLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourGet AccessFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25Get AccessExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Get AccessBrowse All Courses →Frequently Asked QuestionsWhat is the Fender Jaco Pastorius Signature Bass?Fender makes two versions: a standard production model and a Custom Shop Relic version. Both are fretless Jazz Basses based on Jaco's original modified 1962 instrument. The Relic version is aged and distressed to look like the original.What's the difference between the standard and the Relic version?Primarily the aging. The standard looks brand new — clean finish, no wear. The Custom Shop Relic is hand-distressed to mimic the worn, beaten look of Jaco's original 'bass of doom'. The Relic is significantly more expensive.Why did you only shoot shorts instead of a full review?I only had the bass for a short time — not long enough to do a proper evaluation across different playing contexts. Two shorts capture the immediate impression better than forcing a review I couldn't stand behind fully.Do flatwound strings change the sound significantly?Yes, dramatically. Flatwounds remove the upper-frequency brightness and give you a rounder, warmer, more vocal tone. For the classic Jaco fretless sound, flatwounds on this bass get you surprisingly close.Keep ReadingFender American Ultra Jazz Bass ReviewYamaha BB234 ReviewDanelectro 59DC Bass Review

#### Fender Marcus Miller Jazz Bass Review — The Signature Bass Worth Every Penny?
The Marcus Miller signature Jazz Bass is one of the most studied signature instruments in the bass world. Not because Marcus is famous — though he is, enormously so — but because the bass itself is genuinely great, and the story behind it is more interesting than most signature deals.
Marcus’s actual personal instrument is a 1977 Fender Jazz Bass that he bought used in New York. Over the years he modified it significantly — Bartolini pickups, a preamp, specific hardware changes. Fender eventually used that bass as the template for the signature model. So what you’re getting is not a marketing exercise. It’s a documented working instrument.

The Bass
The Marcus Miller signature Jazz Bass (the Fender version, not the Sire copies) is based on the 1977 Jazz Bass specifications. Alder body, maple neck with maple fingerboard, large 70s-era pickups in the distinctive bridge-position style that Marcus favours, and an active/passive preamp switch.
The key functional addition is the preamp. The original 1977 Jazz Bass is passive, and while it sounds great, the signature model adds a switchable active circuit that gives you a bass boost and a treble boost — simple, musical, and useful in live contexts where you need to cut through a loud stage.
Sound and Feel
The tone is immediately recognisable if you know Marcus’s playing. That thick, punchy, slap-forward Jazz Bass sound with the enhanced bridge pickup presence — it’s there from the moment you plug it in. The maple neck and fingerboard contribute to the brightness and attack that defines his sound.
For slap bass specifically, this instrument is exceptional. The string spacing is wide enough to work with, the pickups are positioned to maximise the percussive quality of slap attack, and the active preamp can be used to add the low-mid punch that makes slap lines hit hard in a mix.
Fingerstyle also works well — it’s a versatile instrument despite being associated with slap. The passive mode gives you a more organic, round tone that works for funk, soul, and R&B.
Quality and Value
The Fender Marcus Miller signature is a mid-to-high tier instrument. Depending on whether you’re buying a Fender USA version or a Japanese Fender, prices range from $800 to $1,800. There are also Sire Marcus Miller basses that offer a very similar specification at $350–$500, which are genuinely good instruments at the price.
For a player who wants Marcus’s specific sound and plays slap bass regularly, the signature instrument makes sense. The design is focused, the quality is consistent, and the tonal character is not something you can easily replicate with a standard Jazz Bass plus aftermarket parts.
Who Should Buy This
Players who are serious about slap bass and want an instrument optimised for that technique. Players who are fans of Marcus’s sound specifically and want to chase that tone. Players who play funk, soul, and R&B and need a versatile Jazz-style bass with a built-in preamp for live use.
If you don’t play slap and your music doesn’t call for that kind of tone, a standard Jazz Bass will serve you equally well. The Marcus Miller signature is a specialised tool and it’s excellent at what it was designed for.
Frequently Asked Questions
Is the Fender Marcus Miller bass good for beginners?
It works for any level but the price makes it a harder recommendation for beginners. If you’re starting out, a standard Fender Player Jazz Bass at $750 or a Sire Marcus Miller V7 at $400 will give you a good Jazz Bass experience without the premium price.
What is the difference between the Fender and Sire Marcus Miller basses?
Sire makes a line of Marcus Miller signature basses that are considerably cheaper ($350–$600) and offer very similar specifications. The Sire basses are generally considered excellent value and the quality is competitive. The Fender originals have slightly better hardware and the official signature pedigree.
Does the Marcus Miller bass have active or passive electronics?
Both. The Marcus Miller signature includes an active preamp with a passive bypass switch. In active mode you have bass and treble boost; in passive mode you get a standard passive Jazz Bass tone. The ability to switch between them live is useful for maintaining tone if a battery fails.
What strings does Marcus Miller use?
Marcus Miller is associated with DR Hi-Beams, which are stainless steel roundwound strings with a bright, clear tone that suits his slap technique. The high-tension, bright character of Hi-Beams works well with the maple fingerboard of the signature bass.

Related Posts

How to Slap Bass for Beginners
Slap Dat Bass #28 — Advanced Groove Double Thumb
Cort vs Sadowsky Blind Test

The Marcus Miller Jazz Bass represents Fender's collaboration with one of the most influential bassists of the last forty years. Marcus Miller redefined what an active Jazz Bass could sound like — the thick low end combined with that aggressive slap bark became the defining sound of 80s and 90s R&B production. If you've heard Chaka Khan, Luther Vandross, or Miles Davis's later catalog, you've heard what this instrument was built to do.The ash body is essential to the Miller tone. Ash is brighter and more resonant than alder — it adds snap to the attack and clarity in the upper registers. Combined with the maple neck and board, the result is a tone that cuts through any mix without needing help from the amp or outboard gear.For players who work in R&B, funk, or soul contexts professionally, the Marcus Miller is not just a signature model. It's a tool that was designed for exactly the work you're doing.Marcus Miller’s influence on modern bass playing is hard to overstate. He essentially defined what aggressive Jazz Bass tone meant in an R&B context — the combination of that thick low end with the slap bark became the default sound for late 80s and 90s production. Studying this instrument means studying that language. For any bassist working in R&B or funk, that’s essential vocabulary.Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →

#### Fender Rumble Studio 40 Review — Smart Bass Amp or Too Much Complexity?
Choosing a bass amp is harder than choosing a bass. At least with a bass you can play it in the shop and know what you’re getting. With an amp you’re buying a set of capabilities and features that you might not fully understand until you’ve lived with it for a few months.
The Fender Rumble Studio 40 is one of those amps that takes a while to fully appreciate. On the surface it looks like a mid-range practice amp. Look closer and it’s a modelling amp with WiFi, a full preamp chain, onboard effects, and direct recording capability. That’s a lot of functionality in one box. Whether all of it is actually useful depends on who you are and how you work.
What the Rumble Studio 40 Actually Is
This is a 40-watt combo amp with a modelling preamp section. Fender built in digital models of their classic Rumble, Bassman, and other amp circuits — you’re not getting a single fixed tone, you’re getting a library of amp simulations with adjustable parameters. Combined with onboard effects (chorus, reverb, compression, octaver, and more), the Studio 40 is trying to be a complete tone-shaping solution in a single box.
The WiFi connectivity allows you to use the Fender Tone app on your phone or tablet to control and save presets. This is either very convenient or unnecessary depending on your workflow. I found myself using it regularly once I got used to the idea — the app interface is cleaner than the front panel for dialing in complex sounds.
There’s also a direct out for recording, headphone output for silent practice, and an aux input for playing along to music. Again — a lot in one box.

The Tone — Does Modelling Work for Bass?
This is the central question. Modelling has been well-established in guitar amps for years but bass modelling has lagged behind. The low frequency demands of bass are harder to model convincingly, and many modelling bass amps produce a tone that’s clean and functional but lacks the organic character of a real amp.
The Rumble Studio 40 is better than average in this department. The Bassman model in particular has a warmth and roundness that doesn’t feel obviously digital. The Rumble models are bright and clean — very Fender in character. The SVT-style voicing is present and aggressive without going into overkill territory.
Where the modelling shows its limits is in dynamic response. A real tube amp breathes differently at different playing intensities — it compresses and opens up in a way that’s musical and feels alive under your fingers. The Studio 40’s models are consistent and predictable in a way that real amps aren’t. Whether that’s a limitation or a feature depends on what you’re optimising for.
For recording direct, the amp models translate well to a DAW. The direct out signal is clean and usable without extensive post-processing. I’ve gotten decent results recording the direct out with minimal EQ work. For home recording this is genuinely useful.
The Effects — What’s Actually Worth Using
The onboard effects chain is functional but not exceptional. The compression is the most useful — it’s clean and has enough parameter control to be genuinely helpful. The chorus and reverb are good for practice and demo recording but I wouldn’t rely on them for professional recording work.
The octaver is a nice addition. It’s not as good as a dedicated Electro-Harmonix or Boss octave pedal but it works well for practice and exploring octave-down tones. The envelope filter is present and usable for funk practice.
The effects work best as practice tools rather than performance tools. For live playing I’d still use dedicated pedals for anything critical. But for bedroom practice where you want to explore different sounds without a full pedalboard — the Studio 40 covers the bases adequately.
40 Watts — What Volume Does That Give You?
Honestly? Less than you might expect for live use. 40 watts through a single 10″ speaker is a solid bedroom and home studio amp. It’s adequate for small rehearsals in quiet settings. For rehearsing with a drummer or playing small gigs it starts to run out of headroom.
The Studio 40 is clearly designed as a practice and recording amp, not a live performance tool. If you need volume, the Rumble 100 or 200 is the right direction. If you’re primarily practicing at home and recording direct — 40 watts is more than enough.
Build Quality and Reliability
The physical build is solid. Fender’s Rumble line has been well-regarded for build quality and the Studio 40 continues that reputation. The cabinet feels sturdy, the controls have a good feel, the speaker grille is well-fitted.
The software side — the Tone app and WiFi — introduces complexity that traditional amps don’t have. App updates, connectivity issues, and the general fragility of software ecosystems are real considerations when buying a smart amp. Fender has maintained the Tone app reasonably well, but it’s worth acknowledging that in five years the app support situation may look different.
This is a consideration for any modelling amp, not just Fender. Buying analogue gear means buying something that will work the same way in twenty years. Buying digital gear with app dependency means your investment is partly tied to a software ecosystem.
Who Should Buy the Fender Rumble Studio 40
The Studio 40 is well-matched to the home player who wants a complete practice solution — good tone, built-in effects, headphone output, direct recording capability — without managing multiple separate pieces of gear. Students who practice late and need a quiet option will appreciate the headphone output. Home recording players will appreciate the direct out.
It’s less suited to players who primarily perform live, players who want pure analogue tone above all else, or players who find the app-dependent workflow unnecessary complexity.
At its price point it’s a well-executed product that does what it promises. For the right player in the right context, it’s genuinely excellent.
Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →
FAQ
Is the Fender Rumble Studio 40 loud enough for band rehearsal?
For quiet rehearsals with acoustic drums or electronic drums it can work. Against a live drummer at full volume it will struggle — 40 watts through a single 10″ is not a gigging setup. For that application look at the Rumble 100 or 200. The Studio 40 is optimised for home practice and recording.
Do I need the Fender Tone app to use the Rumble Studio 40?
No — all controls are accessible on the front panel without the app. The app adds convenience for managing presets and dialing in sounds visually, but the amp works fully standalone. If you prefer to avoid app dependency, you can use it entirely without connecting to WiFi.
Can I record bass directly from the Fender Rumble Studio 40?
Yes. There’s a direct out that sends a line-level signal with the amp model applied. This works well for home recording into an audio interface. The signal is clean and usable with minimal post-processing needed.
How does the Fender Rumble Studio 40 compare to a standard Rumble 40?
The standard Rumble 40 is a simpler, analogue amp — no modelling, no effects, no app. It has a single clean amp character that sounds warm and natural. The Studio 40 adds modelling and effects at a higher price. If you want simplicity and pure analogue tone, the standard Rumble 40 is better. If you want a complete practice tool with recording capability, the Studio 40 justifies its price.
What bass did you use in the Fender Rumble Studio 40 demo?
I used a Fender Jazz Bass for the demo — a natural pairing given both instruments share the Fender family. The Jazz Bass through the Studio 40’s Bassman model is a particularly good combination if you’re looking for a warm, classic Fender tone.
Related Posts

Fender American Ultra Jazz Bass Review
Squier Affinity Jazz Bass Review — Best Beginner Bass Under $300?
MXR Bass Overdrive M89 Review

#### Fujigen FGN Bass Review: Japanese Craftsmanship at Its Honest Best
I already reviewed the Fujigen Mighty Jazz 5-string, but this is a different animal — a 4-string FGN bass with its own character. Fujigen keeps surprising me. Every time I pick one up I find something that reminds me why Japanese manufacturing matters.
FGN is the brand name Fujigen uses for their own instruments. Same factory, same craftsmen, different logo on the headstock. The quality doesn’t change.

What Makes Fujigen Different
Fujigen has been making guitars and basses in Matsumoto, Japan since 1960. For most of that history they were building for other brands — Fender Japan, Ibanez, and others. They know what professional instruments are supposed to feel like because they’ve been building them for decades.
When they started selling under their own FGN name in 2004, they brought that accumulated knowledge to their own designs. The result is instruments that feel finished in a way budget basses don’t. No sharp fret ends. Proper nut height. Consistent neck profile along the entire length.
You pay more than a Cort or a Squier. You get more — not in features, but in execution.
The Tone
The FGN bass I tested here has a balanced, clear character. Nothing exaggerated — no hyped lows, no harsh highs. Just an honest representation of what the strings and wood are doing. That kind of neutrality sounds boring until you play it in a band context and realise how well it sits in a mix.
The pickups are well-voiced. Quiet when they should be quiet, present when you dig in. The EQ controls respond musically — small adjustments make audible, useful differences rather than dramatic swings in tone.
I’ve noticed Fujigen pickups tend to have good midrange presence. That’s the frequency range where bass cuts through a guitar-heavy mix, and getting it right at the pickup level means you’re not fighting your EQ to be heard.
Playability
The neck on this bass is comfortable for extended sessions. Well-shaped, properly finished, with a feel under the hand that you usually associate with more expensive instruments. The fretboard radius is comfortable for both chord work and single-note lines.
Action was set well out of the box — low enough to be fast, high enough that there’s no fret buzz. That setup consistency is something Fujigen delivers reliably. Not every bass that comes through my hands is set up this well from the factory.
Who Should Buy This
The FGN bass is for a player who has been playing for a while and knows what they want. If you’ve outgrown your starter bass and you’re ready for something that will stay with you for years — FGN makes a compelling case.
It’s also for players who care about where their instruments are made. Not for nationalistic reasons, but because Japanese manufacturing at this level represents a specific standard of quality and consistency. If that matters to you, FGN delivers it.
I wouldn’t recommend it as a first bass — not because it’s hard to play, but because the premium you’re paying for Japanese craftsmanship is better appreciated once you know what separates good from great.
FGN vs Other Japanese Basses
The obvious comparison is with other Japanese-made basses — Fender Japan, ESP, Bacchus. FGN holds its own. The build quality is comparable to Fender Japan at its best, and the designs are original rather than derivative.
If you’re choosing between FGN and a budget Fender or Yamaha, the FGN wins on build quality. If you’re choosing between FGN and a boutique instrument at twice the price, the decision depends on whether the boutique features are things you actually need.
FAQ
Is FGN the same as Fujigen?
Yes. FGN is the consumer brand name that Fujigen uses for instruments sold under their own label. The same factory and craftsmen build FGN instruments as built guitars for Fender Japan and Ibanez for decades.
Where are FGN basses made?
FGN basses are made in Japan, in Fujigen’s factory in Matsumoto, Nagano. This is one of the key reasons players seek them out — Japanese manufacturing standards for musical instruments are consistently high.
Are FGN basses worth the money?
Yes, for intermediate to advanced players who will appreciate the build quality and consistency. If you’re comparing to budget instruments, you’re paying a premium for execution — the quality of finish, setup, and hardware is noticeably higher.
How does FGN compare to Fender Japan?
Very comparable. Both are made in Japan to high standards. FGN instruments often have slightly better fret work and more consistent setups. Fender Japan carries the Fender brand recognition. For pure quality, FGN holds up well against the comparison.
Is FGN good for beginners?
Technically yes — the instruments are easy to play. But the price premium is better appreciated by players who already know what a well-built instrument feels like. A beginner would be better served by a Cort or entry-level Yamaha until they develop enough feel to notice the difference.
Related Posts

Fujigen Mighty Jazz Bass 5-String Review
Yamaha BB734A vs Fujigen Mighty Jazz
Seymour Duncan vs EMG — Tested on Fujigen Basses
Yamaha TRB1004J Review

Fujigen's domestic Japanese market instruments are different from their OEM work for other brands — you can feel the pride in manufacturing when you pick one up. The FGN line represents what happens when a company builds for bassists who pay attention to detail rather than for a price point on a spec sheet.The tonewoods Fujigen uses are well-aged and properly dried. That sounds like marketing language until you play an instrument with wood that wasn't ready and hear what it sounds like — compressed, lifeless, slightly dead in the upper register. Good wood has a voice before you even plug in.For a player looking to step up from a beginner instrument, the FGN line is worth the stretch. You'll stop looking for the next upgrade sooner.Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →

#### Fujigen Mighty Jazz Bass 5-String Review: Made in Japan and It Shows
Unboxing videos are usually forgettable. But when the box contains a Fujigen Mighty Jazz 5-string, there’s actually something worth paying attention to. Fujigen is not a brand you stumble into by accident — you find it when you’ve been playing long enough to know what you’re looking for.
This is a Japanese bass. Made in Japan. And that matters in ways I’ll get into.

What Is Fujigen?
Fujigen (FGN) is a Japanese guitar and bass manufacturer based in Matsumoto, Nagano. They’ve been making instruments since 1960. For most of that time they were behind the scenes — building guitars for Fender Japan, Ibanez, and other major brands. In 2004 they started releasing instruments under their own name.
The point is this: when you buy a Fujigen, you’re buying from a factory that has decades of experience building professional instruments. The quality control is not an accident.
Mighty Jazz 5-String: What You’re Getting
The Mighty Jazz series is Fujigen’s take on the Jazz Bass format — the classic double-cutaway body, two single-coil pickups, a long thin neck. But Fujigen doesn’t just copy Fender. They refine it.
The build on this bass is impeccable. Fret ends are perfectly dressed — no sharp edges anywhere on the neck. The nut is cut properly so the strings seat at the right height. These are things you expect to fix on a budget bass. On the Fujigen they’re done correctly from the factory.
The 5-string version specifically has a 34-inch scale. The low B string has decent tension — not as tight as a 35-inch scale, but more than adequate for most playing situations. The B string doesn’t feel like an afterthought the way it does on some 5-string basses at this price point.
The Tone
Jazz Bass character means you get that classic dual-pickup tone — the blend of bridge and neck pickups together creates that scooped midrange sound that works for almost everything. Solo the neck pickup for warm, round tones. Solo the bridge for that nasal, cutting sound. Both together for that vintage Jazz Bass clarity.
The Fujigen version of this is very well-voiced. The pickups are quiet — hum-cancelling when both are at full volume — and the output is strong. You’re not fighting your amp to get volume out of this bass.
I compared it to a Yamaha BB734A in a separate review. The characters are very different — the BB734A is more modern and aggressive, the Fujigen is more classic and refined. Neither is better. They serve different musical contexts.
Made in Japan — Does It Matter?
For some people the “Made in Japan” stamp is just a marketing point. For me it represents something real: consistency. Japanese manufacturing standards for musical instruments are among the highest in the world. Every Fujigen that leaves the factory plays the same way.
You won’t find a bad one in the batch. That’s not true of every brand, especially at competitive price points.
The Mighty Jazz 5 costs more than a comparable Indonesian or Chinese-made Jazz Bass. That premium buys you fit and finish, material quality, and the confidence that you’re not getting a lemon.
Who This Bass Is For
The Fujigen Mighty Jazz 5 is for a player who already knows what they want. If you’ve played Jazz Basses before and you want the best version of that format in a 5-string configuration without going to a full boutique instrument — this is the answer.
It’s not the right first bass. Not because it’s hard to play — it’s actually very comfortable — but because you’d be spending money on refinement that a beginner won’t notice or appreciate yet. Buy it when you know what good feels like, so you can recognize what you’re getting.
For gigging musicians who need something reliable that will show up correctly every night — the Fujigen Mighty Jazz 5 is a working bass. It will not embarrass you on stage.
FAQ
Is Fujigen a good bass brand?
Yes, Fujigen is one of the most respected Japanese bass manufacturers. They built instruments for Fender Japan and Ibanez for decades before releasing their own line. Build quality is consistently high.
Where are Fujigen basses made?
Fujigen basses are made in Japan, in Matsumoto, Nagano. This is one of their key differentiators compared to other brands in the same price range.
How does the Fujigen Mighty Jazz compare to a Fender Jazz Bass?
The Fujigen Mighty Jazz uses a similar format — double cutaway body, two single-coil pickups — but the build quality and consistency are typically better than standard Fender Mexican models and comparable to or better than Fender American Standard. The tone character is similar but the Fujigen tends to be slightly cleaner and more refined.
Is the 5-string Fujigen Mighty Jazz good for beginners?
It’s better suited to intermediate or advanced players who will appreciate the build quality and refinement. A beginner would do fine on it technically, but the price premium is better spent once you know what you’re looking for in an instrument.
What is the scale length of the Fujigen Mighty Jazz 5?
34-inch scale. The low B string has decent tension and is more than usable for most styles. Players who need a very tight B for heavy styles might prefer a 35-inch scale instrument.
Related Posts

Yamaha BB734A vs Fujigen Mighty Jazz
Seymour Duncan vs EMG — Tested on Fujigen Basses
Cort A5 Plus SCMS Review
Yamaha BB735A Review

The Fujigen Mighty Jazz 5-string is one of those instruments that makes you question why you'd spend three times as much for a name badge. The craftsmanship coming out of Fujigen's Matsumoto factory is genuinely world-class. The tolerances on the fretwork, the precision of the neck pocket, the consistency of the finish — these are things you typically find on instruments costing significantly more.The Jazz Bass blueprint has been copied by everyone, but Fujigen doesn't copy. They interpret. The Mighty Jazz has its own character while respecting the design principles that made the original great. For a working bassist who wants reliability and tone without the boutique markup, this is a serious option.Japan's instrument manufacturing culture values precision in a way that's difficult to replicate elsewhere. You feel it in the Mighty Jazz from the first time you pick it up.Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →

#### Fujigen Mighty Jazz Dark Evolution 5-String Review: Roasted Maple Changes Things
The Fujigen Mighty Jazz Dark Evolution is a step up from the standard Mighty Jazz. Same Japanese factory, same build philosophy — but the Dark Evolution adds roasted maple construction and a darker aesthetic that changes both how it looks and how it plays.
I already reviewed the standard Mighty Jazz 5-string. This one is different enough to warrant its own look.

What “Dark Evolution” Means
The Dark Evolution designation refers to roasted maple construction — the neck and fretboard are made from maple that has been heat-treated in a low-oxygen environment. This process removes moisture from the wood, stabilising it against humidity changes and giving it a darker colour and slightly different tonal character.
Roasted maple has been popular in high-end instruments for years. The stability benefits are real — the neck is less likely to move with seasonal humidity changes, which means it holds its setup better over time. The tonal difference is subtler: slightly warmer, slightly more compressed, with a different resonance character compared to standard maple.
The dark aesthetic is also genuinely striking. This bass looks serious.
5-String Jazz Bass Format
The Mighty Jazz Dark Evolution follows the Jazz Bass format — two single-coil pickups, independent volume controls, one tone. The 5-string version adds the low B string to that classic configuration.
I mentioned in the standard Mighty Jazz review that the low B is decent on 34-inch scale. That holds here too. The Dark Evolution doesn’t change the scale length, so the B string character is similar — usable and defined, not flabby, but not as tight as a 35-inch scale instrument.
The roasted maple neck does seem to contribute to slightly better string definition across all strings. Whether that’s the wood treatment or the specific neck dimensions is hard to isolate, but the overall feel is solid.
The Pickups
FGN uses their own Jazz Bass-style single-coil pickups in the Mighty Jazz series. In the Dark Evolution these are the same units as the standard model — quiet for single-coils, with a clear and balanced tone that covers the full spectrum without favouring the extremes.
Both pickups at full volume hum-cancels as expected from the Jazz Bass design. Soloing either pickup gives you that characteristic Jazz Bass voice — neck for warmth, bridge for bite. The blend between them is where most of the useful tones live.
Who Should Buy This Over the Standard Mighty Jazz
If you’re in a humid climate where neck stability is a genuine concern — roasted maple is worth paying for. The setup consistency over time is a real practical benefit, not a marketing point.
If you record frequently and the bass goes from a cold studio to a warm live venue regularly — roasted maple handles those transitions better than standard maple.
If you want the standard Mighty Jazz character with a darker look and slightly warmer tone — the Dark Evolution delivers that. It’s not a dramatically different instrument, but the refinements are meaningful.
For players in stable climates who don’t work the instrument hard across temperature and humidity extremes — the standard Mighty Jazz is the better value. The core character is the same at a lower price point.
Build Quality
Fujigen. The build quality is exactly what that implies at this point — exceptional. Fret ends are dressed properly, the nut is cut correctly, the finish is clean and consistent. The roasted maple neck has a specific feel under the hand — slightly smoother than standard maple, warmer to the touch.
Hardware is solid. Tuners hold pitch precisely. Bridge is well-machined. String spacing at the bridge is comfortable for 5-string playing — not cramped, not spread so wide that technique suffers.
FAQ
What is roasted maple on a bass guitar?
Roasted maple is maple that has been heat-treated in a low-oxygen environment. This removes moisture from the wood, making it more stable against humidity changes, darker in colour, and slightly different in tonal character — generally warmer and more compressed than standard maple.
Is the Fujigen Mighty Jazz Dark Evolution better than the standard Mighty Jazz?
It’s more refined rather than better in an absolute sense. The roasted maple adds stability and a slightly warmer tone. The core character is the same. Whether the upgrade is worth the price difference depends on your climate and how hard you work the instrument.
How is the low B string on the Fujigen Mighty Jazz Dark Evolution?
Solid for a 34-inch scale 5-string. Defined and usable for most styles. Players who need maximum low B tightness for heavy styles should consider a 35-inch scale instrument, but for most music the Dark Evolution’s B string is more than adequate.
Does roasted maple affect tone?
Yes, subtly. Roasted maple tends to be slightly warmer and more compressed in character compared to standard maple. The difference is noticeable side by side but not dramatic. The stability benefits are more significant than the tonal ones for most players.
Is the Fujigen Mighty Jazz Dark Evolution good for slap bass?
Yes. The Jazz Bass format suits slap well — narrow string spacing, bright bridge pickup, good upper-register access. The Dark Evolution’s slightly warmer character doesn’t significantly affect slap playability.
Related Posts

Fujigen Mighty Jazz 5-String Review — Standard Version
Fujigen FGN Bass Review
Fujigen Mighty Power Precision Bass Review
Yamaha BB734A vs Fujigen Mighty Jazz

The Mighty Jazz Dark Evolution 5-string is for the player who's already past asking whether they need a five-string and has started asking which one is worth their money. Fujigen's answer involves a darker tonal character than their standard Mighty Jazz — the name is accurate. The upper midrange is smoother, the fundamental is more pronounced.Five-string jazz bass instruments often struggle with the B string. The low B needs to feel like part of the instrument, not an afterthought bolted onto a four-string design. Fujigen's extended scale handling and neck construction give the B string definition without tightness. You can play fast passages on the low B without the note blurring.For players who use the low B as a primary playing string rather than just an occasional extension, this distinction matters enormously.Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →

#### Fujigen Mighty Power Precision Bass Review: Japan Takes on the P-Bass
The Fujigen Mighty Power Precision Bass takes the most influential bass guitar design in history and builds it in Japan with the kind of attention to detail that Japanese lutherie is known for. That’s the pitch. Here’s whether it delivers.
I’ve reviewed several Fujigen instruments at this point. The quality consistency is real — every FGN bass I’ve played has been properly set up, properly finished, and properly voiced. The Mighty Power Precision continues that pattern.

The Precision Bass Format
Leo Fender designed the Precision Bass in 1951. The split-coil pickup design came in 1957. That configuration — two offset coils wired in series — cancels hum while producing one of the most recognisable and functional bass tones ever created. Thick, warm, midrange-forward, with enough definition to cut through without dominating.
Basically every other bass design that followed has been in conversation with the Precision Bass. The Yamaha BB series is a refined evolution of it. The Music Man Stingray is a reaction against it. Boutique builders still use it as a reference point decades later.
When Fujigen builds a Precision-format bass, they’re working with 70 years of accumulated knowledge about what works.
What Makes the Mighty Power Different
Fujigen didn’t just copy the Fender design. The Mighty Power has FGN’s own pickup in the split-coil position, their own hardware, and their own neck dimensions. It’s Precision-inspired, not Precision-replicated.
The result is an instrument with the character you expect from the format — warm, punchy, present in the midrange — but with the build quality and consistency that Fujigen’s Japanese manufacturing delivers. Fret ends are dressed properly. The nut is cut at the right height. The neck profile is consistent along its entire length.
These details matter for playability. A bass that’s set up correctly from the factory plays better than one that needs work, and Fujigen consistently delivers correct factory setups.
The Tone
Passive, single pickup, single volume and tone control. Simplicity by design. The split-coil pickup gives you that classic Precision character — dig in and you get punch, back off and you get warmth. The tone control rolls off high frequencies from gentle to full dark. That’s it. No active EQ, no complexity.
In a band context this bass sits perfectly. It doesn’t fight the guitars, doesn’t compete with the kick drum, doesn’t require EQ manipulation to find its place in a mix. It just works. That’s the genius of the original design and the Fujigen version preserves it faithfully.
The FGN pickups have a slightly more refined character than standard Fender Mexican pickups — cleaner high-end, tighter low-end definition. Not dramatically different, but noticeable side by side.
Build vs Fender
The obvious comparison. A Fender American Professional Precision Bass costs significantly more than the Fujigen Mighty Power. A Fender Player Precision costs less. Where does the Fujigen sit?
Build quality is comparable to or better than the Fender American Professional. The fret work is more consistent, the setup is better out of the box, and the hardware feels equally solid. The tone character is similar but not identical — the FGN pickups have their own voice within the Precision format.
If you want the Fender name on the headstock, buy the Fender. If you want the best build quality for the money in the Precision format, the Fujigen Mighty Power is a serious competitor.
Who This Bass Is For
Players who know what they want. If you’ve played Precision-style basses before and you want one with Japanese build quality — this is the answer. It’s also for players who are moving past budget instruments and want something that will stay with them for years without needing upgrades or setup work.
Not for beginners — not because it’s difficult to play, but because the premium over budget options is better appreciated once you have enough experience to notice the difference in build quality and tone refinement.
FAQ
Is the Fujigen Mighty Power a Precision Bass copy?
It’s Precision-inspired, not a copy. Fujigen uses their own pickups, hardware, and neck dimensions. The format and general character follow the Precision Bass template, but it’s an original instrument built around that design philosophy rather than a replica.
How does the Fujigen Mighty Power compare to Fender Precision?
Build quality is comparable to or better than Fender American models — cleaner fret work, better factory setup. The tone character is similar within the Precision format but the FGN pickups have their own voice. If build quality matters more than the Fender name, the Fujigen is a strong choice.
Is the Fujigen Mighty Power Precision passive?
Yes. Single split-coil pickup, volume and tone controls, no active electronics. Simple, direct, and all about the wood and pickup doing the work.
Where is the Fujigen Mighty Power made?
Made in Japan in Fujigen’s factory in Matsumoto, Nagano. Same facility that built instruments for Fender Japan and Ibanez for decades.
Is a Precision Bass format good for slap bass?
It works but it’s not the ideal format for slap. The wider string spacing and thick neck profile make slap technique more demanding. The tone character — thick and warm — doesn’t have the brightness that slap technique benefits from. A Jazz Bass format or active instrument is generally better suited for slap.
Related Posts

Fujigen Mighty Jazz Bass 5-String Review
Fujigen FGN Bass Review
Yamaha BB Bass: Why Passive Wins
Yamaha BB734A vs Fujigen Mighty Jazz

The Mighty Power takes the Precision Bass formula and refines it through a Japanese lens. Where a standard P-bass is deliberately simple — one pickup, one tone, one volume — the Mighty Power keeps the core philosophy but improves everything around it. Better hardware, tighter tolerances, a finish that doesn't check or crack in temperature changes.The split-coil pickup design is one of the most copied in instrument history because it works. Full stop. It's hum-cancelling without sounding like a humbucker, it has midrange presence without the harshness of a single-coil bridge pickup, and it sits in a live mix in a way that's been proven across fifty years of professional use.Fujigen's version gives you all of that with the added benefit of Japanese craftsmanship. For touring musicians who need an instrument that won't disappoint them in any venue on any continent, this is worth considering seriously.Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →

#### Gretsch G5442BDC Review — A Hollow Body Bass That Sounds Like Nothing Else
Most bass players never seriously consider a hollowbody. The assumption is that they’re fragile, impractical for live use, and tonally limited to jazz or vintage country. I held that view for years. Then I spent a week with the Gretsch G5442BDC and came away with a more complicated opinion.
This is a genuinely unusual bass. It sounds unlike most other instruments I’ve reviewed. Whether that’s useful to you depends entirely on what kind of music you play and what you’re looking for tonally. Let me break it down honestly.
What Makes the G5442BDC Different
The G5442BDC is a semi-hollow short-scale bass. Short scale — 30.3 inches — combined with a hollow body creates a playing experience that feels fundamentally different from a standard solid-body instrument. The strings feel looser under your fingers, the acoustic resonance of the body is clearly audible even unplugged, and the whole instrument feels lighter and more immediate than a full-scale bass.
Gretsch fitted it with a single FilterTron-style humbucker in the neck position. One pickup. No blend control, no active EQ, just volume and tone. That’s it. This is a deliberate design choice that shapes everything about what this bass is capable of — and what it isn’t.
The body is laminated maple with a maple center block — not a fully hollow construction, which means feedback is more controlled than a true hollowbody while still delivering hollow body resonance. The f-holes are genuine and contribute to the acoustic character of the instrument.

Tone — The Single FilterTron Pickup
This pickup placement — neck position only — gives the G5442BDC a very specific tonal character. Warm. Dark. Thick in the low mids. With the tone rolled back it becomes almost upright-bass-adjacent, with a woody thump that’s genuinely beautiful for jazz, blues, or any style where an acoustic-like presence is desirable.
Opening the tone control brightens things up but the FilterTron never gets aggressive or bright in the way a bridge-position single-coil would. The character stays rounded and warm throughout the tone sweep. There’s no way to get a modern, punchy, mid-forward sound from this bass — that’s not what it was designed for.
For fingerstyle playing it’s exceptional. The attack is soft and natural, the sustain is good without being excessive, and the harmonic content sits in a frequency range that’s musical and immediately usable. Playing Motown-style fingerstyle on this bass is a genuinely great experience.
Slap bass? It’s not really the instrument for it. The short scale and neck-only pickup don’t produce the snap and articulation that slap technique needs. You can slap on it but you’ll be fighting the instrument’s nature rather than working with it.
Short Scale — Who It Actually Benefits
I want to address this directly because it comes up constantly. Short scale is often presented as a compromise — something for players with small hands or beginners who can’t handle full scale. That’s not entirely accurate.
Short scale changes the feel and character of the instrument in ways that experienced players sometimes actively prefer. The looser string tension produces a different pick attack and a different fingerstyle feel. The intervals feel closer together, which can actually be a challenge for players with very established full-scale muscle memory rather than an advantage.
For players coming from guitar, or players who do a lot of high-register work, or players who simply prefer a more relaxed left hand — short scale is a genuine preference, not a compromise. The G5442BDC is worth considering on those terms.
Build Quality at This Price Point
The G5442BDC sits in a mid-range price bracket and the build quality reflects that positioning accurately. The binding work is clean. The finish is well applied and has that distinctly Gretsch aesthetic — if you love the vintage Gretsch look, this delivers it convincingly. The hardware is functional without being exceptional.
The neck joint is solid. The fretwork on mine was acceptably level with only minor edge finishing required. The nut was cut reasonably well — better than most instruments at this price I’ve handled recently.
The tuners are the weakest point. They’re functional but not particularly smooth, and under heavy playing conditions you may find tuning stability slightly inconsistent. It’s the one component I’d consider upgrading after purchase.
The Adjusto-Matic bridge is typically Gretsch and does its job. Intonation adjustment is straightforward. Action setup is standard procedure.
Playability and Comfort
The combination of short scale, lightweight body, and the semi-hollow construction makes the G5442BDC one of the most comfortable basses I’ve played for extended sessions. There’s almost no shoulder fatigue even after two hours of playing. The neck profile is comfortable — not too chunky, not too thin — and the fretboard radius is player-friendly.
The body depth creates a slightly different balance point than a standard solid-body bass. Some players find this takes brief adjustment, particularly for the right arm position. After 20-30 minutes it becomes completely natural.
For recording sessions where you’re sitting and playing for hours, this is a genuinely ergonomic instrument. That matters more than most gear reviews acknowledge.
Feedback and Live Use
The center block construction addresses feedback concerns adequately at moderate stage volumes. At high volume or with significant stage monitoring, you will encounter feedback — that’s the physics of a semi-hollow body. Most players who choose this instrument understand the trade-off and manage it with conservative stage volume or by positioning carefully relative to stage monitors.
For studio use there are no feedback concerns at all. For small venue live performance at sensible volumes, it’s manageable. For a loud rock stage with high monitor levels — it’s the wrong instrument for that application.
Who This Bass Is For
The Gretsch G5442BDC is a specialist instrument. It’s genuinely excellent for jazz, blues, vintage country, Motown-influenced playing, recording sessions where an acoustic-adjacent tone is needed, and for players who prioritize comfort and a unique aesthetic.
It’s not the right choice if you play rock, metal, funk (primarily), or any style where modern punch and articulation are the priority. It’s not a versatile all-rounder. It’s a specific tool for specific sounds.
If those sounds are in your world — the G5442BDC delivers them with personality and genuine quality at a price that doesn’t require selling gear to afford. It’s worth a serious try if you’ve been curious about hollowbody bass and haven’t committed yet.
Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →
FAQ
Is the Gretsch G5442BDC good for jazz?
Yes — it’s one of the better mid-range options for jazz bass. The neck-position FilterTron pickup with tone rolled back produces a warm, woody tone that works very well for jazz and blues. Flatwound strings enhance this character further if you want to go full vintage.
Does the Gretsch G5442BDC have feedback problems?
The center block construction significantly reduces feedback compared to a fully hollow bass. At moderate stage volumes it’s manageable. At high stage volumes with loud monitors directly behind you, feedback is possible. For studio recording there are no feedback issues at all.
What strings work best on the Gretsch G5442BDC?
Flatwound strings are a natural match and lean into the vintage character of the instrument. Tapewound strings are another excellent option. Light-gauge roundwounds work fine if you prefer a brighter tone — the short scale means standard light gauges feel slightly looser than on a full-scale bass.
Is short scale harder to play than full scale?
Not harder — different. The shorter distance between frets means less left-hand stretching, which many players find more comfortable. String tension is slightly lower which gives a softer, looser feel. For players coming from guitar or with smaller hands, short scale is often easier. For experienced full-scale players there’s a brief adjustment period.
Can I slap bass on the Gretsch G5442BDC?
Technically yes, but it’s not ideal. The short scale and neck-only pickup don’t produce the snap and brightness that slap bass needs to cut through a mix. If slap is a significant part of your playing style, this isn’t the right bass for you.
Related Posts

Yamaha BB234 Review — A Different Kind of Classic Tone
Squier Affinity Jazz Bass Review — Best Beginner Bass Under $300?
Jolana D Bass — Why This Socialist-Era Guitar Still Holds Up

#### How Long Does It Take to Learn Bass Guitar? (Honest Answer from a 25-Year Player)
You can play your first song in a week. You can join a band in 3–6 months. You can become genuinely good in 2–3 years. You will never stop learning. That's the honest timeline — and it's better news than most people expect.

I've been playing bass for 25 years. I've taught hundreds of students. The question "how long does it take?" is the most common thing beginners ask — and it's almost always answered wrong on the internet. Here's what the research says, what my experience shows, and what actually determines how fast you progress.

The Short Answer: It Depends on What "Learning Bass" Means to You

There is no single answer because "learning bass" means different things to different people. A realistic timeline looks like this:

GoalTime With Consistent PracticePlay your first simple song1–2 weeksPlay songs recognizably for friends/family1–3 monthsJoin a band and hold your own3–6 monthsPlay comfortably without thinking about basics1–2 yearsDevelop your own sound and style2–5 yearsProfessional-level playing5–10+ yearsComplete masteryNever (ongoing)

The good news: bass is genuinely one of the faster instruments to reach functional competence on. Guitar players take longer to sound good. Piano takes longer. You can be useful in a band within months — that's not hype, that's the reality of how bass works musically.

What the Research Says About Learning Music

The most cited research on skill development comes from psychologist Anders Ericsson, whose 1993 study of violinists at a Berlin music academy found that elite musicians had accumulated an average of 10,000 hours of deliberate practice by age 20. Malcolm Gladwell popularized this as the "10,000-hour rule" in his book Outliers.

But here's what Gladwell left out — and what matters for you:

Deliberate practice is not the same as playing. Ericsson's original research defined deliberate practice as structured, goal-directed practice focused on specific weaknesses, ideally guided by a teacher. Simply playing songs you already know does not count.

The numbers for music: A meta-analysis by Macnamara et al. (2014) found that deliberate practice explained 21% of skill variation in music — meaning practice matters enormously, but other factors (quality of instruction, prior musical experience, consistency) matter too.

What this means for bass learners: 10,000 hours gets you to world-class. You don't need world-class to play in a band, enjoy music, or even perform professionally. Most functional bass players reach a satisfying level with 500–2,000 hours of focused practice.

Practice LevelHours to Functional CompetenceHours per Day Needed30 min/day~3–4 years to solid intermediate0.5 hours45–60 min/day~2–3 years to solid intermediate0.75–1 hour2 hours/day~1–2 years to solid intermediate2 hoursProfessional pace (3–5 hrs/day)1–2 years to advanced3–5 hours

The 4 Factors That Actually Determine Your Timeline

1. Consistency Beats Duration

Practicing 30 minutes every day produces dramatically better results than 3 hours once a week. The StudyBass research platform's guidance is clear: even 5 minutes daily maintains muscle memory and reinforces concepts better than sporadic long sessions.

The neuroscience supports this. Skill development requires repeated activation of neural pathways — which is why daily practice, even short sessions, outperforms occasional marathon sessions.

2. Prior Musical Experience Matters

If you've played any instrument before — guitar, piano, drums — your learning curve for bass is significantly shorter. You already understand rhythm, timing, and how to practice. Players with prior instrument experience typically reach functional bass competence in half the time of complete beginners.

3. Quality of Instruction

Ericsson's research specifically identified teacher-guided deliberate practice as the most effective learning method. The best violinists weren't just practicing more — they were practicing more effectively, with specific feedback on their weaknesses.

This is the biggest variable most self-taught players underestimate. Playing along to tabs teaches you songs. Deliberate practice with feedback teaches you bass.

4. What You're Practicing

Playing through songs you already know feels productive but produces minimal improvement. The most effective practice focuses on:

Specific techniques you can't do yet (not ones you already can)

Slow, controlled execution before attempting full speed

Immediate correction when something goes wrong

Active listening and ear training, not just mechanical repetition

Realistic Milestones: What to Expect Month by Month

Weeks 1–4

You'll develop basic fretting and plucking technique. Fingertips will hurt until calluses form (typically 2–4 weeks). You'll learn your first simple bass lines — "Another One Bites the Dust," "Seven Nation Army," "Come As You Are" are all learnable in the first month.

What actually trips up beginners: Fretting hand tension. Most beginners grip too hard, which causes fatigue and slows finger movement. This is the first technical habit to correct.

Months 2–3

You'll start building a small repertoire. Switching between notes will become more fluid. You'll start to understand how bass lines relate to chord progressions. This is when most players have their first moment of feeling like "I'm actually playing bass."

Months 4–6

This is the band-ready zone for most players. You can lock in with a drummer, follow chord changes, and hold a groove. Your technique isn't perfect, but it's reliable enough to play with other musicians. Most people who start bass with the goal of joining a band reach this milestone.

Year 1–2

Your playing becomes internalized — you stop thinking about the mechanics and start thinking about the music. You develop preferences in tone, technique, and style. This is when your own voice as a bass player starts to emerge.

Year 2–5

Intermediate to advanced development. You're working on more complex techniques (slap, fingerstyle dynamics, walking bass lines, improvisation), better time feel, and musical vocabulary. This phase never really ends.

Is Bass Easier to Learn Than Guitar?

Yes — with important caveats.

Bass is easier to reach functional competence on. You're typically playing single notes rather than chords, the role in a band is more defined, and you can sound decent much faster.

But "easier" doesn't mean "simple." The best bass players are among the most sophisticated musicians alive. The instrument is easy to learn, difficult to master — which is actually the ideal learning curve.

The comparison by instrument:

InstrumentTime to First SongTime to Band-ReadyNotesBass guitar1–2 weeks3–6 monthsSingle notes, defined roleElectric guitar2–4 weeks6–12 monthsChords add complexityAcoustic guitar2–4 weeks6–12 monthsFinger strength barrierPiano1–2 months1–2 yearsTwo-hand coordinationDrums2–4 weeks6–12 monthsLimb independence barrier

The Biggest Mistakes That Slow Progress

Skipping fundamentals. Most beginners want to learn songs immediately. Songs are great motivation, but skipping technique fundamentals — hand position, right-hand technique, muting — creates bad habits that plateau your progress within a year.

Practicing only what you're already good at. It feels good to run through songs you know. It doesn't make you better. Progress comes from working on things that are hard for you.

Ignoring rhythm. Bass is a rhythmic instrument first. Players who don't practice with a metronome or drum track develop timing issues that become harder to fix over time. Start with a metronome from day one.

No feedback loop. Self-taught players often don't know what they don't know. Even occasional lessons — monthly rather than weekly — provide enough external feedback to correct problems before they become habits.

What Consistent Practice Actually Looks Like

You don't need hours a day. You need a structure. Here's what 30–45 minutes of effective daily practice looks like:

5 min: Warm-up — slow scales or chromatic exercises

10 min: Technique focus — one specific thing you're working on improving

10 min: New material — learning something just outside your current ability

10 min: Review — running through things you've learned recently

5 min: Free play — play what feels good, no pressure

That's it. Thirty minutes structured like this, five days a week, will produce results that two hours of unfocused playing won't.

Summary: Your Timeline at a Glance

Practice TimeFirst SongBand-ReadySolid Intermediate20 min/day2–3 weeks6–9 months4–5 years30–45 min/day1–2 weeks3–6 months2–3 years1–2 hours/day1 week2–4 months1–2 years

The research on skill development is consistent: quality of practice matters more than quantity, and consistency matters more than both. The players who progress fastest aren't necessarily the ones who practice longest — they're the ones who practice deliberately, every day, with attention to what they're actually improving.

Bass is a lifetime instrument. You'll reach "good enough to play with people" faster than you think, and you'll keep finding new things to work on for as long as you play.

Ready to start? Grab the free Slap Bass Starter Pack — 5 videos covering the fundamentals, no cost. Or if you want the full roadmap, The Ultimate Bass Vault has 8+ hours of structured lessons for $49.

#### How Many Bass Players Are There in the World? (2026 Data)
There are an estimated 10–50 million bass guitar players worldwide — a range that reflects the difficulty of counting hobbyists, students, and professionals across every country. The global bass guitar market reached $1.8 billion in 2025, with approximately 20 million instruments produced annually. We pulled data from market research firms, the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, NAMM surveys, and music industry reports to give you the most accurate picture available.

Here's what the data actually says.

Key Takeaways

The global bass guitar market was worth $1.8 billion in 2025 and is projected to reach $2.9 billion by 2034 (DataIntelo)

Approximately 20 million bass guitars are produced annually worldwide

Bass guitars represent 10% of global guitar sales volume (acoustic + electric + bass combined)

58.4% of bass guitar market revenue comes from amateur players, not professionals

54% of U.S. households have at least one person actively playing a musical instrument (NAMM/Gallup)

The U.S. bass guitar market is worth approximately $180 million annually (10% of the $1.8B global market)

The global bass guitar market is growing at a CAGR of 5.5% through 2034

Online music education has significantly expanded the bassist population — 42% surge in instrument sales during 2020 (CNBC/Fender)

1. How Many Bass Players Are There?

There is no official global count of bass players — no government or music organization tracks hobbyist instrument players at a global level. What we can do is work from the data that does exist.

Data PointValueSourceGlobal guitar players (all types, estimate)150–220 millionQuora/instrument market analysisBass as % of guitar sales volume10%Gitnux/market data 2023Estimated global bass players15–22 million (conservative)Derived from market dataAnnual bass guitar production~20 million unitsArchive Market ResearchU.S. households with active instrument players54%NAMM/Gallup PollU.S. population playing instruments~130 million (estimate)NAMM/GallupProfessional musicians & singers in U.S.24,080 (salaried only)BLS, May 2021

Why the range is wide: BLS data only counts salaried professional musicians — the vast majority of bass players are hobbyists, students, or semi-professionals who play outside formal employment. NAMM surveys suggest 54% of U.S. households have active instrument players, implying tens of millions of amateur musicians in the U.S. alone.

2. The Global Bass Guitar Market

The bass guitar market gives us the clearest picture of how many people are actively buying and playing bass instruments.

MetricValueSourceGlobal market size (2025)$1.8 billionDataInteloGlobal market projection (2034)$2.9 billionDataInteloMarket CAGR (2025–2034)5.5%DataInteloAnnual units produced globally~20 millionArchive Market ResearchAmateur segment share of revenue58.4%DataInteloProfessional segment share41.6%DataInteloElectric bass share of market revenue74.2% (~$1.34B)DataInteloNorth America + Europe share of global sales~60% (12M units)Archive Market Research

The amateur segment — beginners, hobbyists, and returning players — drives the majority of bass guitar market revenue. This is the fastest-growing group and the primary market for entry-level instruments from Squier, Ibanez, Yamaha, and Cort.

3. Bass Guitar Sales & Market Leaders

Brand / MetricDataSourceFender total revenue (FY2023)$2.7 billion (all products)GitnuxFender guitar sales growth (2020)+17%CNBCGibson Brands sales (2022)$350 millionGitnuxU.S. guitar market value (2023)$1.8 billion, 2.5M units soldGitnuxOnline guitar sales surge (2020)+42%GitnuxOnline sales share of market (2023)30% of totalGitnuxBeginner guitars under $30060% of entry-level salesReverb 2023

The $100–$500 price bracket is the most commercially significant for bass guitars — starter packs from Squier, Ibanez GSR, Yamaha TRBX, and Cort Action dominate this segment.

4. Who Is Playing Bass? Demographics

DemographicDataSourceAmateur players as % of market58.4%DataInteloNew instrument players who are women50% of aspirational/beginner playersStatista via Student of GuitarPlayers who began before age 1175%NAMM/GallupNew players using TikTok for content58%Guitar industry surveyNew players with full-time careers (hobbyists)67%Guitar industry surveyFastest-growing age group18–34NAMM/GallupU.S. households with 2+ active musicians40%NAMM/Gallup

Key insight: The majority of bass players today are adult hobbyists with full-time careers — not aspiring professionals. This has major implications for how bass education should be structured (flexible, results-focused, no prerequisite theory).

5. Regional Bass Guitar Markets

RegionMarket ShareNotesSourceNorth America + Europe~60% of global salesEstablished markets, high purchasing powerArchive Market ResearchAsia PacificSignificant growthJapan (Yamaha, Ibanez, ESP), China, South KoreaDataInteloLatin America~5.4% of global revenueBrazil and Mexico leadDataInteloIndiaEmerging marketUrban youth adopting Western musicDataIntelo

Japan is uniquely positioned as both a major consumer and production hub — Yamaha, Ibanez (Hoshino Gakki), and ESP are globally significant manufacturers based there.

South Korea's K-pop and K-indie ecosystems are creating new demand for professional and semi-professional bass players. China's private music school enrollment has grown at double-digit annual rates over the past five years.

6. Online Learning & The Growth of Bass Education

The pandemic fundamentally changed how people learn bass guitar, and that shift has not reversed.

MetricValueSourceInstrument sales increase during pandemic (2020)+42%CNBC/FenderOnline sales share of guitar market (2023)30%GitnuxNew players using TikTok for bass content58%Guitar industry dataU.S. school music participation increase (since 2003)+11%NAMM/GallupAmericans who wish they'd learned an instrument82%NAMM/GallupAmericans interested in learning now67%NAMM/Gallup

The takeaway for aspiring players: 82% of non-players wish they had learned an instrument, and 67% are still interested in learning. The pool of potential bass players is enormous — most people never start because they don't know where to begin.

7. Bass Guitar Trends Driving Growth in 2025–2026

Pandemic-era players are still active. The 2020 instrument sales surge created millions of new players who are now 4–5 years into their journey and actively seeking intermediate-level education and gear.

Online education has permanently expanded access. YouTube, streaming platforms, and dedicated bass education sites have made professional-quality instruction accessible globally, not just in cities with good music schools.

Genre diversity is growing. Funk, progressive rock, metal, and K-pop are all driving bass guitar demand in different global markets. The bass is no longer associated exclusively with rock — it's a universal instrument across genres.

Boutique and high-end demand is rising. Alongside the entry-level market, there's growing demand for custom and boutique instruments as serious hobbyists upgrade. This reflects a maturing player base with disposable income.

5-string and extended-range basses are growing. The 5-string segment is the fastest-growing product type within bass guitars, driven by metal, progressive, and modern pop applications.

Summary

StatisticValueSourceEstimated global bass players15–22 millionDerived from market dataGlobal bass guitar market (2025)$1.8 billionDataInteloAnnual bass guitars produced~20 millionArchive Market ResearchMarket CAGR through 20345.5%DataInteloAmateur player share58.4%DataInteloU.S. households with active musicians54%NAMM/GallupOnline sales share of market30%GitnuxAmericans who want to learn instrument67%NAMM/Gallup

Methodology

Data sourced from: DataIntelo Bass Guitar Market Report (2025), Archive Market Research Bass Guitars Report (2026), Gitnux Guitar Statistics (2025), U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics Occupational Employment Statistics (May 2021, May 2024), NAMM/Gallup Poll on Music-Making in America, CNBC/Fender sales data (2020–2023), Reverb.com 2023 market index.

Where primary data was unavailable, figures were derived using disclosed methodology (e.g., bass as 10% of guitar market applied to global player estimates). All derivations are noted.

Last updated: April 2026

Want to actually become one of those bass players? Start with the free Slap Bass Starter Pack — 5 videos, no cost. Or go straight to The Ultimate Bass Vault: 8+ hours of lessons for $49.

#### How to Slap Bass for Beginners: Step-by-Step Guide
Slap bass looks intimidating until you realize it’s really just two techniques—thumb and pop—built on top of solid rhythm. Get those two things dialed in and the rest is just putting them together.

Start here and nowhere else
I can’t tell you how many beginners try to learn slap by watching videos of Flea or Marcus Miller and attempting to copy what they see. That’s like trying to learn to drive by watching Formula 1. The result is frustration and a bunch of half-learned things that don’t add up to anything. Here’s what actually works: pick one string, hit it with your thumb near the end of the fingerboard—where the neck meets the body—and focus entirely on the rebound. The thumb hits and immediately bounces back like a drumstick off a drum. It doesn’t press, it doesn’t stay, it bounces. That one mechanical detail is 80% of slap bass. Spend the first few days on nothing but that. No pop, no fretting hand, no groove. Just the thumb motion until it’s automatic and the note rings clean every time.
Once the thumb is there, add the pop. Hook your index or middle finger under the G or D string, pull it slightly away from the body, and let it snap back. It’s a flick, not a yank—you want the string snapping against the fretboard, not flying across the room. If it’s making a harsh metallic clang, you’re pulling too hard. The most common mistake I see is a bent wrist on the popping hand. Straighten it. A bent wrist limits your speed and over time leads to strain. Get comfortable with a straight wrist from day one.
The first groove worth learning: thumb slap on the A string root note, pop on the D string octave. Two notes, two techniques, completely musical over any backing track. When that’s locked in at 70 BPM, add ghost notes between the slap and pop—muted hits that keep the 16th-note grid filled without adding pitch. That’s when it stops sounding like practice and starts sounding like music. I’ve taught this to complete beginners who were playing real funk lines within a month. Not because they’re special—because they did it in the right order. Where are you at with slap right now? Drop it in the comments.

Frequently Asked Questions

What is the most important thing to learn first in slap bass?
The thumb rebound. Hit the string near the end of the fingerboard and let it bounce back immediately — like a drumstick off a drum. That one motion is 80% of slap bass. Get it automatic before adding anything else.

How long does it take to learn slap bass?
With focused daily practice, most beginners can play a basic slap groove within 4–6 weeks. The thumb motion usually clicks within the first week. Ghost notes and consistent timing take longer — plan for 2–3 months before it sounds musical.

Do I need a special bass guitar for slap bass?
No. Any bass with decent string action works. Low action helps the strings snap cleanly against the fretboard. Jazz-style basses and Music Man Stingrays are popular for slap because of their tone, but you can learn on whatever you have.

What is the difference between slap and pop technique?
Slap is the thumb striking downward on the lower strings (E and A). Pop is the index or middle finger pulling up on the higher strings (D and G) and letting them snap back. Both create percussive attacks — slap gives you the low thump, pop gives you the high crack.

Related Posts
Slap Dat Bass #20: Ghost Notes →Slap Dat Bass #28: Double Thumb →Learn Dat Lick #5: Build Bass Vocabulary →

Related reads: Best Bass for Slap — Yamaha BB Guide  ·  Advanced Slap Groove Breakdown  ·  Build Your Bass Vocabulary
The Mistakes That Keep Most Beginners Stuck
I’ve taught hundreds of students slap bass over the years and the same mistakes come up over and over. The biggest one — people try to slap too hard. They think volume and aggression equals slap bass. It doesn’t. The best slap players have a relaxed, controlled stroke. The thumb bounces off the string like it’s hot. If you’re pressing through the string and your hand is tense, you’re doing it wrong and you’ll plateau fast.
The second mistake is ignoring muting. Slap bass sounds like chaos when you don’t mute properly. Every string you’re not playing needs to be silenced — with your fretting hand, your thumb, your palm, whatever it takes. Listen to any great slap bassist and notice how clean the spaces between notes are. That cleanliness doesn’t happen by accident. It’s active muting work on every single note.
Third — people skip the pop technique because the thumb feels more exciting. Don’t do this. The pop is half the vocabulary. Your index or middle finger hooks under the string and snaps it against the fretboard. The attack needs to be sharp and controlled, not a random yank. Practice the pop separately until it’s as reliable as your thumb stroke. Then put them together.
How to Actually Practice Slap Bass
Slow is fast. I know you’ve heard this before but I’m going to say it anyway because nobody actually does it. Take any slap pattern — even just thumb on E, pop on G — and practice it at 60 BPM until it’s completely clean. No buzz, no dead notes, no accidental mutes. Then go to 70. Then 80. The players who get good fast are the ones who are disciplined enough to go slow. The players who plateau are the ones who always practice at the edge of their ability where everything is messy.
Use a metronome. Non-negotiable. Slap bass without rhythm is just noise. The whole point of the technique is that it grooves — and groove means locking in with a pulse. Ten minutes of focused practice with a metronome is worth more than an hour of noodling without one. I’ve seen complete beginners make serious progress in four weeks with this approach. I’ve also seen people play for two years and still sound sloppy because they never developed internal timing.
Record yourself. Play something, listen back, cringe, fix it, repeat. Your ears adjust when you’re playing — you stop hearing your own mistakes. Recording is brutal and honest. It’s also the fastest feedback loop available to you without a teacher in the room. Do it every session, even if it’s just a voice memo on your phone.
Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →

#### Ibanez EHB1005 Review — The Headless 5-String That Changes What You Expect
Headless bass guitars used to be a niche concern — Steinberger in the 1980s, a handful of boutique builders, players who prioritised portability over convention. Then Ibanez launched the EHB series and headless bass became genuinely accessible. The EHB1005 is where most players start that conversation.
I approached this instrument with real curiosity and some scepticism. The headless concept solves specific problems elegantly, but the question is whether it introduces new problems in the process. After extended playing time, I have a clear answer.
Why Headless — The Actual Reasons
The headless design eliminates the headstock — the tuning machines move to the bridge end of the instrument instead. This does several practical things. The overall length shrinks dramatically, making it easier to travel with and store. The neck-heavy balance problem that affects many basses disappears — with no headstock mass at the top of the neck, the instrument balances neutrally on a strap. And the string path is more linear, which theoretically improves sustain and intonation stability.
The EHB1005 also uses a multiscale design — fanned frets, 34″ to 36″ scale length — which combines two modern bass engineering concepts in one instrument. The extended scale on the low B improves definition. The headless design improves balance and portability. Ibanez combined them intentionally.
First Impressions — What You Notice Immediately
Picking up the EHB1005 for the first time is a genuinely surprising experience if you’ve played conventional basses your whole life. The instrument feels shorter and lighter than it has any right to for a 5-string. The balance on a strap is immediately superior to most 5-strings I’ve played — no neck dive whatsoever. The instrument hangs level and stays there.
The fanned frets create the same visual adjustment period I described in the SRMD200 review. The physical adjustment is faster than the visual one. Within an hour the angled frets stop registering consciously.
The tuning mechanism at the bridge end is the most unfamiliar element. The fine tuners at the bridge are precise and once you’re used to them, functional. String changes are more involved than on a standard bass — not difficult, just different and requiring some patience the first few times.

The Electronics — Bartolini BH2 + Ibanez 3-Band
The EHB1005 uses Bartolini BH2 pickups — a significant specification at this price point. Bartolini pickups have a reputation for detailed, articulate tone with a smooth high end and well-defined low mid character. They’re used on instruments costing far more than the EHB1005.
The onboard preamp is Ibanez’s 3-band active EQ with bass, mid, and treble boost/cut. The mid-frequency is fixed rather than sweepable, which is a minor limitation for players who want precise midrange control but is functionally adequate for most applications.
The combination works well. The Bartolinis provide a clean, detailed foundation. The 3-band EQ gives enough shaping capability to adapt to different styles and playing environments. The overall electronics package is notably better than what comes on most basses at this price.
Tone — What the Multiscale Headless Combination Produces
The EHB1005 has a modern, articulate character. The extended scale low B is defined and musical — this is the best low B I’ve heard on a production 5-string at this price. The Bartolini pickups contribute detail in the upper frequencies without harshness. The overall tone is clean, present, and sits well in a mix without fighting for space.
It’s not a vintage-sounding instrument. There’s no warmth or roundness that you’d associate with a passive Precision or Jazz-style bass. The EHB1005 sounds modern and it makes no apologies for it. For players who work in modern styles — progressive metal, fusion, jazz with a contemporary edge, R&B production — this is exactly right.
For players who want vintage warmth, this is the wrong instrument. The design intent and execution are both pointed squarely at modern professional playing.
The Practical Advantages for Working Players
The travel and storage advantages are real. The EHB1005 fits in smaller cases, handles overhead bin storage better than conventional basses, and is less likely to cause problems in tight stage and rehearsal environments. For players who travel regularly with their instrument, these are not trivial considerations.
The balance advantage is equally real for long performances. Neck dive on 5-strings is a genuine ergonomic issue — heavy headstocks pulling the neck toward the floor create left-hand tension and fatigue over long sets. The EHB1005 eliminates this completely. After two hours playing the instrument hangs exactly where you put it at the start.
What It Can’t Do
String availability is more limited than conventional basses. You need multiscale strings specifically — standard long-scale strings don’t work due to the varying scale length. Availability has improved significantly but it’s still more limited than standard bass string selection.
The headless design means conventional strap buttons are in different positions and the instrument interacts differently with standard stands and hangers. Minor practical issues that have solutions, but worth knowing about before purchase.
And the aesthetic will divide players. Headless basses look unconventional. Some players love it; others find it clinical or futuristic in a way they don’t connect with. Personal aesthetic response to an instrument matters for playing motivation — be honest with yourself about whether you’ll want to pick this up every day.
Who Should Buy the Ibanez EHB1005
Players who travel regularly and want a serious 5-string that’s more practical to transport. Players who suffer from neck dive on conventional 5-strings. Players working in modern styles who want Bartolini-quality pickups and multiscale construction at a realistic price. Anyone curious about headless design who wants an accessible entry point to the format.
Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →
FAQ
Is the Ibanez EHB1005 hard to play because it’s headless?
No — the playing experience is essentially the same as a conventional bass once you adjust to the fanned frets. The headless design changes how you tune and change strings, not how you play. Most players adapt within a session or two.
What strings fit the Ibanez EHB1005?
The EHB1005 requires multiscale strings due to the fanned fret design. D’Addario, Dunlop, and other major manufacturers produce multiscale 5-string sets. Standard long-scale strings will not work correctly. Check the scale length specs when ordering — the EHB1005 uses 34″ to 36″ scale.
Does the Ibanez EHB1005 have neck dive?
No. This is one of the primary advantages of the headless design. Without headstock mass at the top of the neck, the instrument balances neutrally on a strap. It stays exactly where you position it without pulling toward the floor.
How are the Bartolini BH2 pickups in the EHB1005?
Notably good for the price. The BH2 pickups produce a detailed, articulate tone with smooth high end and well-defined low mids. They’re a significant specification upgrade over what comes standard on most production basses at this price point.
Is the Ibanez EHB1005 good for travel?
Yes — this is one of its strongest practical advantages. The shorter overall length (no headstock) makes it more manageable for airline travel, storage in tighter spaces, and general transport. It fits in smaller cases and handles overhead bin storage better than standard-length basses.
Related Posts

Ibanez SRMD200 Review — Budget Multiscale Bass
Ibanez SRMS805 Review — Multiscale at the Next Level
Warwick Pro Series Corvette Bubinga 5-String Review

#### Ibanez SRMD200 Review — Is a Budget Multiscale Bass Worth It?
Multiscale bass guitars used to be a boutique item. You’d pay custom shop prices for a fanned-fret instrument and it was mostly players in progressive metal or high-end studio work who bothered. Then Ibanez released the SRMD200 and brought the concept into the budget market. That’s worth paying attention to.
I spent time with this bass and came away with a clearer picture of who fanned frets actually help — and who they don’t. If you’ve been curious about multiscale instruments but couldn’t justify the price, the SRMD200 is an accessible entry point. Let me break down what you actually get.
What “Multiscale” Actually Means
The SRMD200 uses a fan-fret design — the frets are angled rather than straight across the neck, and the scale length varies from string to string. The low B string has a longer scale (35″) while the high G string is shorter (32″). This is the core idea behind multiscale design.
The theory is sound: longer scale on lower strings gives better tension and definition on the low end, shorter scale on higher strings keeps the feel comfortable in the upper register. On a standard 5-string bass at 34″ scale, the low B can feel loose and undefined. The fanned fret design addresses this directly.
In practice, the low B on the SRMD200 is noticeably tighter and more defined than on a standard 34″ 5-string at the same price. That’s the actual benefit. Everything else about playing it — the feel, the technique, the approach — is essentially the same as any other bass once you spend a few hours with it.

The Learning Curve — Honest Assessment
Every review of a fanned-fret instrument mentions the learning curve. Most of them either overstate it (“it takes months to adjust”) or dismiss it (“you won’t even notice after an hour”). My experience was somewhere in between.
The first 30 minutes felt genuinely strange. The angled frets created a visual and tactile experience that my hands weren’t used to. Chord shapes and position shifts required conscious thought rather than muscle memory. I made more errors than I usually do picking up an unfamiliar bass.
After two hours it was becoming natural. After a full day of playing I stopped noticing the fret angle entirely. Going back to a standard bass after a week with the SRMD200 felt briefly odd in the other direction.
The adjustment is real but it’s measured in hours and days, not weeks and months. For most players it’s not a significant barrier.
Build and Hardware
The SRMD200 uses the SR body shape — thin, contoured, lightweight. It’s one of the more comfortable body designs in the budget market and it works as well on a multiscale instrument as on a standard SR. Basswood body, maple neck, jatoba fretboard. Standard SR spec for this price tier.
The frets are well dressed for a budget instrument — better than I expected given the added complexity of the fan fret installation. The nut is properly cut. Action out of the box was playable without adjustment, which isn’t always the case on instruments at this price.
Hardware is basic Ibanez stock — functional bridge, standard tuners. Nothing remarkable, nothing problematic. The weight is light, the balance is good when strapped on. Long practice sessions don’t create shoulder fatigue.
The Pickups and Electronics
The SRMD200 uses Ibanez’s Dynamix humbuckers — passive, dual-coil, mounted at neck and bridge positions. The control layout is two volumes and a master tone, passive throughout.
The tone is clean and modern. These pickups have more articulation than the budget single-coil options on similarly-priced Squier or Cort instruments. The low B in particular benefits from the extended scale — it sounds defined and usable rather than woolly and lost, which is the typical complaint about budget 5-strings.
Active electronics are noticeably absent at this price. If you want EQ shaping on board you’ll need to look at the higher SRMD models. The passive setup is fine for most playing contexts but recording players who want tone shaping without an outboard preamp may find the single tone knob limiting.
Who Should Buy the SRMD200
The SRMD200 makes most sense for two types of players. First: the 5-string player who has been frustrated with loose, undefined low B strings on standard 34″ basses and doesn’t want to spend boutique money for the fix. The extended scale genuinely solves that problem at an accessible price.
Second: the curious player who wants to experience fanned frets without committing serious money to find out if it works for them. The SRMD200 is a low-risk way to answer that question.
It’s less suited to players who prioritize tonal warmth and vintage character — the SR body and pickups lean modern and clean, which is the design intent but won’t satisfy everyone. And players coming from a 4-string who haven’t spent much time on 5-strings yet might find the combination of 5-string technique and fanned frets a steeper learning curve than necessary.
Start with a standard 5-string first. Add fanned frets once you’re comfortable with the 5-string layout. That’s the more logical progression.
Value Assessment
The SRMD200 offers something genuinely unusual at budget pricing. Fanned fret instruments with this build quality typically cost significantly more. Ibanez has done good manufacturing work here — the execution is clean, the instrument plays well, and the core concept delivers its promised benefit on the low B string.
It’s not a perfect instrument. The passive electronics limit recording versatility, the pickups have a ceiling, and the adjustment period is real even if manageable. But as an entry point to multiscale bass, it’s a legitimately interesting option that I’d recommend to the right player without hesitation.
Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →
FAQ
Is the Ibanez SRMD200 hard to play because of the fanned frets?
The adjustment period is real but shorter than most people expect. Most players feel comfortable within a few hours of practice. The visual difference is more jarring than the physical one — your hands adapt faster than your brain does.
Does the multiscale design actually improve the low B string?
Yes, noticeably. The extended 35″ scale on the low B produces a tighter, more defined tone compared to a standard 34″ 5-string at the same price. If an undefined, woolly low B has been your frustration with budget 5-strings, the SRMD200 directly addresses that problem.
Can I use standard bass strings on the Ibanez SRMD200?
No — multiscale basses require multiscale strings due to the varying scale length. Several string manufacturers now produce multiscale sets (D’Addario, Dunlop, Kalium). Availability has improved significantly as fanned fret instruments have become more common.
Is the Ibanez SRMD200 good for slap bass?
It can work for slap but the SR body profile and pickup voicing lean toward a modern, clean character rather than the snap-heavy tone that works best for slap. Players focused primarily on slap technique will find Jazz-style basses with bridge single-coils more satisfying for that technique.
Should a beginner buy a multiscale bass?
I’d generally recommend starting on a standard 4-string first. Learn the fundamentals on a conventional instrument, then explore multiscale once you have a clear idea of what you’re looking for tonally and ergonomically. The SRMD200 is better appreciated by a player who already knows what problem they’re trying to solve.
Related Posts

Ibanez SRMS805 Review — Multiscale Bass at the Next Level
Cort Action HH Review — Budget Bass for Any Music Situation?
Yamaha BB435 vs TRBX305 — Which Budget Bass Wins?

#### Ibanez SRMS805 Review: Multiscale Bass Guitar Explained and Tested
The Ibanez SRMS805 is a multiscale 5-string bass — also called a fanned-fret bass. The frets are at different angles rather than parallel, which means the scale length varies from string to string. It sounds unconventional. In practice it solves a real problem.
I wanted to review this because multiscale basses get either dismissed as gimmicks or hyped as the future of instrument design. The truth is more practical than either position.

What Multiscale Actually Does
On a standard bass, every string has the same scale length. That works well for the middle strings but is a compromise for the extremes — the high G string would benefit from a slightly shorter scale for comfort, and the low B string would benefit from a longer scale for tighter tension.
A multiscale bass gives each string the scale length it actually needs. The SRMS805 runs from 34 inches on the high G to 35.5 inches on the low B. That longer B string scale means significantly tighter tension — the low B feels more like a real string and less like a rubber band.
The fanned frets that result from this design look strange on paper. In the hand, after about 20 minutes of adjustment, they feel natural. Your wrist angles slightly differently at different positions on the neck, but this actually mirrors how your wrist moves naturally when you play.
The Low B String — The Main Event
This is the primary reason to choose a multiscale 5-string over a standard 5-string. The low B on the SRMS805 is noticeably tighter and more defined than on a standard 34-inch scale 5-string. Notes speak clearly. The fundamental is present and strong. You can play fast passages on the B string without the note definition collapsing.
I reviewed the Yamaha TRBX505 and mentioned the B string was “decent for 34-inch scale.” The SRMS805 B string is better than that — not because Ibanez makes better basses than Yamaha, but because the physics of the longer scale length simply produce more string tension at the same tuning.
The SR Body and Neck
The SRMS805 uses Ibanez’s SR (Soundgear) body format — thin, contoured, lightweight. The SR has been a working musician’s workhorse for decades precisely because it’s comfortable. Extended playing sessions are easier on a light bass with good balance.
The neck is fast. Ibanez SR necks are known for slim profiles and low action, and the SRMS805 continues that tradition. The multiscale design doesn’t compromise the neck feel — it adapts to it naturally.
The Electronics
Bartolini BH2 pickups with a 3-band Ibanez Custom Electronics preamp. Bartolini again — the second time in recent reviews, which tells you something about where the quality pickup market has landed. The BH2 pickups have a clear, detailed character that suits the multiscale design well — you want definition when you’re exploiting the tighter low string tension.
The 3-band EQ is well-voiced. Mid control at a useful frequency, treble boost that adds presence without harshness, bass boost that adds weight without muddiness. Standard working tools, executed competently.
Who Should Buy This
Players who specifically need a tight, defined low B string for modern styles — metal, progressive rock, jazz fusion, anything where the low register needs to articulate clearly at fast tempos.
Also worth considering for players with ergonomic concerns — some players find the fanned fret design more comfortable because the nut end of the neck angles toward the body in a way that reduces wrist strain during extended sessions.
Not for players who just want a standard 5-string for conventional styles. The adjustment period for fanned frets is real, and if you don’t specifically need the benefits of multiscale design, a standard 5-string like the TRBX505 or BB435 is a simpler choice.
FAQ
What is a multiscale bass guitar?
A multiscale bass has different scale lengths for different strings, achieved through fanned frets (frets at varying angles). This gives each string the optimal scale length for its tuning — longer for lower strings to increase tension and definition, shorter for higher strings for comfort.
Is the Ibanez SRMS805 good for beginners?
No. The fanned fret design requires an adjustment period, and the instrument is aimed at players who have a specific reason to choose multiscale. Beginners should start with a standard 4 or 5-string bass and consider multiscale later if they have a reason to.
How long does it take to adjust to fanned frets?
Most players adapt within 15-30 minutes of playing. The adjustment is less dramatic than people expect — your wrist naturally angles differently at different neck positions anyway. A week of regular playing and fanned frets feel normal.
Is the low B string on the Ibanez SRMS805 tight?
Yes, noticeably tighter than on standard 34-inch scale 5-strings. The 35.5-inch scale length on the low B provides significantly more string tension, resulting in better note definition and a more responsive feel.
What are the Ibanez SRMS805 pickups?
Bartolini BH2 soapbar pickups with a 3-band Ibanez Custom Electronics active preamp. Bartolini is a well-regarded pickup manufacturer used in professional instruments across many brands.
Related Posts

Yamaha TRBX505 Deep Dive
Cort Artisan A4 Ultra Ash Review
Cort A5 Plus SCMS Review
Yamaha BB435 vs TRBX305

Multiscale bass design has moved from experimental to mainstream faster than anyone expected. The Ibanez SRMS805 is part of that wave — a production instrument that brings fanned frets to players who don't have boutique budgets. The physics argument is legitimate: longer scale on the low strings tightens the B and C strings, shorter scale on the high strings makes the upper register more comfortable.The ergonomics of playing a multiscale instrument take some adjustment. The nut angle feels strange at first and the way you approach the lower positions changes. Give it a week before you make a judgment call. Most players who dismiss multiscale instruments dismissed them before that adjustment period was complete.For progressive styles, extended range metal, or any playing that spends significant time on the low B and C strings, the multiscale advantage is real and audible.Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →

#### Is The 1995 Music Man Stingray 5 Still Relevant? My Honest Answer
A 1995 Music Man Stingray 5. That’s 30 years old. The question I wanted to answer: does it still hold up against what’s being built today, or is it just a collector’s piece with a reputation that outpaces its actual performance?
The short answer is yes, it holds up. The longer answer involves understanding why the Stingray design is so durable.

What Made the Stingray Different in 1976
The Music Man Stingray was designed by Leo Fender after he left Fender. He applied everything he’d learned — and deliberately departed from it in key ways. The result in 1976 was a bass with a single large humbucker in the bridge position, an active preamp, and a graphite-reinforced neck. Three things that were not standard at the time.
The active preamp was the most radical departure. In 1976, active bass electronics were unusual. The Stingray’s 2-band EQ gave players real tonal control at a time when most basses had a single passive tone knob. That head start in electronics sophistication still resonates in how the instrument is perceived.
The 1995 Stingray 5 Specifically
By 1995 the Stingray 5 had been around for several years. Ernie Ball Music Man had refined the 5-string version and the construction quality of this era is consistently good. The mid-90s instruments have aged well — the wood is stable, the electronics are robust, and the hardware holds up.
The Stingray 5 has slightly wider string spacing than most 5-strings of the era — 17.5mm at the bridge. That wider spacing is one reason the Stingray 5 became popular with slap players. Your thumb has room to move between strings without cramping.
The Pickup and Preamp
Single humbucker, bridge position. That placement is everything — the Stingray tone is fundamentally about where that pickup sits. Bridge pickups emphasise upper harmonics and attack. Combined with the humbucking design that fills out the low-mids, you get a sound that is immediately recognisable and incredibly functional.
The 2-band preamp (bass and treble) on the 1995 model is the pre-3-band era design. Simpler, but effective. The bass boost is powerful — you can add substantial low end without muddiness because the pickup placement keeps the fundamental tight. The treble boost adds presence and bite.
That tone — aggressive, clear, with a strong fundamental and a prominent upper midrange attack — is why the Stingray appears on so many records. It cuts through a mix with minimal EQ work at the board.
30 Years Later — Does It Still Compete?
Against modern basses at the same price point — yes. The Stingray 5 from 1995 plays as well as most modern mid-range instruments and sounds better than many of them for styles where the Stingray character works. Funk, R&B, pop, rock — anything where you need presence and attack.
Against modern Music Man instruments — it’s close. The 3-band preamp of newer Stingrays gives more EQ flexibility. The construction tolerances have tightened over the decades. But the fundamental character is the same. A 1995 Stingray 5 on a good day sounds like a Stingray. That’s all it needs to do.
I’ve played vintage instruments that feel their age — stiff tuners, worn frets, setup drift over decades. This 1995 example was playing well. The neck was stable, the frets had life in them, and the electronics were noise-free. That’s a testimony to how solidly these were built.
The Stingray Sound in Context
Not every style benefits from the Stingray character. Jazz players often prefer the more polished, neutral tone of a Jazz Bass format. Players who want passive warmth are better served by a Yamaha BB series. The Stingray is opinionated — it has a strong, specific voice that either serves your music or doesn’t.
When it serves your music, it’s one of the best tools available. Flea built an entire career on a Stingray. So did Tony Levin. The bass has a proven track record across decades and genres where its character fits.
FAQ
Is a 1995 Music Man Stingray 5 worth buying?
Yes, if it’s in good condition. The mid-90s Stingray 5 instruments are well-built, stable, and still competitive with modern basses tonally. Check fret wear, neck stability, and electronics condition before buying. A clean example is a working instrument, not just a collector piece.
What is the difference between Stingray 2-band and 3-band preamp?
The 2-band preamp (pre-1988 and some later models) has bass and treble controls only. The 3-band adds a mid control, giving more flexibility for shaping the characteristic Stingray midrange. The 2-band is simpler but still very functional — the bass boost is powerful and musical.
Is the Music Man Stingray 5 good for slap bass?
Excellent. The wider string spacing (17.5mm at the bridge), the bridge humbucker tone, and the active preamp make the Stingray 5 one of the classic slap basses. Many of the most recognisable slap bass recordings were made on Stingray instruments.
How does the Music Man Stingray compare to a Fender Jazz Bass?
Very different instruments. The Stingray has a single bridge humbucker and active preamp — aggressive, present, cutting. The Jazz Bass has two single-coil pickups and passive electronics — more versatile, warmer, more neutral. Both are excellent; they suit different musical contexts and player preferences.
Are vintage Music Man Stingray basses reliable?
Generally yes — Music Man built robustly in this era. Check the usual wear points: frets, electronics, nut, and neck stability. Well-maintained examples from the 1990s play and sound as good as they ever did.
Related Posts

Yamaha BB Bass: Why Passive Wins
Fender American Ultra Jazz Bass Review
Seymour Duncan vs EMG Bass Pickups
How to Slap Bass for Beginners

The 1995 MusicMan StingRay 5 represents a specific chapter in bass guitar history — the moment when a credible five-string alternative to the four-string Stingray finally existed. Early five-string Stingrays had inconsistencies. By 1995 the production quality had stabilized and Ernie Ball understood what the instrument needed to be.The EQ system on 90s StingRays is different from current production — the original three-band from that era has a specific character in the high-mid boost that modern versions have smoothed out. Whether that's better or worse depends entirely on what you're using it for. For funk and R&B, the vintage response wins.Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →

#### Jolana D Bass — Why This Socialist-Era Guitar Still Holds Up in 2026
A friend handed me his Jolana D and told me to just play it for a week. He’s had it for years and wouldn’t stop talking about it. I was skeptical — another vintage Eastern Bloc bass with a story attached. Then I plugged it in.
That moment got me. The tone was thick, woody, and dark in a way I hadn’t expected. Not polished. Not modern. But completely its own thing.
He’s played it on stage, recorded with it. And every time someone picks it up, the question is always the same: what is this thing and why does it sound so good?
What Even Is the Jolana D?
Jolana was a Czechoslovak guitar brand that produced instruments from the 1950s through the early 1990s. The factory was based in Blatná, Czech Republic, and at its peak it was one of the largest instrument manufacturers in the Eastern Bloc. They built guitars, basses, and accessories for the domestic market and for export to other socialist countries.
The Jolana D is a solid-body bass from the 1970s–80s era. It was designed as a working musician’s instrument — something durable, affordable, and functional for the Soviet-era musician who couldn’t access Western gear. Fender and Gibson were fantasy items. The Jolana was reality.
That background matters when you pick one up today. This wasn’t built to impress collectors or win a gear contest. It was built to be played.

The Build — Honestly Surprising for a Budget Eastern Bloc Bass
The neck profile on the Jolana D is chunky. Not Precision chunky — it’s its own thing. Wider at the nut than most modern basses, with a slightly flat radius that takes a few sessions to get used to. After that adjustment period, it actually feels comfortable for long playing sessions.
The body is solid wood — likely some variety of local hardwood depending on the production year. Mine feels dense and resonates acoustically in a way that cheap modern basses simply don’t. You can feel the instrument vibrate in your hands before you even plug in.
Hardware is typical Soviet era: functional, overbuilt, ugly by modern standards. The bridge is heavy. The tuners are stiff but stable. Once you set the intonation, it stays set. I’ll take that over lightweight tuners that drift any day.
Frets were uneven on this example when my friend first got it. A quick fret level and crown job transformed it into a genuinely playable instrument. If you find one today, budget for a setup. It’s worth it.
The Pickups — This Is Where It Gets Interesting
Jolana used their own proprietary single-coil pickups. They’re not a copy of anything Western — they’re a genuine original design, probably born out of necessity when they couldn’t license Fender or Gibson technology.
The result is a pickup voicing I haven’t found anywhere else. Strong mids. Compressed low end that punches through a mix without getting muddy. The high frequencies are present but not harsh — almost like someone EQ’d them specifically to avoid the brittleness you get from cheap single-coils.
I’ve recorded direct with this bass and the signal is clean, consistent, and surprisingly hot. It sits in a mix with almost no EQ needed. That’s rare. I have basses that cost ten times more that require more coaxing.
Tone Character — What It Actually Sounds Like
Think of a tone somewhere between a Fender Precision and an early 70s hollowbody. The low-mids are the dominant frequency range. There’s warmth without flabbiness. Sustain is good but not exceptional — notes bloom quickly and decay in a musical way.
For fingerstyle playing it’s excellent. The attack has a natural softness that works beautifully for R&B, funk, and soul. Slap? It’s not ideal — the pickups don’t have that snap and pop that makes slap bass cut through. But for groove playing, for sitting in a band mix, for recording where you need a bass that just works? The Jolana delivers consistently.
I used it on a session once where the engineer initially laughed when I pulled it out. By the end of the session he was asking me where to buy one.
Should You Buy One Today?
Prices have been creeping up as Eastern European vintage gear gets discovered by Western collectors. Five years ago you could find a clean Jolana D for €80–150. Now you’re looking at €200–400 for a good example, sometimes more if it’s been professionally set up.
Is it worth it? For a player who wants a truly unique tone and doesn’t mind doing some setup work — absolutely. For someone who wants a plug-and-play experience with warranty support — probably not the right choice.
The practical reality is that parts are essentially unavailable, so if something breaks you’re doing creative improvisation or sourcing from other vintage Jolana instruments. The electronics in mine are original and still working fine after 40+ years, which says something about build quality. But it’s a risk you accept with any vintage gear from a defunct manufacturer.
The Bigger Point About Eastern Bloc Instruments
I grew up around these instruments. Jolana, Musima from East Germany, Ural from the Soviet Union — there’s a whole world of Cold War era bass guitars that most Western players have never heard of. Some of them are genuinely special. Some are genuinely terrible. The Jolana D lands firmly in the special category.
There’s something poetic about an instrument built under economic constraints and political isolation ending up with a voice that Western manufacturers with all their resources never quite replicated. Sometimes limitations force creativity in ways that freedom doesn’t.
This one belongs to my friend, not me. After spending time with it, I completely understand why he won’t let it go.
What to Look For When Buying
Check the neck carefully — these are old instruments and neck issues are common. A slight bow is fixable. A twist or severe warp is not worth the trouble. Play every fret up the neck before committing to a purchase.
Electronics should be tested through an amp. Crackling pots are normal and easily cleaned. Dead pickups are rare but check both independently.
Original hardware is preferred but not essential. The bridge is the most commonly replaced part — some players swap it for a modern replacement and report improved intonation stability.
If you find one that plays and sounds good with the original electronics intact — buy it. Don’t overthink it.
Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →
FAQ
Is the Jolana D a good bass for beginners?
It can be, but I’d recommend getting it professionally set up first. A stock vintage Jolana may have fret leveling issues or high action that makes it harder to play than necessary. Once properly set up, it’s a comfortable and inspiring instrument for players at any level.
Where can I find a Jolana D bass today?
eBay, Reverb, and local classifieds in Eastern Europe are your best options. Czech, Slovak, Polish, and Ukrainian secondhand markets (bazos.sk, olx.ua) sometimes have them at lower prices than Western platforms. Patience is required — they don’t appear every day.
How does the Jolana D compare to a Fender Precision?
Different animals. The Precision has a warmer, rounder low end and more output. The Jolana has stronger mids and a more compressed character. If you want a vintage Precision sound, buy a Precision. If you want something genuinely different that surprises you — the Jolana has a personality of its own.
Can I replace the Jolana D pickups with modern ones?
Technically yes, but the pickup routing is non-standard so it requires custom work. Honestly, I’d recommend trying the original pickups first — they’re part of what makes this bass sound the way it does. Replace only if you find the originals are damaged or dead.
What strings work best on the Jolana D?
I’ve had good results with medium-gauge roundwounds (45-105). Flatwounds are also excellent if you want to lean into the vintage tone. Avoid heavy gauge — the neck needs careful monitoring with string tension on an instrument this old.
Related Posts

Jolana D Bass Guitar — First Impressions and Demo
Yamaha BB234 Review — The Entry Point to a Legendary Series
Yamaha BB435 vs TRBX305 — Which Bass Should You Choose?

#### Ken Smith BSR Elite 6-String Bass 2007 Review — The Full Range Experience
I was not a 6-string bass player before I played the Ken Smith BSR Elite. I was a 4-string player who occasionally used a 5-string when the music required it. Then someone put this instrument in my hands and I spent three hours with it without noticing time was passing.
That doesn’t happen often. I want to tell you what it was like.

What Is the Ken Smith BSR Elite?
Ken Smith has been building high-end custom basses in the USA since the late 1970s. His instruments are in the hands of players like Anthony Jackson, who was influential in developing the extended-range bass concept. The BSR Elite is a standard production model from his workshop — “standard” in the sense that it’s listed in the catalogue, not custom-ordered, but that doesn’t mean it’s a compromised instrument.
The 2007 BSR Elite 6-string I had access to featured a maple body with a figured top, a multi-laminate neck-through construction, and Ken Smith’s own pickups with his proprietary electronics. At the time these were selling for $3,500–$4,500 new. It’s a serious instrument for serious players.
My First Hour With a 6-String
The honest answer is that the first hour was disorienting. Not because the bass was hard to play — the neck is actually very comfortable and the string spacing is generous enough that you don’t feel cramped. It was disorienting because suddenly I had access to a low B and a high C simultaneously, and I kept accidentally touching strings I wasn’t intending to.
Right-hand muting technique on a 6-string is a completely different skill to 4-string playing. You have to be more deliberate about every note. That sounds like a disadvantage but it’s actually a practice tool — when I went back to my 4-string after those hours on the Ken Smith, my right-hand technique felt cleaner and more intentional.
By the second hour, I had adjusted. By the third hour, I was starting to understand why players like Anthony Jackson and John Patitucci swear by extended-range instruments.
The Build Quality
Ken Smith instruments are built to a standard that most production bass companies can’t match. The neck-through construction means there is no joint between the neck and body — the wood continues from the headstock through to the strap button. This affects sustain, resonance, and the way the instrument responds acoustically.
The figured maple top on the body was genuinely beautiful — not in a “I paid extra for the fancy wood” way, but in the sense that the natural figure in the grain was selected to complement the overall aesthetic of the instrument. Ken Smith pays attention to these things.
Hardware was excellent. Bridge saddles were well-machined and adjusted cleanly. Tuners held pitch without any slip over an extended session. These are details that matter more than people think when you’re working on intonation and technique.
The Tone
This is where the Ken Smith BSR Elite earns its reputation. The proprietary pickups and electronics have a character that I’d describe as clear and full — not scooped in the traditional active-bass way, but genuinely transparent in a way that lets the acoustic character of the instrument come through.
The low B on a 6-string can be a problem on cheaper instruments. It often sounds flabby, indistinct, not tight enough to be musical. On the Ken Smith it was firm and focused. You could play actual melodies down there rather than just using it as an occasional rumble.
The high C extended the range in the other direction into genuine guitar territory. I spent time playing chord inversions and melodic lines up there that I simply couldn’t have played on a 4-string, and it was genuinely musical — not just a novelty.
Who Is This Bass For?
The honest answer is: working professionals who need extended range. Session players. Players who work in jazz, fusion, or high-end function band environments where covering both low-end fundamentals and melodic lines in the same set is expected.
For a player who is still developing their 4-string technique, a 6-string bass will slow you down more than it helps you. The extended range is only useful if you have the technique to manage it. Get the fundamentals solid first, then explore extended range.
If you’re ready for it, the Ken Smith BSR Elite is one of the best ways to enter that world. It’s not an entry-level instrument, but it’s not unreasonably priced for what it delivers either.
Frequently Asked Questions
Is a 6-string bass good for beginners?
No. A 6-string bass is significantly harder to play cleanly than a 4 or 5-string. The extra strings require more advanced right-hand muting technique and stronger fretboard knowledge. I’d recommend getting comfortable on a 4-string first, then moving to a 5-string, before considering a 6-string.
How much do Ken Smith basses cost?
New Ken Smith BSR models typically run $2,800–$4,500 depending on specifications. Custom orders can exceed $5,000. Used examples in good condition are generally $1,800–$3,000. They hold their value well.
What string spacing does the Ken Smith BSR Elite 6-string have?
The Ken Smith BSR Elite 6-string typically has 17–17.5mm string spacing at the bridge, which is considered comfortable for a 6-string bass. This is wider than many extended-range instruments and makes slap technique and two-handed tapping more accessible.
What is neck-through construction and why does it matter?
Neck-through construction means the neck is a single piece of wood that runs through the full length of the body rather than being bolted or glued on. This increases sustain, improves upper-fret access, and creates more consistent resonance across the full range. High-end bass manufacturers like Ken Smith use it exclusively.

Related Posts

Sadowsky NYC vs MusicMan Stingray 1987 Comparison
Cort vs Sadowsky Blind Test
Lakland Joe Osborn Signature Jazz Bass Review

The Ken Smith BSR Elite 6-string is where you stop talking about bass as a rhythm instrument and start treating it as a full harmonic instrument. Six strings forces a fundamental rethinking of how you approach the neck — not just more low notes, but a full extended range in both directions that changes how you think about chord voicings, walking lines, and solo work.Ken Smith's construction philosophy prioritizes balance and resonance over specification. The through-neck design on the BSR Elite gives you sustain characteristics that bolt-on instruments can't match. Notes bloom through their full decay rather than cutting off, which matters enormously in solo contexts.Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →

#### Lakland Joe Osborn Signature Jazz Bass 2005 Review — The Jazz Bass Done Right
The Lakland Joe Osborn signature bass is one of those instruments that doesn’t get talked about enough. You mention Sadowsky and people know immediately what you’re talking about. You mention Lakland and half the room goes quiet.
That’s a shame, because the Joe Osborn model — particularly the 2005 USA-made version I’ve played — is one of the best Jazz-style basses I’ve ever had in my hands. I want to explain why, because I think it deserves more attention than the gear community gives it.

Who Is Joe Osborn?
Joe Osborn was one of the great session bassists of the 1960s and 1970s. He played on hundreds of hit records — Simon & Garfunkel, The Carpenters, The 5th Dimension, Three Dog Night. His approach was built around a Fender Jazz Bass with flatwound strings and a very specific tone: warm, clear, slightly scooped in the mids, deeply musical.
Lakland built his signature model to capture that. Not as a nostalgia piece — as a working instrument that any serious bassist could rely on. The Joe Osborn is a J-style bass with Duncan Antiquity II pickups and passive electronics. No bells, no switches. Just the tone.
First Impressions
When I first picked up the 2005 model, the thing that hit me immediately was the weight. It’s light. Not light in a way that feels cheap — light in a way that feels like the builder understood that players carry these instruments for hours and the weight matters.
The neck is slim and fast. It’s a J-style neck profile — narrower at the nut than a P-Bass — and on this particular bass it felt very even from the first fret to the 12th. No dead spots, no buzzing, the kind of consistency you expect on instruments at this price level.
The finish was a sunburst on the one I played, and the woodwork was genuinely beautiful. These are American-made instruments and you can tell. The body contours, the binding, the way the hardware sits — it has a quality of manufacture that you don’t find at lower price points.
The Duncan Antiquity II Pickups
This is where the bass earns its reputation. The Seymour Duncan Antiquity II pickups are hand-wound to vintage specs and they sound absolutely authentic. Not “vintage-inspired.” Actually vintage-sounding — like someone took a well-played 1965 Jazz Bass and removed the dead strings and the 60 years of grime.
The neck pickup alone could make you very happy. It’s warm, round, with a low-mid presence that sits perfectly in a mix. The bridge pickup is bright but not harsh. Run them together at equal volume and you get that classic Jazz Bass sound that works in literally every genre.
For funk and slap? Excellent. The response is quick and articulate. For fingerstyle R&B? Perfect. For acoustic-style playing where you need the instrument to breathe and be expressive? Also yes.
Playing Experience
I spent about two hours with this bass on a recording session and the experience was one of those that makes you rethink what you need in a bass. Everything just worked. I didn’t need to fight the instrument for tone — it was already there.
The passive electronics are, for me, a feature rather than a limitation. No preamp means the signal path is direct and immediate. The dynamics respond to how hard or soft you play. You can control the character of the tone just by where you place your right hand — nearer the bridge for bite, nearer the neck for warmth.
One note: the setup I played had flatwound strings, which is historically correct for this bass. If you put roundwounds on it, the character changes significantly — it becomes more modern and aggressive. Both are valid approaches but the flatwound experience is something worth trying if you haven’t.
Price and Availability
The USA Lakland Joe Osborn basses aren’t cheap — they typically run $2,000–$2,800 new. There is also a Skyline version made in Korea (the 44-60 and 55-60 models) that gives you very similar aesthetics and decent pickups for significantly less money, around $700–$900.
My recommendation: if you can find a used USA model in good condition, buy it. They hold their value well, they’re built to last, and the tone is something you won’t find in cheaper instruments. If budget is a concern, the Skyline is not a bad compromise — but the USA version is the real thing.
Frequently Asked Questions
Is the Lakland Joe Osborn good for slap bass?
Yes. Despite its vintage character, the Joe Osborn responds very well to slap technique. The narrow Jazz-style neck makes thumb work comfortable, and the Antiquity pickups have enough clarity in the upper register to make slap tones articulate and musical.
What’s the difference between the USA Lakland and the Skyline version?
The USA version is made in Chicago with higher-spec hardware and direct-install Seymour Duncan Antiquity II pickups. The Skyline is made in Korea with similar styling but different pickups and a slightly different feel. Both are good basses — the USA version is noticeably more refined.
How does the Lakland Joe Osborn compare to a real vintage Fender Jazz Bass?
Very well. The Antiquity II pickups are wound to replicate vintage Fender specs, and the passive electronics behave authentically. A real vintage Fender will have a specific character that comes from decades of play, but in a blind listening test many players cannot reliably distinguish them.
Does the Lakland Joe Osborn come with flatwound or roundwound strings?
It varies by dealer but many come with roundwound strings. Joe Osborn himself used flatwounds extensively. I recommend trying both — flatwounds will give you the authentic vintage tone, roundwounds will make it more versatile for modern playing.

Related Posts

Sadowsky NYC 2008 4-String Bass Review
Cort vs Sadowsky Blind Test — Does Expensive Always Win?
Yamaha BB434 vs Ibanez SR1100B Review

Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →

#### Learn Dat Lick #5: How to Build Your Bass Vocabulary One Lick at a Time
Every professional bassist you’ve ever admired built their sound by stealing licks and making them their own. Not scales, not theory. Short, complete musical phrases that they heard, learned, and eventually stopped thinking about.

Here’s why licks actually work
I’ve been teaching bass for over 20 years and I’ll tell you exactly what separates students who plateau from students who keep improving: the ones who plateau practice techniques in isolation. The ones who keep improving learn actual music. A lick is a complete sentence—it has a beginning, a shape, and a resolution. When you learn it properly, your ear absorbs a musical idea you can deploy in real playing situations. Do that enough times and the vocabulary starts to connect on its own. That’s what people call “musical instinct.” It’s just a library of internalized phrases.
Watch it without your bass first. Just listen and observe. What’s the shape of it? Where does the energy land? Your ear needs to know the phrase before your fingers can play it—if your hands are moving before your ear has the map, you’re just guessing. Then slow it down. 0.5x on YouTube or a slow-downer app. Go bar by bar and match every detail—not just the notes but the length of each note, the space between them, the subtle rhythmic placement. That precision is what turns a lick you’ve “kind of learned” into one that’s actually in your hands.
Once you can play it clean at 60% tempo without stopping, bump it up slowly. And then—this is the step most people skip—transpose it. Play it in a different key. That single step locks the musical idea in your ear instead of just your muscle memory. I keep a voice memo library of every lick I’ve properly learned—just me playing each one into my phone. I go back through it every few months. Some feel like second nature. Some I realize I never actually internalized and need to revisit.
How many licks do you have in your playing right now that you could reach for without thinking? Most players are surprised when they actually count.

Frequently Asked Questions

Why should bass players learn licks instead of just scales?
Scales give you raw material. Licks are finished sentences. When you learn a lick, you’re learning rhythm, phrasing, and how notes connect — not just which notes exist. Pros don’t improvise from scales, they improvise from a vocabulary of licks and phrases they’ve internalized over years.

How many times should I practice one bass lick before moving on?
Until it’s automatic — meaning you can play it while thinking about something else. For most licks, that’s 200–500 clean repetitions spread over several days. One intense session isn’t enough. Sleep consolidates motor memory, so short daily sessions beat one long session every time.

What is the fastest way to build bass vocabulary?
Learn one lick per week. Really learn it — slow, fast, in different keys, over a backing track. After three months you have 12 licks that are truly yours. After a year you have 52. That’s more vocabulary than most intermediate players carry after years of noodling.

Related Posts
MusicMan Stingray Bass Lick #7 →Slap Dat Bass #20: Ghost Notes →

Building Vocabulary vs. Learning Songs
There’s a fundamental difference in how players approach learning, and it determines how fast they improve. Some players learn songs — they work through a specific tune until they can play it from beginning to end. That’s not wrong, but it’s slow. Other players learn vocabulary — individual licks, patterns, phrases — and then apply that vocabulary to any musical situation. These players improve faster because every new lick they learn is immediately available across multiple contexts.
Think about how language works. You don’t learn to say sentences — you learn words, and then you combine them. Bass vocabulary works the same way. The lick in this video is a phrase. It has a shape, a rhythm, a feel. Once you own it, you can start on a different note, change the rhythm, play it in a different octave, combine it with something else. It becomes part of how you think about the instrument rather than something you’ve memorised in one fixed form.
The players I’ve taught who progress fastest are the ones who are obsessive about licks — they hear something, they isolate it, they slow it down, they figure it out, they play it a hundred times until it’s automatic. Then they move to the next one. Six months of that approach will take you further than two years of learning songs from tab without really understanding what you’re playing.
How Many Licks Do You Actually Need
Not as many as you think. Twenty solid licks that you can play in any key, at any tempo, combined in different ways — that’s a vocabulary. Most professional bass players are working from a surprisingly small set of core patterns that they’ve developed over years of playing. The magic is not in having thousands of licks. It’s in knowing a handful of them so deeply that they become part of your musical instinct.
Start with the lick in this video. Own it. Then check the other videos in this series — each one adds something slightly different to the vocabulary. A different rhythmic pattern, a different positional approach, a different way of using the thumb and pop together. Build methodically and the vocabulary compounds. Six licks that you truly own are worth more than sixty that you can almost play.
The whole point of building a lick vocabulary is eventually not needing it anymore. You learn the phrases, you practice the movements until they're automatic, and then you start combining and modifying without thinking. That's when playing starts feeling like speaking instead of reciting.This particular lick works well as a call-and-response builder. Play the phrase, leave space, answer it differently the next time. That's a concept straight out of jazz language applied to groove playing. It crosses styles in a way that opens up your ear.Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →

#### LTD by ESP AP-204 Review: Precision Vibe From a Guitar Brand
The LTD by ESP AP-204 is a Precision-style bass from a brand better known for guitars. ESP and LTD make some excellent instruments — their guitar lineup is well-regarded in the metal and rock world — but the AP-204 is their attempt at a traditional bass format. I was curious whether they brought anything new to it or just followed the template.
The short answer: they followed the template, but they did it well.

Precision Vibe — What That Means
The AP in AP-204 stands for Arched Precision — a nod to the Precision Bass format with an arched body top. That arch is subtle but it changes how the bass sits against your body when you play. The contact point shifts slightly, which some players find more comfortable for extended sessions.
Beyond the arched top, this is a Precision-format instrument. Split-coil pickup in the neck position, passive electronics, simple controls. If you know what a P-bass sounds like, you know the territory the AP-204 is working in.
The Pickup
LTD fits the AP-204 with their own ESP Designed LH-200 split-coil pickup. It’s a purpose-built unit rather than a generic replacement, and it sounds like it. The voicing is warm and midrange-forward — classic Precision character — with enough output to drive most amp inputs without having to crank the volume.
Hum cancellation is complete with the split-coil design. You get the warmth and punch of the format without the noise. In a recording environment this matters. On stage it matters less, but it’s still a clean signal.
How does it compare to the Yamaha BB424’s Alnico V pickups? The BB424 is more refined — more dynamic response, better tracking of playing intensity. The LTD pickup is good for the price but it’s in a different tier. That’s expected and fair given the price difference.
The Build
LTD makes solid instruments at accessible prices. The AP-204 has clean fret work, a stable neck, and hardware that functions reliably. The arched body is well-finished. There’s nothing here that embarrasses the instrument.
The neck profile is comfortable — slightly slimmer than a traditional Precision Bass neck, which suits players who find the classic P-bass neck too chunky. The rosewood fretboard has a smooth feel.
One thing I noticed: the body resonance is good. This is a well-machined instrument where the body actually vibrates in sympathy with the strings. That resonance contributes to the alive, warm feeling under your hands when you play unplugged.
Who This Is For
Players who want the Precision Bass character at an accessible price from a brand that builds to a consistent standard. The LTD AP-204 competes directly with instruments like the Yamaha BB234, Squier Classic Vibe Precision, and similar mid-budget P-style basses.
It’s also worth considering for players who already own ESP or LTD guitars and want a bass that comes from the same build philosophy. Brand consistency matters to some players — knowing what to expect from the instrument before you pick it up.
For rock and metal players specifically — the AP-204 has slightly more aggressive voicing than the Yamaha BB series. Not dramatically, but the LTD pickup has a bit more bite and presence in the upper midrange that suits those styles.
FAQ
What does AP mean in LTD AP-204?
AP stands for Arched Precision — a Precision Bass format instrument with an arched body top. The arch changes how the bass sits against your body when playing, which some players find more comfortable than a flat body.
Is LTD a good bass brand?
Yes. LTD is the mid-range line from ESP, a well-regarded Japanese guitar manufacturer. LTD instruments are made to consistent quality standards and represent good value at their price points, particularly for players in rock and metal contexts.
How does the LTD AP-204 compare to a Fender Precision Bass?
The LTD AP-204 follows the Precision format with its own pickup and hardware. Build quality is solid at its price point. The Fender American Precision has better pickups and more refined construction. The LTD competes more directly with Squier and budget Yamaha options.
Is the LTD AP-204 good for beginners?
Yes. It’s a well-built, comfortable instrument at a beginner-friendly price. The simple passive electronics are easy to understand and use. A solid starting point if you prefer the LTD/ESP build approach over Yamaha or Fender options.
Does the LTD AP-204 have active or passive electronics?
Passive. Volume and tone controls only, no active preamp. The ESP Designed LH-200 split-coil pickup delivers its tone directly through the passive controls — straightforward and effective.
Related Posts

Yamaha BB424 Review
Yamaha BB234 Review
Fujigen Mighty Power Precision Bass Review
Yamaha BB Bass: Why Passive Wins

The LTD ESP AP-204 is designed for the player who wants extended range capabilities without the extended range price. The four-string configuration with its modern shaping and aggressive pickup layout bridges the gap between traditional four-string playing and the world of multiscale, extended range instruments.ESP's quality control at the LTD level is reliable. The fretwork on these instruments is consistent, the neck profiles are predictable across production runs, and the hardware holds tune through heavy playing. For a metal bassist or progressive player who needs a workhorse rather than a showcase piece, the AP-204 gets the job done.The pickup configuration rewards players who understand how to use the output intentionally. High output isn't inherently better — it's a tool that requires knowing when to back off and when to push.ESP’s quality control at the LTD level is reliable. The fretwork on these instruments is consistent, the neck profiles are predictable across production runs, and the hardware holds tune through heavy playing. For a metal bassist or progressive player who needs a workhorse rather than a showcase piece, the AP-204 gets the job done without drama. Buy it, set it up properly, and focus on playing.Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →

#### Melba Moore — Mind Up Tonight: Wayne Braithwaite's Underrated R&B Masterpiece
Some bass lines are famous. Some are underground classics that bassists trade recommendations about like secrets. Wayne Braithwaite's bass line on Melba Moore's "Mind Up Tonight" is the second kind.Melba Moore started her career on Broadway in the late 1960s, including the original cast of Hair in 1968. She crossed over into R&B and pop over the following decade, and by 1982 she was working with producer Kashif on the album "The Other Side of the Rainbow." That collaboration produced "Mind Up Tonight" — one of the most perfectly constructed R&B tracks of that year.The bassist on this recording is Wayne Braithwaite, and I have to say his name out loud because he doesn't get nearly enough credit. He was the go-to bassist for Kashif during this period, and the two of them created this incredible chemistry where the bass and the production feel completely unified. It doesn't sound like a bass player playing over a track. It sounds like the bass IS the track.The bass line has this quality that I find really hard to describe technically but easy to feel: it's simultaneously driving and patient. It pushes the groove forward without ever feeling rushed. There's a syncopation in the main riff that locks with the drum programming in a way that makes the whole track feel like it's leaning forward slightly, constantly about to break into something bigger.This is exactly the kind of line that gets overlooked in bass education because it's not showy. Nobody's doing a solo. Nobody's playing anything technically difficult. But the feel, the time, the note choices — all of it is at a master level. I've been playing bass for 20 years and tracks like this still teach me things.If you're building a practice playlist around classic R&B grooves, this one needs to be on it. Learn the bass line, loop it, and pay attention to where the notes land relative to the kick and snare. That's where the lesson is.Melba Moore’s work from this period doesn’t get discussed enough in bass communities, partly because the production style is so polished that the individual contributions are easy to overlook. But the bass work on tracks like “Mind Up Tonight” is sophisticated in ways that reveal themselves when you try to transcribe and play them.The groove here has a specific pocket quality — slightly behind the beat, with a weight that comes from long note values played with confidence. This is not fast music. The tempo gives each note room to sustain, which means every note has to be worth hearing for its full duration.I’ve had students struggle with slow grooves specifically because they feel exposed. There’s nowhere to hide in slow music. Every hesitation, every slight timing inconsistency, every note that’s not quite the right length — all of it is audible. That exposure is useful. It’s practice under conditions that demand accuracy.For the low-end approach: this track needs round, full notes with moderate sustain. Avoid anything that accentuates the attack — no slap, no palm muting, no pick. Fingerstyle near the middle of the string, maybe slightly toward the neck pickup, with a relaxed right hand. Let the note develop naturally.Listen to this track ten times before you try to play it. Internalize the feeling before you try to reproduce it.If you want to understand what “laying back” means as a technical concept rather than just a vague instruction, listen to the bass on this recording closely. The notes land slightly after the mathematical beat position. Not late — intentionally relaxed. That relaxation creates a sense of ease in the music, like everything has room to move. Cultivating that feeling requires playing a lot of slow music and learning not to rush into the beat.A practical exercise: play to a metronome at 60 BPM and deliberately try to play each note just a fraction after the click. Uncomfortably after. Then pull it back until it sounds natural. Finding that edge and learning to control it is the whole exercise.Melba Moore’s catalog from this period is genuinely undervalued as a teaching resource for bassists. The production is clean enough to hear everything clearly, the grooves are sophisticated without being technically demanding, and the entire approach to bass — supportive, warm, precisely timed — is the foundation that every serious player needs before they start experimenting with anything more complex.This is the vocabulary. Learn it before you start inventing your own language.The answer is always in the music. Slow down, listen closely, and the track will tell you what it needs from you. That approach works on Melba Moore. It works on everything.Slow music rewards slow study. Give this track the time it deserves and it will give you something back that fast music never can: the ability to hold space without filling it.Want to Go Deeper?Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Get AccessGroove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99Get AccessFreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costGet AccessLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourGet AccessFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25Get AccessExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Get AccessBrowse All Courses →Frequently Asked QuestionsWho is Melba Moore?An American R&B and soul singer who started on Broadway (Hair, 1968) and crossed over to pop and R&B. 'Mind Up Tonight' (1982) is one of her most celebrated tracks, produced by Kashif.Who played bass on 'Mind Up Tonight'?Wayne Braithwaite, who was the main bassist for producer Kashif during this period. He's an underrated but incredibly skilled player — this bass line is one of his finest.What makes this bass line worth studying?It's deceptively simple but executed at a master level. The feel is what matters here — the patient forward momentum, the way it locks with the drums, and the syncopation in the main riff. Great technique to absorb even if you never play the exact notes.What bass does Igor use in this video?In this short I'm demonstrating the main groove using my MusicMan StingRay 1987.Keep ReadingHow to Slap Bass for BeginnersMXR M82 Bass Envelope Filter ReviewSlap Dat Bass #28: Double Thumb Advanced Groove

#### MusicMan StingRay 2018 Dual Humbucker — Five Sounds in One Bass
I had this bass for a very short time. Not long enough to do a proper full review — and I regret that, because the more I played it, the more sounds I kept finding.The MusicMan StingRay 2018, with dual humbuckers and a 5-position pickup switch. One of the most popular short videos on my channel came from this instrument, and the reason is simple: this bass is genuinely impressive.Let me give some context about where MusicMan comes from, because the history matters.Music Man as a company was founded in the early 1970s by Forrest White and Tom Walker — both former associates of Leo Fender. Leo himself joined shortly after. The StingRay debuted in 1976 and was the first production bass to feature an active onboard preamp. That was a genuinely revolutionary thing at the time. Before the StingRay, active electronics on a bass meant custom modifications or boutique instruments that most players couldn't afford.The single-humbucker StingRay defined the sound of funk and R&B in the late 70s and 80s. Marcus Miller, Louis Johnson, Flea — the list of players who built their signature tone around this instrument is long. When Ernie Ball acquired the brand in 1984, production quality stayed high and the design evolved carefully over the following decades.The 2018 version I had was from the modern era of StingRay production. The big difference compared to the classic single-humbucker design is the second pickup and the 5-position switch. Five pickup configurations: both humbuckers full, neck humbucker alone, bridge humbucker alone, and two coil-split combinations. That's a massive range of sounds from one instrument.In practice what this means is: you can go from the classic thick StingRay bridge humbucker tone straight into something closer to a Jazz Bass neck pickup sound, and then to something in between. Each position has a genuinely different character. On the classic single-humbucker StingRay you get one sound — a great one, but one. On this bass you get five.I played it on multiple sessions while I had it. Slap, fingerstyle, studio contexts where I needed to blend into different things. Every time I needed a different texture, I moved the switch. It delivered. The active preamp on the 2018 is clean and transparent — it boosts without coloring, which lets the natural character of each pickup position come through.My one regret is that I didn't have it long enough to really push it. A few days isn't enough to fully understand what an instrument is capable of. But the impression it left was strong. If you're a StingRay player who wants more tonal flexibility without changing basses, the dual-humbucker version is worth serious consideration.The five-position switch on the 2018 dual humbucker StingRay expands the tonal vocabulary significantly beyond what the single-pickup version offers. Each position produces a genuinely different character — this is not a subtle variation, it’s a meaningful tonal change. Position 1 is full neck humbucker: thick, warm, round. Position 3 is both pickups in parallel: that classic MusicMan bark with added low-mid weight. Position 5 is full bridge humbucker: aggressive, defined, punchy. Positions 2 and 4 are the coil-split variations.For players who use one bass across multiple styles in the same gig — covers bands, session work, anything that requires switching character quickly — this routing gives you a working toolkit. You don’t need to bring multiple basses if you understand how to use what’s available on this one.MusicMan’s active preamp in this era has a slightly different character than the current production. The low boost is warmer and the high boost is more present without becoming brittle. It’s a version of the preamp that many players specifically seek out in the used market.The StingRay design itself dates to 1976 and Leo Fender’s work after leaving the company that bore his name. The dual humbucker variant is newer — it arrived in the late 80s as an option and has evolved over the decades. The 2018 model represents a mature version of that evolution.What I found most interesting about spending time with this bass was how quickly I stopped thinking about the electronics and started thinking about the music. That’s the highest compliment you can pay an instrument — it gets out of the way and lets you focus on playing. The 2018 StingRay with dual humbuckers has enough tonal range to stop being a technical problem and become a transparent tool.The 2018 dual humbucker StingRay proves that MusicMan’s design still has room to evolve without losing what made the original great. If you have a chance to play one, do it with an open mind and give all five pickup positions a proper audition. The versatility might surprise you.Want to Go Deeper?Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Get AccessGroove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99Get AccessFreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costGet AccessLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourGet AccessFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25Get AccessExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Get AccessBrowse All Courses →Frequently Asked QuestionsWhat is the MusicMan StingRay 2018 dual humbucker?A modern version of the classic StingRay design featuring two humbuckers instead of the traditional single pickup, combined with a 5-position pickup switch. This gives five distinct pickup configurations and a much wider tonal range than the single-humbucker classic.How does the 5-position switch work?Each position selects a different combination of the two humbuckers or their coil splits: full bridge humbucker, full neck humbucker, both full, and two coil-split configurations. Each sounds noticeably different — from thick and aggressive to cleaner and more open.How is this different from the classic single-humbucker StingRay?The classic StingRay has one sound — defined, punchy, immediately recognizable. The dual-humbucker version retains that core character but adds a much wider palette. You can get close to a Jazz Bass neck tone, a classic Stingray bridge tone, and several variations in between.Is the MusicMan StingRay good for slap bass?Yes. The active preamp, tight low end, and mid-range punch make it one of the best production basses for slap. The dual-humbucker version adds flexibility — the coil-split positions can give a brighter, snappier slap tone compared to the full humbucker.Keep ReadingIs The 1995 Music Man Stingray 5 Still Relevant?Bass Lick Breakdown: MusicMan StingrayHow to Slap Bass for Beginners

#### MXR Bass Distortion M85 Review — Aggressive Tone That Keeps Your Low End
There’s a meaningful difference between overdrive and distortion on bass, and it’s worth being clear about it before diving into the M85. Overdrive adds harmonic saturation while preserving most of the original signal character — it’s a gentle to moderate effect. Distortion replaces much of the original signal with clipped, harmonically rich output. The difference in practice is the difference between “warm and gritty” and “aggressive and transformed.”
The MXR Bass Distortion M85 is firmly in distortion territory. It’s not trying to sound like a cranked amp. It’s trying to sound like a distortion pedal — and it does that job well.
Controls and Architecture
The M85 has four controls: Distortion, Tone, Dry, and Wet. That Dry/Wet split is the key feature that separates this from a standard distortion pedal. The Dry control sets the level of your clean bass signal. The Wet control sets the level of the distorted signal. You blend them independently.
This matters enormously for bass. A common problem with distortion on bass is losing the low end — the clipping process that creates distortion doesn’t handle low frequencies as cleanly as mids and highs. If you run 100% distorted signal you often end up with something that sounds aggressive in the upper range but has no foundation underneath. The Dry/Wet blend lets you keep your clean low end while adding distortion to the mids and highs. The result is full-range bass with aggression on top.
True bypass switching, 9V standard operation, MXR’s usual robust aluminium enclosure. The build is solid and road-worthy.

Tone Character — What It Actually Sounds Like
The M85’s distortion circuit has a tight, focused character. It’s not a fuzz — there’s no loose, woolly quality. The distortion is controlled and articulate even at high gain settings. Notes remain somewhat distinguishable through the effect, which is important for bass where melodic clarity matters even under dirt.
At moderate Distortion settings with the Dry around 50% and Wet at 70-80%, the M85 produces an aggressive rock bass tone that sits extremely well in a guitar-heavy mix. The clean dry signal holds down the low end, the distorted wet signal cuts through the guitars. You’re present and defined without fighting for space.
Push the Distortion higher and the character gets more extreme — closer to metal territory. Still controlled, still articulate, but unmistakably aggressive. The Tone knob pulls the frequency emphasis around without being a full EQ — think of it as a presence control that adjusts where in the midrange the distortion character lives.
At full Wet with no Dry signal you get pure distortion — this is where it sounds most like a guitar through a distortion pedal and least like a bass. Useful for specific sounds but not where the M85 is most musically functional for bass playing.
Comparing M85 to M89 Overdrive
I reviewed the MXR Bass Overdrive M89 recently and the comparison is worth making directly. These are different tools for different situations.
The M89 is warm, medium-gain, with a controlled character that works for rock, soul, and R&B where you want grit without transformation. It’s a “make it more interesting” pedal.
The M85 is aggressive, high-gain, with a character that actively transforms the bass tone. It’s a “change what this sounds like” pedal. If you play music where distorted bass is a feature rather than a subtle addition — hard rock, metal, stoner rock, noise rock — the M85 is the right choice.
If you want one MXR dirt pedal for general use, the M89 is more versatile. If you specifically need distortion rather than overdrive, the M85 does it better.
The Dry/Wet Blend in Practice
I want to emphasise this feature again because it’s what makes the M85 genuinely useful rather than just another distortion pedal. I’ve run sessions where I had the Dry at full and gradually brought in the Wet during a take — starting clean and introducing distortion without losing the low-end foundation. That kind of control makes a real difference in recording situations.
Live, the blend gives you the ability to fine-tune how aggressive you sound relative to the mix. If the guitars are already dense you back off the Wet. If there’s space you push it up. It’s a more musical approach to distortion than a simple on/off effect.
Who Should Buy the MXR Bass Distortion M85
Rock and metal bassists who need distortion that preserves low-end definition. Players who want the flexibility of independent clean/dirty blending. Anyone who’s been frustrated by standard distortion pedals losing the bass frequencies.
Not ideal for players who want subtle overdrive — the M89 or similar medium-gain pedal is the better choice there. Not ideal for jazz, soul, or styles where distortion has no place. The M85 is a specialist tool and it does its specialty extremely well.
Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →
FAQ
What is the difference between the MXR M85 and M89?
The M89 is an overdrive — warm, medium-gain, adds grit without transforming the signal fundamentally. The M85 is a distortion — aggressive, high-gain, actively transforms the tone. The M85 also has an independent Dry/Wet blend that the M89 doesn’t. For subtle grit use the M89; for aggressive distortion use the M85.
Does the MXR M85 preserve low end?
Better than most distortion pedals, specifically because of the Dry/Wet blend. By keeping the Dry signal at a useful level you maintain clean low-end foundation while the distorted Wet signal adds aggression in the mids and highs. Run 100% Wet with no Dry and you’ll lose low-end definition like any distortion pedal.
Can I use the MXR M85 with active pickups?
Yes. Hot active pickups will drive the Distortion control harder so you may need to set it lower than with passive pickups to achieve the same gain level. The pedal handles high-output signals without issue.
Is the MXR M85 good for metal bass tone?
Yes — the tight, articulate distortion character works well for metal. Keep the Dry blended in to maintain low-end punch, push the Distortion high, set the Tone to taste. It’s not as extreme as dedicated metal distortion pedals but it covers hard rock through modern metal territory effectively.
Does the MXR M85 have true bypass?
Yes. True bypass means the pedal is completely out of your signal path when switched off — no tone colouration, no signal loss. Standard 9V centre-negative power supply, compatible with all major pedal power systems.
Related Posts

MXR Bass Overdrive M89 Review — Warm Grit That Cuts Through a Mix
MXR M82 Bass Envelope Filter Review
BOSS OC-2 vs OC-5 — Which Octave Pedal Wins?

#### MXR Bass Overdrive M89 Review — Warm Grit That Cuts Through a Mix
Bass overdrive is a topic that splits players right down the middle. Half want something that sounds like a slightly cranked amp — warm, organic, responsive. The other half want something with character and grit that sits in a band mix without disappearing. The MXR Bass Overdrive M89 tries to be both.
I’ve been running this pedal in my signal chain for a while now and I have thoughts. Not all of them positive, but overall the M89 has earned its spot on my board in certain contexts.
What the M89 Is Designed to Do
The M89 is a bass-specific overdrive — not a guitar overdrive with a bass blend knob bolted on, which is what a lot of “bass overdrive” pedals actually are. MXR built this one from the ground up for low frequencies. The circuit is designed to preserve low-end content while adding harmonic saturation to the midrange and upper frequencies.
The controls are simple: Drive, Tone, Output. Three knobs. No dry blend, no EQ bands, no extra voicing switches. That simplicity is either a feature or a limitation depending on what you’re looking for.
There’s also a Gate control — a noise gate built into the pedal — which is genuinely useful if you’re running single-coil pickups or playing in a noisy venue.

Tone Character — What It Actually Sounds Like
At low drive settings the M89 adds a gentle warmth and a slight compression that makes the bass feel more present in a mix. It’s not dramatic — you could argue it sounds like running through a good tube preamp rather than an overdrive pedal. That’s the sweet spot for players who want “something” without obviously sounding like they’re using a dirt pedal.
Push the drive past noon and the harmonic saturation becomes more pronounced. The mids get pushed forward, the attack gets slightly compressed, and you start to hear that gritty texture on note attacks. It’s controlled — never spiky or harsh. But it’s clearly overdrive territory now.
Full drive is where it gets aggressive. The low end holds together better than I expected — most overdrive pedals fall apart in the bottom end at high gain. The M89 maintains definition even when cranked, though at full drive the tone starts to feel slightly compressed and one-dimensional. Most useful settings are in the first two thirds of the drive control’s range.
The Tone knob is effective but sweeps a fairly narrow range. It does what it says but don’t expect massive tonal shaping from it. Think of it as a presence adjustment rather than a full EQ control.
How It Sits in a Band Mix
This is where the M89 either justifies itself or doesn’t. I’ve used it on stage and in studio sessions, and my honest assessment is: it works better live than in isolation.
Alone in a bedroom it can sound slightly compressed and midrange-heavy. That’s a characteristic of the circuit that becomes an advantage in a band context. Those pushed mids cut through guitars and keys without needing a separate boost. The low end stays thick enough to hold down the foundation. You remain audible and defined without having to fight for space in the frequency spectrum.
For rock, soul, R&B with edge — the M89 is a solid working-musician choice. It does its job without drama.
The Gate Feature
I’ll be honest — I didn’t expect to like the built-in gate. Gates on dirt pedals often feel tacked on and cause more problems than they solve, cutting sustain unnaturally or opening too slowly.
The M89’s gate is better than average. At moderate settings it cleans up noise between notes without choking sustain. For live playing where stage noise is a factor this is genuinely useful. In the studio I tend to disable it or keep it very subtle — recording environments are quiet enough that the gate can become intrusive.
The fact that it’s there at all without being mandatory is the right design choice.
Compared to Other Bass Overdrives
The M89 competes most directly with the EHX Bass Soul Food, the Darkglass Microtubes B3K, and the Tech 21 VT Bass. Very different pedals with different approaches.
The Soul Food is more transparent and JFET-like in character — less compression, more open sound. The B3K is more aggressive and modern, with a tighter, more focused low end. The VT Bass is an amp simulator rather than an overdrive.
The M89 sits between the Soul Food and the B3K in terms of aggression. More character than the Soul Food, less extreme than the B3K. If you want the Darkglass sound but find B3K too aggressive for your music, the M89 is worth a serious look.
Price-wise the M89 is also more accessible than the Darkglass options, which matters for players building a board on a real budget.
Power and Build
Standard 9V operation, centre-negative, compatible with any standard pedal power supply. The enclosure is MXR’s usual tough aluminium housing — these things survive touring conditions without issues. The footswitch is solid with no wobble. True bypass switching means your clean tone isn’t affected when the pedal is off.
It’s small enough to fit on any board. Current draw is minimal. Zero complaints about the hardware.
Who Should Buy This Pedal
The M89 is the right choice if you want a medium-gain bass overdrive that cuts through a live mix, preserves low-end definition at high gain settings, and doesn’t require a manual to operate. If you play rock, blues, soul, R&B, or any style where bass needs presence without extreme grit — this covers it.
If you want a high-gain aggressive pedal for modern metal or djent — look at Darkglass instead. If you want maximum transparency — look at the Soul Food or a clean boost. If you need extensive tone shaping — look at something with a fuller EQ section.
For what it is and what it costs, the MXR Bass Overdrive M89 is a well-designed, reliable pedal that does its job without fuss. Sometimes that’s exactly what you need.
Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →
FAQ
Does the MXR Bass Overdrive M89 preserve low end?
Yes — better than most overdrive pedals at this price. The circuit is bass-specific and maintains low-end definition even at high drive settings. You won’t lose your bottom end the way you would running a standard guitar overdrive on bass.
What’s the difference between the MXR M89 and the MXR Bass Distortion M85?
The M85 is more aggressive with higher gain and a more pronounced scooped character. The M89 is warmer and more mid-forward — better for styles where you need presence in a mix without extreme distortion. For classic rock and soul the M89 is the better choice; for heavier styles the M85 has more firepower.
Can I use the MXR M89 with active pickups?
Yes. Active pickups drive the pedal harder so you may need to back off the drive knob compared to passive pickups. The input handles hot signals fine — just dial to taste.
Is the MXR M89 true bypass?
Yes. When the pedal is switched off it’s completely out of the signal path. Your clean tone is unaffected.
What power supply does the MXR M89 need?
Standard 9V DC, centre-negative. Works with any universal pedal power supply (One Spot, Strymon Zuma, Voodoo Lab, etc.). Current draw is low so it won’t stress a shared power supply.
Related Posts

MXR M82 Bass Envelope Filter Review
BOSS OC-2 vs OC-5 — Which Octave Pedal Wins?
Yamaha BB434 vs Ibanez SR1100B — Which Bass Should You Buy?

#### MXR M82 Bass Envelope Filter Review: The Best Funk Pedal for Live Bass?
The MXR M82 is one of those pedals you grab without overthinking it—sounds killer, holds its value on the used market, and it doesn’t get buried when you’re pushing through big rigs on a large stage.

Why it earns its spot
Let’s talk bass pedals—specifically the kind of gear you can grab without a second thought, knowing you can always flip it for good money on eBay if you ever need to change things up. Everyone knows Jim Dunlop for their guitar stuff, but they definitely didn’t screw over the bass players. The MXR M82 Bass Envelope Filter is a total beast and versatile enough to stay on your board for every single gig. I’ve messed around with Boss pedals too; back in the day, I relied on the ODB-3 Overdrive. In small pubs, it sat in the mix just fine, but the second I hit a stage for 2,000+ people, the sound just started to fall apart. It got all fizzy and “sandy,” totally losing its punch. Now, don’t get me wrong—I still worship at the altar of the Boss OC-2 Octaver, so this isn’t some hate train or a paid ad for Dunlop, LOL. It’s just what I’ve picked up from years of actually putting different boxes through their paces on the road.
The beauty of the M82 lies in how much control you actually have over the “quack.” You’ve got Dry and Wet knobs, which are a lifesaver because you can blend your clean signal back in—that way you never lose your low-end fundamental even when the filter is wide open. The Decay knob acts like a shutter speed for the effect, letting you dial in everything from short percussive snaps to long sweeping vocal-like filter trails. Then you have the Q control for sharpness and the Sensitivity knob, which lets you calibrate the pedal to your bass’s output whether you’re rocking a passive P-bass or some high-output active monster. It’s an incredibly musical circuit that reacts to your touch rather than just squashing your dynamics.

Pedal
Price
Clean blend
The real talk

MXR M82
~$130
Yes
Small, 9V, tactile — just works

EHX Q-Tron
~$110
No
Sound of funk history but massive brick, no blend

Source Audio Spectrum
~$230
Yes
Insane tracking but menu-diving mid-gig

Aguilar Filter Twin
~$200
Yes
Organic dual-filter, lacks snap when you dig in

If you want that old-school thick-as-hell tone, you’ve gotta mention the Electro-Harmonix Q-Tron. It’s the sound of funk history, but honestly it’s a massive brick on your board and a total pain to power. Plus no clean blend, so you often find yourself losing the “meat” of your tone when the filter peaks. The Source Audio Spectrum is like a computer in a box—insane tracking, but do you really want to be menu-diving mid-gig? The Dunlop keeps it analog and tactile; you just reach down, tweak a knob, and you’re back in the pocket. For my money the M82 hits that sweet spot where it’s small, runs on standard 9V, and just works without killing your low-end. What’s your take—do you guys have this one on your board, or is there another go-to filter that kills it in a live mix?

Frequently Asked Questions

What does a bass envelope filter do?
An envelope filter creates a vowel-like “wah” sweep that follows your playing dynamics. Play harder and the filter opens wider. Play softer and it closes. The result is that funky quack sound you hear in classic funk bass lines — the MXR M82 is one of the most reliable pedals for this effect.

Is the MXR M82 worth buying for live bass gigs?
Yes, if you play funk or want to add texture to your tone. The clean blend knob is essential for live use — it mixes your dry signal with the filtered signal so you never lose low end in the mix. Small size, 9V power, no battery compartment issues. It just works.

Does the MXR M82 work well for slap bass?
It adds an interesting layer on top of slap — the filter reacts to your thumb hits and pops differently, creating a dynamic texture. Most players use it for fingerstyle funk lines rather than slap, but experimenting with it on slap grooves can give you sounds you won’t find anywhere else.

Related Posts
How to Slap Bass for Beginners →MusicMan Stingray Bass Lick #7 →

Using the MXR M82 Live — What Nobody Tells You
The M82 sounds incredible in a bedroom. That’s not the hard part. The hard part is making an envelope filter work in a live band situation where the dynamics change every night — different stage volume, different room acoustics, different how-tired-are-your-hands energy. Envelope filters are dynamic by nature. The filter opens based on how hard you play. If you’re playing lighter than usual because the stage is loud and you’re tense, the filter barely opens. If you’re digging in hard, it goes wide. This inconsistency can drive you crazy if you’re not prepared for it.
The fix is to find your settings at the level you actually play at live, not at home. Set the sensitivity so the filter opens reliably when you play at your normal gigging attack. Then practice maintaining consistent right-hand attack — which is a good habit anyway regardless of the pedal. Once your dynamics are locked in, the M82 becomes incredibly reliable. I’ve used it on stages from small clubs to outdoor festivals and when you dial it in properly, it performs the same way every time.
The blend knob is your best friend. Full filter all the time gets tiring — for you and for your audience. Blend in about 30-40% dry signal and suddenly the bass sits better in the mix, the low end is fuller, and the filter effect is still clearly audible without dominating everything. Most filter players I see use 100% wet signal and then wonder why their bass disappears in the mix. Don’t make that mistake.
Who Should Buy the MXR M82
If you play funk, R&B, or any music where a talking wah bass sound is part of the vocabulary — this pedal is worth every dollar. It’s well-built, sounds great, and has enough control to work across different playing styles and amp setups. If you play rock or metal and you’re thinking about adding filter for one song — probably overkill. There are cheaper options for occasional use. But if the envelope filter is a regular part of your sound, the M82 is the right tool. I’ve owned cheaper filters and more expensive ones, and this sits in a sweet spot of quality versus price that’s hard to argue with.
Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →

#### Neck-Through vs Bolt-On Bass — What the Warwick Streamer Stage II Taught Me
The neck-through vs bolt-on debate has been going on for as long as electric basses have existed. I’ve owned both extensively. My opinion has evolved over the years from “neck-through is obviously superior” to something more nuanced and probably more useful.
The Warwick Streamer Stage II is one of the best neck-through basses I’ve played. Using it as a reference point for this discussion makes sense because it shows what neck-through construction actually delivers when it’s executed at a high level — not the theory, but the reality of playing one on gigs and sessions.
What Neck-Through Actually Changes
The argument for neck-through construction goes like this: the neck running continuously through the body creates a more direct vibration path from strings to body. No joint interrupts the energy transfer. The result should be better sustain, more even resonance, and improved upper register response.
How much of this is audible in practice? More than skeptics suggest, less than enthusiasts claim.
The sustain difference is real and measurable. Notes on the Streamer Stage II decay more slowly and evenly than on a comparable bolt-on Warwick. Upper register playing — above the 12th fret — feels more connected and alive. The notes don’t lose character as you move up the neck the way they sometimes do on bolt-on instruments.
The tonal character difference is more subtle. Neck-through instruments tend to have a slightly smoother, more even frequency response. The attack can feel slightly less aggressive than a bolt-on — the energy transfers into sustained vibration rather than a sharp initial transient. Whether this is desirable depends entirely on what you’re playing.

What Bolt-On Does Better
Before I make the case for neck-through, the bolt-on argument deserves a fair hearing because it’s legitimate.
Bolt-on basses have a snappier, more percussive attack. The joint between neck and body creates a slight acoustic break that emphasises the initial transient of each note. For slap bass, for aggressive funk, for styles where the attack is as important as the sustain — bolt-on often wins. Marcus Miller plays bolt-on Jazz Basses. Flea plays bolt-on Music Man. The most iconic slap tones in recorded music came from bolt-on instruments.
Bolt-on also wins on practicality. If the neck develops a serious problem, you replace the neck. With neck-through, a major neck issue means a much more complex and expensive repair or a total loss of the instrument. For touring musicians who subject their gear to real stress, this matters.
And bolt-on is cheaper to manufacture at the same quality level. The Pro Series Corvette — bolt-on — costs significantly less than the Stage II while delivering excellent performance. The neck-through premium is real and you need to decide if what it gives you is worth what it costs.
The Streamer Stage II as a Neck-Through Argument
What makes the Stage II persuasive as a neck-through example is that Warwick executed the construction well enough that the advantages are genuinely audible rather than theoretical.
Playing melodic bass lines on the Stage II — extended phrases in the upper register, legato runs that span multiple positions — feels different from doing the same on a bolt-on. The notes connect across positions with an evenness that makes the instrument feel more like a single resonating system rather than components assembled together. It’s harder to articulate than to experience.
For recording sessions where sustain and even response are priorities — jazz, soul, funk with a smooth character, anything where notes need to ring cleanly — the Stage II’s neck-through construction is a genuine recording advantage.
The Practical Decision
My current position after years of playing both: bolt-on for aggressive playing styles and live gigging situations where attack is priority and repairability matters. Neck-through for studio work, melodic playing, and situations where sustained, even tone is the goal.
The Streamer Stage II occupies a specific role in a professional player’s arsenal. It’s not a Swiss Army knife — it’s a specialist tool that does specific things exceptionally well. If those things align with what you need, it’s worth the investment. If you primarily need a punchy, aggressive live bass, the Corvette bolt-on Pro Series does that better for less money.
Understanding the actual difference rather than the mythology makes the choice easier. The Stage II taught me that.
Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →
FAQ
Does neck-through construction really improve sustain?
Yes — the difference is real and audible on well-built instruments like the Streamer Stage II. Notes decay more slowly and evenly. The effect is most noticeable in the upper register and on sustained melodic lines. It’s less dramatic than online debates suggest but it is there.
Is bolt-on or neck-through better for slap bass?
Bolt-on generally produces a snappier attack that many players prefer for slap. The most iconic slap tones in recorded music — Marcus Miller, Larry Graham, Flea — came from bolt-on instruments. That said, slap is absolutely possible on neck-through instruments; the character is slightly different rather than worse.
Can a neck-through bass be repaired if the neck breaks?
Yes, but it’s more complex than replacing a bolt-on neck. Minor repairs — nut replacement, fret work, finish touch-ups — are straightforward. Major structural damage to the neck requires skilled luthier work and is significantly more expensive than a bolt-on neck replacement. On quality instruments like the Warwick Stage II, catastrophic neck failure is rare.
Why do neck-through basses cost more than bolt-on?
The construction is more labour-intensive. Running the neck through the body and bonding the body wings requires precise routing and fitting that takes more time than a bolt-on neck joint. Material waste is also higher. The price premium reflects actual production cost rather than marketing positioning.
Is the Warwick Streamer Stage II worth it over the Pro Series Corvette?
For the right player, yes. The Stage II offers neck-through construction, higher-grade tonewoods, and more refined overall specification. For players who primarily gig, the Pro Series Corvette is often the more practical choice. For studio work and players who specifically want neck-through character, the Stage II justifies the price difference.
Related Posts

Warwick Streamer Stage II — Full Review
Warwick Pro Series Corvette Bubinga 5-String Review
FGN Bass Review — Japanese Craftsmanship at a Honest Price

#### Sadowsky MetroLine EQ & Pickups Review — Why the Boost-Only Preamp Works
Sadowsky’s MetroLine series occupies a specific and interesting position in the bass market. It’s not the NYC Custom Shop — those instruments are handbuilt in New York at prices that reflect it. The MetroLine is Sadowsky’s German-made production line: the same preamp design, similar pickup voicing, significantly more accessible pricing.
I spent time specifically testing the EQ and pickups on a MetroLine Jazz-style bass. Not a general overview — a focused session on what the preamp actually does to the tone and whether the active/passive interaction is as good as the reputation suggests. Here’s what I found.
The Sadowsky Preamp — Why It Has the Reputation It Has
The Sadowsky outboard preamp became famous before the bass line did. Roger Sadowsky designed a boost-only 2-band EQ in the 1980s that studio and session players adopted widely because it added presence and life to passive basses without changing their fundamental character. The concept was simple: boost only, no cut, with voicing chosen specifically to complement Jazz-style pickups.
The onboard MetroLine preamp carries this philosophy into the instrument itself. Bass boost at the low end, treble boost at the high end — both starting from a flat centre position. There’s no mid control. The philosophy is that the pickups handle the mids and the preamp handles extension at the frequency extremes.
This is a different design approach from most active basses that offer full 3-band EQ with boost and cut on each band. Whether it’s better or worse depends entirely on what you need from your electronics.

Testing the EQ — What Each Band Actually Does
The bass boost on the MetroLine preamp is centred low enough that it adds genuine foundation without creating mud. A small amount — maybe 20-30% of the available boost — adds a richness and warmth that makes the bass feel bigger in the room. Push it further and you get more obvious low-end weight that works for certain styles (R&B, soul, slow grooves) but can become too much for busy arrangements.
The treble boost is where the Sadowsky character becomes most apparent. The frequency centre is chosen to add air and presence rather than harshness. It makes single notes more defined and articulate without introducing the brittleness you can get from boosting 4kHz or above on a standard 3-band EQ. A small treble boost transforms slap bass in particular — the snap and pop of the attack comes forward in a way that doesn’t require raising the overall volume.
With both boosts engaged at moderate levels the MetroLine has a full, present, studio-ready tone that sits in a mix with very little additional processing. This is the design intent and it works exactly as described.
The Passive Bypass
The MetroLine includes a passive bypass switch — pull the volume knob and the preamp is bypassed completely, running the pickups direct. This is genuinely useful and reveals something interesting about the pickup design.
Passive, the MetroLine sounds like a good Jazz-style bass — warm, slightly rounded, with the characteristic single-coil character. The hum-cancellation design (which varies by configuration) keeps the noise floor manageable. It’s a functional passive tone that you could record or gig with directly.
Active, the same bass becomes more assertive. The frequency extremes open up, the presence increases, and the instrument sounds more confident in a mix. The transition is noticeable but not dramatic — it doesn’t sound like a completely different bass, it sounds like the same bass with enhanced extension.
This relationship between passive and active is a design success. The pickups are voiced to work well in both modes rather than being designed only for active use.
Slap Mode — The End of the Video Moment
I want to address the slap tone specifically because it’s the most dramatic demonstration of what the Sadowsky EQ does. With the treble boost pushed to around 60-70% and the bass boost at moderate levels, the MetroLine produces a slap tone that is genuinely exceptional.
The thumb attack is percussive and defined. The string pop cuts through with a presence that sits above the midrange clutter of a full band. The low end stays fat without getting sloppy. This is the tone that made Sadowsky famous in New York session circles in the 1980s — the sound that worked perfectly on studio recordings where every element needed to be present and defined.
For slap bass players specifically, the MetroLine preamp is one of the better tools available at its price point. The boost-only design is not a limitation for slap — it’s an advantage, because you’re adding presence without changing the fundamental character of the attack.
MetroLine vs NYC Custom Shop
The honest comparison: the MetroLine captures the Sadowsky preamp character accurately. The EQ behaves the same way, the voicing is similar, the passive/active interaction works as designed. What the NYC Custom Shop offers beyond that is higher-grade components, hand selection of tonewoods, and the individual luthier attention that comes with custom shop pricing.
For players who want the Sadowsky experience without the NYC Custom Shop investment — the MetroLine delivers the most important elements. It’s not a budget alternative; it’s a genuine Sadowsky with a different production methodology.
Who Should Consider the Sadowsky MetroLine
Session players and recording bassists who want a studio-ready active tone. Slap bass players who want a preamp specifically voiced for that technique. Players upgrading from standard active basses who want a more musical, less clinical EQ character. Anyone who’s tried a Sadowsky outboard preamp and liked what it did to their existing bass.
Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →
FAQ
What is the difference between the Sadowsky MetroLine and NYC Custom Shop?
The NYC Custom Shop instruments are handbuilt in New York with individual luthier attention, hand-selected tonewoods, and custom specifications available. The MetroLine is produced in Germany on a more standardised production line using the same preamp design and similar pickup voicing. The MetroLine captures the most important Sadowsky characteristics at a lower price point.
Why does the Sadowsky preamp only have boost and no cut?
Roger Sadowsky’s design philosophy is that boost-only EQ sounds more musical than boost/cut designs. A boost-only preamp adds presence and extension without the phase issues and tonal thinning that can occur with cut-heavy EQ. The pickups are voiced to sound good flat — the EQ adds, it doesn’t subtract.
Is the Sadowsky MetroLine good for slap bass?
Excellent for slap. The treble boost’s frequency centre is voiced specifically to enhance slap attack — the snap and pop come forward with presence rather than harshness. Many session players consider the Sadowsky preamp one of the best tools available for slap bass tone.
Can I use the Sadowsky MetroLine passive without the preamp?
Yes — the MetroLine includes a passive bypass (typically a pull-up on the volume knob) that bypasses the preamp completely. The passive tone is functional and musical on its own. The active preamp enhances it rather than being required for the bass to sound good.
How does the Sadowsky MetroLine compare to a standard active Jazz Bass?
The main difference is the preamp voicing. Standard active Jazz Basses typically use 3-band boost/cut EQ. The Sadowsky uses a 2-band boost-only design that sounds more organic and less clinical when boosted. Players who find standard active basses too “hi-fi” or processed often respond positively to the Sadowsky character.
Related Posts

Sadowsky VTC — Vintage Tone Control Deep Dive
Fender American Ultra Jazz Bass Review
How to Slap Bass for Beginners

#### Sadowsky NYC 2008 4-String Bass Review — Why I Keep Coming Back to This Bass
I have had a complicated relationship with expensive basses. I’ve played instruments worth $4,000 that disappointed me and played $500 instruments that surprised me. The Sadowsky NYC 2008 is one of the rare expensive basses that genuinely justified what people pay for it.
This is not a sponsored opinion. I don’t have a relationship with Sadowsky. I played this instrument because it was in front of me and I want to tell you what I found.

Background on Sadowsky
Roger Sadowsky started his workshop in New York in the mid-1970s, doing repairs and modifications on vintage Fender basses for professional players. He built a reputation for taking a standard Jazz or Precision Bass and making it significantly better — better pickups, better hardware, better setup, and eventually a custom preamp that became one of his signatures.
By the 1980s and 1990s, serious New York session players were using Sadowsky instruments. Will Lee, Marcus Miller, Hiram Bullock — players who needed instruments that could handle anything on any session, night after night, without failure. The Sadowsky NYC became the professional standard in that world.
The 2008 Model — What I Played
The 2008 NYC 4-string I had access to was a Jazz-style instrument with an alder body, a maple neck with rosewood fingerboard, Sadowsky hum-cancelling single-coil pickups, and the standard Sadowsky preamp. Sunburst finish, vintage-style bridge, nitro lacquer.
First impression: it looks exactly like a Fender Jazz Bass. That is by design. Roger Sadowsky built his career improving the Jazz Bass concept rather than reinventing it. If you didn’t know what you were looking at, you might think it was a nice Fender.
Pick it up and that impression disappears immediately.
The Feel
This is what I keep coming back to when I talk about Sadowsky instruments. The feel is different in a way that is genuinely hard to describe but immediately apparent. The neck has a specific quality to it that I can only call “alive” — it responds to your hand in a way that cheaper instruments don’t.
Part of it is the quality of the materials. Sadowsky selects neck blanks carefully. Part of it is the setup — these instruments come out of the shop with an immaculate setup that most production basses never achieve even after a professional setup. Part of it is the balance on the strap and the weight of the body.
Playing it for two hours felt effortless. That is not a small thing when you spend hours every day playing bass. The physical ergonomics of the instrument affect how much you play and how well you play.
The Sadowsky Preamp
I have to talk about this separately because it is the heart of what makes these instruments sound the way they do. The Sadowsky preamp is a two-band active EQ — bass boost and treble boost, no cut, no mid control. Simple.
What it does sonically is add a low-mid presence that is musical rather than just “more bass.” It fattens the tone without muddying it. The treble boost adds clarity and definition without making the instrument harsh. Together they produce a sound that is fundamentally a Jazz Bass but enhanced — bigger, more present, more immediate.
In a live band context this preamp is extremely useful. You can hear yourself clearly in a mix without turning up your amp. The notes have presence and definition that passive instruments often lack in dense arrangements.
Is It Worth the Price?
New Sadowsky NYC instruments currently sell for $3,200–$4,500 depending on options. That is a significant amount of money. The question is not whether it’s a good bass — it obviously is. The question is whether it’s $3,000 better than a Fender American Professional II at $1,500.
For most players, the honest answer is no. If you are playing in a casual band or recording occasional demos, the Sadowsky will not make your music better. But if you are a working professional who plays hundreds of gigs per year, who records regularly, who needs an instrument that inspires you to play better and that you can rely on completely — then yes, the price is justified.
Roger Sadowsky also makes the Metro Line, manufactured in Japan under his supervision, for around $1,500. It is genuinely good and closer to the NYC than you might expect. If the NYC is out of reach, the Metro is the version I would recommend.
Frequently Asked Questions
How does the Sadowsky NYC compare to a standard Fender Jazz Bass?
The Sadowsky NYC uses superior materials, tighter quality control, and the proprietary Sadowsky preamp. The feel and tone are noticeably more refined. Many professional players describe it as “what the Jazz Bass was always supposed to be.”
What is the Sadowsky Metro Line?
The Sadowsky Metro Line is manufactured in Japan to Sadowsky’s specifications and is available at around $1,500–$1,800. It uses similar electronics to the NYC models but is not hand-built in the New York shop. It is considered excellent value and very close to NYC quality for most practical purposes.
Does the Sadowsky preamp require a battery?
Yes. The Sadowsky active preamp uses a standard 9-volt battery. Most players get 100–150 hours of playing time from one battery. The instrument does not have a passive bypass — unlike some other active basses — so carry a spare battery when playing live.
What pickups does the Sadowsky NYC use?
Sadowsky uses proprietary hum-cancelling single-coil pickups wound in-house. They are designed to replicate the single-coil Jazz Bass character while eliminating the 60-cycle hum that standard single-coil pickups produce. The result is a clear, focused tone without interference.

Related Posts

Cort vs Sadowsky Blind Test — Does Expensive Always Win?
Lakland Joe Osborn Signature Jazz Bass 2005 Review
Ken Smith BSR Elite 6-String Bass Review

The Sadowsky NYC 2008 4-string is documentation of a specific period in Sadowsky's history when the NYC workshop was producing some of its most consistent work. Roger Sadowsky's approach to the Jazz Bass format involves solving the actual problems of the original design — hum in single-coil mode, inconsistent output, limited tonal range — without removing the character that made the Jazz Bass the most recorded bass in history.The 2008 preamp has a warmth in the low-mid boost that later versions adjusted. Players who track down Sadowsky instruments from this era specifically are often chasing that particular character. It's not dramatic — it's a subtlety that matters most in quiet passages and solo contexts.Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →

#### Sadowsky NYC 2008 vs MusicMan Stingray 1987 Blind Test — Can You Tell the Difference?
I’m going to tell you something that gear culture doesn’t want to hear: in a properly conducted blind test, experienced bass players cannot reliably distinguish between a $3,500 Sadowsky NYC and a $1,500 vintage Stingray. Not in terms of ‘which is better.’ In terms of ‘which is which.’
That doesn’t mean they sound the same. It means the difference is less obvious than the price difference suggests. And understanding that gap — between what you’re paying for and what you’re hearing — is one of the most useful things a working bassist can do.

Let me set up the test. Sadowsky NYC 2008, 4-string, jazz-style bass. Roger Sadowsky’s proprietary preamp, hum-cancelling pickups, alder body, maple neck, meticulous New York construction. New price in 2008 was around $3,500-4,000. Used market today runs $2,500-3,500 for a clean example.
Against it: 1987 Ernie Ball MusicMan Stingray. Single humbucker near the bridge, 2-band active preamp, ash body, maple neck, the most recognisable bass sound in funk and R&B. Well-maintained, recently set up, performing at its best.
Same strings on both. Same amp. Same settings. I played the same passages on both instruments and asked people to identify them without seeing what I was playing. The results were interesting.
What the Test Actually Showed
Players who regularly play both basses can usually identify them. The Stingray has a character in the upper mids that’s distinctive enough to recognize once you know it. The Sadowsky has a more refined, controlled presentation. These are real differences.
Players who weren’t told what they were listening to? The Sadowsky consistently got described as ‘cleaner’ and ‘more balanced.’ The Stingray was ‘more aggressive’ and ‘has more bite.’ Both got described as ‘great’ with roughly equal frequency. Almost nobody correctly identified which cost more based purely on sound. Several people guessed backwards.
This is the test doing what it’s supposed to do — separating what the instruments sound like from what we think they should sound like based on their reputation and price.
The Sadowsky Preamp vs the Stingray Preamp
Both basses are active. But they’re active in completely different ways. The Sadowsky preamp is subtle and flattering — it’s been described as sounding like a great hi-fi system applied to your bass. There’s a warmth in the low end and an airiness in the top end that sounds natural rather than processed. It enhances what the pickups are already doing.
The Stingray preamp is more assertive. The treble boost is prominent, the bass boost is heavy. When you push either control, you know it. The Sadowsky preamp has become so influential that Sadowsky now sells an outboard version of it — players buy it specifically to add that character to other basses. That’s how respected the sound design is.
Which approach is better? Neither. They’re different philosophies. The Sadowsky is designed to be invisible — to give you the best possible version of your signal without imposing itself. The Stingray is designed to give you the Stingray sound. Both succeed completely at what they’re trying to do.
Where the Sadowsky Actually Wins
The blind test measures one thing: what the recorded signal sounds like in isolation. It doesn’t measure build quality, neck feel, hardware precision, or the confidence of knowing your instrument is flawless.
Pick up the Sadowsky and you feel the difference from a production instrument immediately. The neck feels finished to a level of precision that makes most other basses feel slightly rough. The frets are seated perfectly. The weight is balanced in a way that feels intentional. The tuners hold pitch with a precision that makes you realize how much play most tuners have.
After playing the Sadowsky for an hour, picking up most other basses — including very good ones — feels like a step down. That’s not the recording. That’s the physical reality of what Sadowsky builds.
The Real Question: What Are You Paying For?
The $1,000-1,500 premium of the Sadowsky over a comparable Stingray is not primarily a tone premium. It’s a construction premium, a consistency premium, and for some players a confidence premium. You’re paying for the certainty that your instrument will perform perfectly every time.
Professional session players who record constantly often justify the Sadowsky premium on exactly this basis: one bad session because of an instrument problem costs more than the price difference. The Sadowsky doesn’t have instrument problems.
If you’re a gigging musician who needs a bass that sounds great and performs reliably, the Stingray at half the price delivers most of the value. If you’re a working studio professional who needs absolute reliability and a refined character, the Sadowsky justifies itself. The answer isn’t universal — it depends on your specific situation.
Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →
FAQ
Is Sadowsky worth the price compared to production basses?
For professional session work where reliability and tonal refinement are paramount — yes. For gigging musicians who want great tone without a premium price, there are excellent options at lower price points. The Sadowsky premium is real and so is the quality difference. Whether it’s ‘worth it’ is a personal calculation.
What exactly is the Sadowsky VTC?
The VTC — Vintage Tone Control — is a passive treble roll-off built into the Sadowsky preamp. It’s essentially a tone knob that cuts highs, but voiced specifically to give a ‘vintage’ warmth to the tone without affecting the active EQ circuit. Many players run it partially engaged all the time as their base tone.
Can I add the Sadowsky preamp sound to my existing bass?
Yes. Sadowsky sells the outboard preamp as a standalone pedal — the Sadowsky Outboard Bass Preamp. It adds the bass and treble boost plus VTC to any passive bass. It runs around $200-250 and is one of the most consistently recommended bass preamps available. If you want to hear what the Sadowsky preamp does before committing to a full instrument, start here.
Why do some people say Stingray is a one-trick pony?
Because at its default settings it has a very recognisable, distinctive character. Players who don’t spend time with the preamp controls hear ‘the Stingray sound’ and move on. Players who actually use the EQ discover a much wider range. The ‘one-trick’ reputation comes from surface-level experience with the instrument, not from extended playing.
Related Posts

Yamaha BB Series Bass Review
BOSS OC-2 vs OC-5 Octave Pedal Comparison
Yamaha TRBX505 Review

#### Sadowsky VTC Review: The Outboard Preamp That Makes Passive Basses Come Alive
The Sadowsky VTC — Vintage Tone Control — is a small preamp unit that sits between your bass and your amp. Not a pedal in the traditional sense. Not a full preamp either. It’s a specific solution to a specific problem, and once you understand the problem it solves, the VTC makes a lot of sense.
I’ve played Sadowsky basses and their outboard gear for years. The VTC is one of those pieces of equipment that sounds like a gimmick until you actually use it.

What the VTC Does
The Sadowsky VTC is an outboard preamp with two controls: bass boost and treble boost, plus a passive tone control. That’s it. No mid EQ, no parametric anything, no digital processing.
The bass and treble controls are boost-only — same as the preamp in Sadowsky basses. You add what you need rather than cutting what you don’t want. This forces you to start from a neutral position and add colour intentionally.
The passive tone control is the VTC part — it rolls off high frequencies in the same way a traditional passive tone knob does. Running the active boosts with the passive roll-off in combination gives you a tone-shaping range that covers a remarkable amount of ground.
Why This Matters for Passive Basses
The most common use case for the VTC is running a passive bass through it. A Precision Bass, a Yamaha BB series, a Jazz Bass — any passive instrument benefits immediately from having the VTC in the signal chain.
The active boost gives you the ability to add presence or weight that a passive instrument can’t produce on its own. But because it’s Sadowsky’s circuit — voiced specifically to complement the frequencies that bass guitars occupy — the boost is musical rather than harsh. You’re enhancing what’s already there, not imposing a foreign character.
I plugged a Yamaha BB424 through the VTC and the difference was immediate. The low end had more authority without becoming muddy. The treble boost added presence without introducing harshness. The passive tone control let me dial back the high end when the room required it. Same bass, more range.
For Active Basses
Less obvious use case, but valid. If you have an active bass with a preamp that you find too coloured or clinical — running it through the VTC passive mode (bypassing the boost) gives you the passive tone control in the signal chain. It’s a way to tame an aggressive active preamp without replacing it.
Some players also stack the VTC on top of their active bass’s own preamp for additional boost capability. This requires careful gain management but it works.
Build Quality
Sadowsky builds to a high standard. The VTC is a solid, well-constructed unit — proper metal housing, quality potentiometers, clean circuit board. This is not a cheap plastic box with unknown components. It’s built to last and to sound good doing it.
The passive tone control specifically uses a high-quality capacitor that affects the rolloff curve in a musical way. This detail — the specific capacitor value — is why the VTC sounds different from a generic passive tone control. Small components, audible differences.
Is It Worth the Price?
For a serious passive bass player who gigs regularly — yes. The VTC gives you a significant tonal range expansion without requiring a new bass. If you love your BB424 or Jazz Bass but sometimes wish you had more control over the low end and presence — the VTC is the solution.
For a casual player or beginner — probably not the priority. Master your instrument first, then add outboard gear when you know specifically what you need it to do.
FAQ
What does the Sadowsky VTC do?
The Sadowsky VTC is an outboard preamp with bass boost, treble boost, and a passive tone control. It adds active EQ capability to passive basses and provides additional tonal shaping for any bass in the signal chain.
Can I use the Sadowsky VTC with any bass?
Yes. It works with passive and active basses. The most dramatic improvement is typically heard with passive basses, where the active boost circuit adds tonal range that the instrument can’t produce on its own.
Is the Sadowsky VTC a pedal or a preamp?
It functions as an outboard preamp — it sits in the signal chain between your bass and amp and adds active EQ capability. It’s not a modulation or effect pedal. Think of it as a hardware EQ unit specifically voiced for bass guitar.
Does the Sadowsky VTC colour the tone?
At neutral settings (boosts at zero, tone fully open) the VTC is essentially transparent. The boost circuits add colour when engaged, but Sadowsky voiced them to complement rather than impose. The bass boost adds authority without muddiness; the treble boost adds presence without harshness.
What basses work best with the Sadowsky VTC?
Passive basses benefit most — Precision Bass format, Jazz Bass format, Yamaha BB series, and similar. These basses gain the most from the active boost capability since they have no onboard preamp. Active basses can also benefit from the passive tone control section.
Related Posts

Yamaha BB Bass: Why Passive Wins
Seymour Duncan vs EMG Bass Pickups
Darkglass Element Review
MXR M82 Bass Envelope Filter Review

The Sadowsky VTC — Vintage Tone Control — is a passive circuit modification that has one very specific purpose: making an active bass feel like a passive one when you want it to. Roger Sadowsky developed it for players who love the reliability and output of active electronics but miss the organic response of passive tone controls.What the VTC does in practice is roll off the high end with a capacitor curve that sounds more natural than a standard active treble cut. It interacts with the pickups in a way that active circuits typically don't — there's a slight loading effect that players who grew up on vintage instruments recognize immediately as feeling right.For studio work especially, having that passive character available without actually switching to a passive instrument is worth the effort of understanding how to use the control properly. Most players set it and forget it. The more useful approach is learning what it does and treating it as part of your tonal vocabulary.Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →

#### SeaMoon Funk Machine Bass Pedal Review — The Envelope Filter That Started a Legend
The SeaMoon Funk Machine has been in production since 1974. That is not a typo. Fifty-plus years. While other boutique effects companies have come and gone, while the gear industry has exploded with hundreds of envelope filter options at every price point, this little box has kept selling.
There has to be a reason for that. I spent a lot of time figuring out what it is.

What Is the SeaMoon Funk Machine?
The Funk Machine is an envelope filter — a pedal that uses the dynamics of your playing to control a filter sweep. When you hit a note hard, the filter opens up with a “wah”-style sweep. When you play softly, it stays more closed and gives you a deeper, more subtle effect.
This type of effect is fundamental to funk and slap bass playing. Think of the bass tones on early Parliament-Funkadelic recordings, or on the classic Earth Wind & Fire albums. That thick, vocal, talking quality in the bass comes largely from envelope filters working alongside the natural attack of the notes.
The Funk Machine is one of the originals. It was designed before boutique effects were a thing, when the options were limited and players needed something that actually worked in a live band context.
The Build
This is a small pedal. Simple enclosure, minimal controls, no digital processing. The knobs on the original design are sensitivity, range, and resonance. That’s it. There is nothing else to adjust, which initially seems like a limitation but turns out to be one of the things that makes it so usable.
The build quality is solid in an old-school way. Heavy, not delicate. It will survive the kind of abuse that pedals encounter on tour. I have seen original 1970s examples that still work perfectly — and that tells you something about how it was made.
The Sound
Here is what surprised me: the Funk Machine does not sound like a modern envelope filter. It’s not as smooth or as wide in its sweep as something like the Electro-Harmonix Bass Micro Synth or the EBS BassIQ. It has a specific character to it that sounds slightly rough around the edges — but that roughness is the point.
It responds to pick attack and right-hand dynamics in an almost vocal way. The faster you play, the more animated the effect becomes. In a funk or slap context, where your right-hand dynamics are constantly changing, the Funk Machine creates a kind of automatic expression that makes your playing sound more alive.
In the recording I did with it, the thing that kept striking me was how organic it sounded. Not “here is an effect.” More like “here is a bass that is responding to how it’s being played.”
Where It Sits in a Mix
Envelope filters can be problematic in a live band context. They can make the bass sound thin, or push frequencies that conflict with the guitars, or create too much movement when the song needs something solid. The Funk Machine, used thoughtfully, doesn’t have these problems.
The key is sensitivity settings. Keep the sensitivity moderate and the range controlled and it adds character without swamping the mix. Crank everything and you get the full vintage-funk experience — great for solo contexts and funk jams, perhaps too busy for a dense arrangement.
I would recommend it most strongly for: slap playing in a funk or soul context; single-note lines where you want the notes to have more vocal character; and studio work where you want authentic vintage envelope filter sound rather than a modern recreation.
Is It Worth the Price?
The Funk Machine typically sells for $200–$280 new, which is expensive for a pedal with three knobs and no digital processing. There are cheaper envelope filters — the MXR M82 is $100 and sounds great. The Aguilar Filter Twin is $160 and has more versatility.
But the Funk Machine sounds like itself. If you want that specific character — that 1970s funk bass sound that was used on the original recordings that defined the genre — there is not another pedal that does exactly this thing. That is worth something to the right player.
If you’re primarily a rock bassist who occasionally wants some filter effect, buy something cheaper. If you are serious about funk and slap bass and you want the real thing, the SeaMoon is worth the investment.
Frequently Asked Questions
How does an envelope filter work on bass?
An envelope filter uses the volume envelope of your signal — how hard or soft you play — to control a filter sweep. When you play hard (high envelope), the filter opens and sweeps upward in frequency. When you play soft (low envelope), the filter stays more closed. The result is a “wah”-style effect that responds automatically to your playing dynamics.
Is the SeaMoon Funk Machine good for beginners?
It works for any level of player but you’ll get more out of it as your right-hand dynamics improve. The pedal responds to how you play — so the more control you have over your attack and velocity, the more expressive the effect becomes. A player with consistent, strong right-hand technique will hear it come alive.
How does the SeaMoon compare to the MXR M82 envelope filter?
The MXR M82 is more versatile, cleaner, and has more modern sound options. The SeaMoon Funk Machine has a specific vintage character that the MXR doesn’t replicate. If you need a general-purpose envelope filter, the MXR is the better value. If you specifically want that 1970s funk sound, the SeaMoon is the one.
Can I use an envelope filter with a pick?
Yes. Envelope filters work with any attack — pick, fingers, or thumb. The character of the sweep will differ depending on how you generate the attack, but the effect functions regardless of technique.

Related Posts

MXR M82 Bass Envelope Filter Review
How to Slap Bass for Beginners
BOSS OC-2 vs OC-5 Octave Pedal Comparison

Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →

#### Seymour Duncan vs EMG Bass Pickups: Which One Actually Wins?
The Seymour Duncan vs EMG debate has been going on for decades. Both brands have serious players behind them, both sound good on recordings, and both cost roughly the same. But they’re fundamentally different philosophies about what a bass pickup should do.
I did this test on a pair of Fujigen basses — same build, same wood, same hardware — so the only variable was the pickups. That’s the only honest way to do a comparison like this. Here’s what I found.

Why Fujigen for This Test
Fujigen makes some of the best Japanese basses you can find. They’ve manufactured instruments for Fender, Ibanez, and others for decades. The build quality is exceptional and consistent, which makes them ideal for a pickup comparison — you’re not introducing variables from sloppy fretwork or inconsistent bodies.
Using two identical Fujigen instruments meant I could trust that what I was hearing was the pickups, not the bass.
Seymour Duncan: The Passive Approach
Seymour Duncan passive pickups have a character that comes from the pickup itself — the magnets, the wind, the coil resistance. You plug in and what you hear is a direct translation of string vibration through copper wire and magnets. Nothing added, nothing subtracted electronically.
On the Fujigen, the Seymour Duncan pickups sounded warm, slightly compressed in the best possible way, with a natural midrange that sat well in a mix without fighting for space. The low end was full but not exaggerated. The high end had bite without being harsh.
This is the kind of tone that sounds great in a band context. It doesn’t necessarily jump out on its own, but it locks in with the kick drum and doesn’t step on the guitar.
EMG: Active and Opinionated
EMG active pickups work differently. They have a built-in preamp inside the pickup housing that buffers the signal before it even reaches your bass’s controls. This means extremely low noise, a very consistent output level, and a sound that’s more defined and modern.
On the same Fujigen body, the EMG pickups had a tighter low end, more pronounced high-frequency clarity, and a more aggressive overall character. The attack was sharper. Individual notes spoke more distinctly.
If you play in a loud band, if you use a lot of effects, or if you need a consistent clean signal across different venues and rigs — EMG makes a strong argument.
The Real Difference
Here’s what it comes down to: Seymour Duncan pickups react to how you play. Dig in harder and you get more. Back off and you get less. The dynamics are all yours to control with your hands.
EMG pickups compress that slightly. You get more consistency. Less variation between a light touch and a heavy touch. For some players that’s a problem. For others it’s exactly what they need.
I’ve used both live over the years. Seymour Duncan when I want the bass to feel alive and responsive. EMG when I’m in a loud, chaotic stage situation and need reliability above everything else.
Which Should You Choose?
If you play jazz, soul, funk, or anything where dynamics matter — Seymour Duncan passive. Your touch will translate directly to the audience.
If you play metal, hard rock, or you run a lot of effects pedals that need a consistent input signal — EMG active. You’ll thank yourself at soundcheck.
If you’re unsure — go Seymour Duncan first. Passive pickups teach you more about your own playing. You can always upgrade to active later. Going the other direction (active to passive) sometimes feels like losing control, and that can be disorienting.
A Note on Battery Life with EMG
Active pickups need a battery. EMG pickups are very efficient — a 9V battery lasts around 1,000 hours of playing time. That’s a long time, but you still need to remember to unplug your bass when you’re done playing. The circuit stays on as long as a cable is plugged into the output jack. Leave it plugged in overnight a few times and you’ll drain the battery faster than you expect.
It’s not a dealbreaker, just something to be aware of if you’re switching from passive.
FAQ
Are Seymour Duncan or EMG pickups better for bass?
Neither is objectively better — they serve different needs. Seymour Duncan passives are more dynamic and responsive to your playing style. EMG actives are cleaner, more consistent, and better for high-gain or effects-heavy situations.
Do EMG pickups sound good for slap bass?
Yes, very well actually. The tight low end and defined high-frequency response of EMG pickups complements slap technique. Many slap players prefer active pickups for exactly this reason.
Can I put Seymour Duncan pickups in any bass?
Passive Seymour Duncan pickups fit most standard routing sizes. Check the sizing (soapbar, J-bass, P-bass, humbucker) and confirm it matches your bass’s pickup cavity before buying.
Do active pickups sound better than passive?
Not better — different. Active pickups are quieter (lower noise floor), more consistent in output, and often have a more modern sound. Passive pickups have more character and dynamic range. “Better” depends entirely on the music you’re playing.
Why did you use Fujigen basses for this test?
Fujigen makes exceptionally consistent instruments — they’ve been manufacturing for major brands for decades. Using two Fujigen basses ensured that the only variable in the test was the pickups, not the wood, the fretwork, or the hardware.
Related Posts

Yamaha BB734A vs Fujigen Mighty Jazz
Yamaha BB735A Review
MXR M82 Bass Envelope Filter Review
Boss OC-2 vs OC-5 Comparison

The Seymour Duncan vs EMG debate has been running in bass communities since the 80s and it's never going to produce a clean winner because they solve different problems. EMGs are optimized for consistency and noise rejection — you get the same output every time, at any venue, with any cable. That's genuinely valuable in professional contexts.Seymour Duncan's passive designs have a wider variance in response, but that variance is where the feel lives. The way the output changes when you dig in harder, the way the tone shifts depending on where you pluck — that's not a deficiency. That's a relationship with the instrument.What I've found with students is that EMGs tend to mask developing technique in the short term, which can slow down growth. Passive pickups make weaknesses obvious sooner. That's uncomfortable but educational.Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →

#### Shalamar — I Can Make You Feel Good: The Bass Line That Lifts Everything
If "There It Is" is the one that builds and builds, "I Can Make You Feel Good" is the one that hits you right at the start and never lets go. Same band, same album, completely different energy."I Can Make You Feel Good" was the lead single from Shalamar's "Friends" album in 1982 and became their biggest UK hit — reaching number 7 on the charts. In the US it didn't chart as high, which still makes no sense to me. This song has everything: great vocal hooks, a tight rhythm section, and a bass line that's exactly where it needs to be at every moment.Again, Leon Sylvers III on bass. The consistency of his groove approach across this album is remarkable. He clearly knew what he was building — a cohesive sonic identity for Shalamar that made every track feel like it belonged to the same world.The thing about this track that I want to point out is the bass in the chorus specifically. It opens up a little, lets the groove breathe more, gives the vocal more space to land. That's intentional. The bass in the verse is more locked and tight, driving. In the chorus it steps back just a fraction and the whole track lifts. That kind of awareness of dynamics within a groove is what separates great bass players from good ones.I play this on the MusicMan StingRay 1987, and I'll be honest — this bass makes every R&B groove feel better. The tension in the strings, the snap in the attack, the way the low end sits without getting muddy. There's a reason it became the standard for this kind of music.If you haven't dug into the Solar Records catalog yet, these two Shalamar posts are a good starting point. That label was doing something special in the late 70s and early 80s that doesn't get nearly enough credit.Shalamar’s production team understood something that a lot of bass players miss: consistency is a form of creativity. Playing the same groove for four minutes without varying it, without losing focus, without letting your attention drift — that’s a skill. It looks boring on paper and sounds essential in context.The bass on “I Can Make You Feel Good” demonstrates that consistency. It’s the same figure repeated across the track with tiny variations at the turnarounds. Those variations are not improvised — they’re composed, intentional, placed exactly where the ear needs something to happen.For developing players, this kind of material is invaluable because it teaches you about serving the song. Not every bass line needs to be impressive. Sometimes the most impressive thing you can do is play the right note at the right time for four minutes straight and make it feel like the song couldn’t exist without you.Work on your tone for this kind of material. A slightly rounded, warm sound — not too much attack — is what the groove needs. If you’re playing with too much brightness or too much upper midrange presence, the bass starts competing with the other elements rather than anchoring them.Set your amp flat, play near the neck pickup, let the instrument breathe. That’s the Shalamar sound.There’s a concept in groove playing called ‘ghost note density’ — the number of partial, muted notes that give a groove its texture without adding melodic weight. The bass on this track uses this intelligently. You don’t hear the ghost notes as separate events. You feel them as a slight heaviness in the groove, a sense that the bass is breathing rather than just occupying space. That’s the goal.Getting that ghost note technique right requires a specific right-hand approach. The muted notes should be almost inaudible in isolation but audible as texture in context. Develop this by practicing the groove very slowly with a recording device. Listen back at half speed and identify where the ghost notes are actually landing versus where you intend them.Shalamar’s best recordings from this period hold up forty years later because the fundamentals were right. Good song, good arrangement, rhythm section that knew its job. The bass doesn’t need to be impressive to be excellent. Reliability and feel are the most professional qualities a bass player can have, and both are on display throughout this track.Learn it. Play it with a drummer if you can. That’s the best way to understand what it’s actually doing.The most valuable lesson from studying this kind of material is that excellence in music is often invisible. The bass on this track does everything right and you barely notice it — which means it’s doing its job perfectly. Learn to aim for that. When your bass playing is so right that nobody comments on it, that’s when you know you’ve arrived.Want to Go Deeper?Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Get AccessGroove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99Get AccessFreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costGet AccessLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourGet AccessFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25Get AccessExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Get AccessBrowse All Courses →Frequently Asked QuestionsHow did 'I Can Make You Feel Good' perform?It was Shalamar's biggest UK hit, reaching number 7 in 1982. It performed more modestly in the US despite being one of the strongest tracks on the 'Friends' album.What's different between this bass line and 'There It Is'?Same bassist, same album, but different approach. 'There It Is' is relentless forward momentum. 'I Can Make You Feel Good' is more dynamic — the bass pulls back in the chorus to give the vocal space, which makes the track lift.Why does the bass pull back in the chorus?It's a dynamic decision — by leaving more space under the hook, you give the listener's ear something to grab onto. The groove doesn't stop, but it creates room. That's the difference between a producer's bass line and just playing what fits.What bass is used in the video?The 1987 MusicMan StingRay. For this style of R&B the Stingray is hard to beat — the attack and the low-mid presence sit perfectly in the mix.Keep ReadingHow to Slap Bass for BeginnersSlap Dat Bass #20: Ghost Notes BreakdownMXR M82 Bass Envelope Filter Review

#### Shalamar — There It Is: Leon Sylvers III and the Groove That Doesn't Stop
Shalamar put out some of the most infectious R&B records of the early 80s. "There It Is" is one of those tracks I keep going back to because the groove is just relentless.Shalamar was a Los Angeles group put together by Solar Records — the same label that gave us The Whispers. The classic lineup was Jeffrey Daniel, Howard Hewett, and Jody Watley. They had massive hits in the UK especially, crossing over in ways that most American R&B acts of the time didn't manage. "There It Is" came from the "Friends" album in 1982, which is one of the strongest records in the Solar Records catalog.The bass on that album was handled almost entirely by Leon Sylvers III, who co-produced the whole thing. If you've been following this blog, you've seen his name before — he also wrote and played the bass line on the Whispers' "And The Beat Goes On." The man was a machine in that era. His approach to bass is always in service of the song: never overcrowded, always pushing the groove forward.What I find interesting about "There It Is" specifically is the way the bass sits under the vocal. It has this forward momentum that makes the track feel like it's constantly building even when the arrangement stays the same. That's a production trick, but the bass playing is what makes it work.Playing this on the MusicMan StingRay 1987 gives it a slightly different color than the original. The Stingray is more aggressive in the mids, more present. Leon Sylvers on the recording was probably playing a Fender Jazz or Precision — that softer, rounder tone. But the groove translates perfectly regardless of the instrument.These Solar Records bass lines are exactly the kind of vocabulary I want to document in the transcription bundle I'm working on. Lines like this deserve to be broken down properly, not just tabbed out.Shalamar came out of the Soul Train Records system in the late 70s, and their 1982 record “Friends” was produced at a moment when British and American funk were starting to influence each other. “There It Is” sits right at that intersection — it has the precision of American session work but with a slightly harder edge in the rhythm programming.The bass line on this track works because of what it doesn’t do. There are moments in the verse where a less experienced player would fill every beat. The line stays back, creates tension, and then resolves. That discipline is hard to teach and impossible to fake. Either you hear the space or you don’t.Learning to hear space as a musical element is one of the things that separates intermediate players from advanced players. Notes are easy. Most students can learn to play notes. The hard thing is understanding that the distance between notes has musical weight, and that you control that weight by choosing when to play and when to listen.Practice this groove at 60% tempo with a metronome. Feel where the pulse is when you’re not playing. That feeling — the awareness of the beat when you’re silent — is what keeps your time from wandering.The Shalamar groove vocabulary is worth studying because it sits at the intersection of disco’s precision and funk’s feel. The tracks are programmatic and tight but not mechanical. There’s a humanity in the rhythm section playing that prevents it from sounding sterile even when the arrangements are very produced.Take one bar of this groove and play it correctly for two minutes. Then play it correctly for five minutes. Then play it while having a conversation with someone in the room. When you can maintain the groove at that level of automaticity, you’ve actually learned it. Most players stop at step one and wonder why they fall apart under pressure.The short version on ‘There It Is’: it’s a masterclass in disciplined groove playing from a period when British and American R&B were in productive conversation with each other. Learn it, play it correctly, and your pocket will be better for having done the work.Every groove you learn properly adds to a library that you draw from unconsciously when you’re playing live. The goal is to make that library large enough that you’re never reaching for something that isn’t there.Add this to your list of grooves to know by heart. Not approximate — by heart. The kind of memory where you wake up and can play it before your first coffee. That level of internalization is what separates players who know a groove from players who own it.The discipline required to play this well transfers to everything. Start here and you'll play better in every other context too. That's the honest case for studying grooves like this one seriously and completely.Want to Go Deeper?Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Get AccessGroove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99Get AccessFreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costGet AccessLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourGet AccessFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25Get AccessExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Get AccessBrowse All Courses →Frequently Asked QuestionsWho is Shalamar?An American R&B group from Los Angeles formed in the late 70s on Solar Records. The classic lineup — Jeffrey Daniel, Howard Hewett, Jody Watley — released a series of hit albums in the early 80s including 'Friends' (1982).Who played bass on 'There It Is'?Leon Sylvers III played bass on the majority of the 'Friends' album including this track. He also produced the album. He's one of the key figures in the Solar Records sound.What bass is used in Igor's video?The 1987 MusicMan StingRay. The midrange of the Stingray is more aggressive than the original Fender sound on the recording, but the groove and pocket feel translate perfectly.What makes Shalamar's bass lines special?The bass always supports the vocal without competing with it. Leon Sylvers had a gift for writing lines that push the momentum of a track while staying completely invisible until you focus on them.Keep ReadingHow to Slap Bass for BeginnersMXR M82 Bass Envelope Filter ReviewBoss OC-2 vs OC-5 Octave Pedal Comparison

#### Slap Dat Bass #20: Breaking Down a Funk Groove with Ghost Notes
Ghost notes are what separate slap bass that grooves from slap bass that just makes noise. This pattern is built almost entirely around them—get it wrong and it sounds like a mess, get it right and it locks in immediately.

Let’s break it down
Two bars. On paper it looks simple—thumb on beat 1, ghost notes filling the 16th grid, one pop that lands slightly off the beat to pull the whole thing forward. But that’s also why it’s tricky: every element depends on the others. If the ghost notes aren’t locked in, the pop sounds random. If the pop rushes, the whole groove lurches. Everything has to talk to everything else.
I’ve been playing slap for over 20 years and I still notice when something like this isn’t clicking. It’s usually the ghost notes. Players either make them too loud—so they start sounding like real notes—or too inconsistent, so the groove sounds choppy and unsettled. The goal is that they feel more than you hear them. Like a hi-hat pattern under a kick and snare. You’d notice if it disappeared, but it’s not the thing your ear follows.
Rest your fretting fingers on the string without pressing all the way down to the fret. Just enough contact to kill the fundamental. Then slap normally. You should get a percussive thud with basically no pitch—pure rhythm. Practice that alone for five minutes before you touch this groove. One string, open, just ghost notes over and over until every single hit sounds identical. That’s the foundation. Skip it and you’ll be chasing your tail forever trying to make the full groove feel right.
The pop doesn’t land on a strong beat, and that’s not an accident. The tension of landing off the beat and resolving back on the next slap is exactly what creates the forward momentum that makes a groove feel like it’s pulling you. But it means you need a solid internal pulse—if you’re drifting at all, the pop will either rush or drag and the whole thing falls apart. Record yourself and play it back against a click. Not because you think you’re off—because your brain lies to you about your timing constantly. The recording doesn’t.
Working on ghost notes right now or is there something else in your slap game you’re trying to crack? Drop it in the comments.

Frequently Asked Questions

What are ghost notes in slap bass?
Ghost notes are muted, percussive hits with no pitch — just a dead thud that fills rhythmic space between the notes. In slap bass, they’re usually played by lightly resting the fretting hand on the strings and hitting with the thumb or popping hand. They’re what makes a groove feel alive instead of mechanical.

How do I add ghost notes to my slap bass playing?
Start by muting all strings with your fretting hand — fingers touching but not pressing. Then practice alternating between a fretted slap note and a muted ghost note. The ghost note should be quiet compared to the real note. Once you can control the dynamic difference, start placing ghost notes on the “e” and “ah” of the 16th-note grid.

What tempo should I practice slap bass grooves?
Start at 60–70 BPM. The groove needs to feel locked in at slow tempo before you speed up. Use a metronome or drum loop and focus on the space between the notes, not just the notes themselves. Most beginners rush — slow practice fixes this permanently.

Related Posts
How to Slap Bass for Beginners →Slap Dat Bass #28: Double Thumb →

Why Ghost Notes Are the Difference Between Playing and Grooving
Ghost notes are the single thing I point to most often when a student asks why their slap bass sounds mechanical. They’re playing the right notes, the right rhythm, the right technique — but it doesn’t feel like anything. It doesn’t move. And almost always the answer is ghost notes. Or rather the absence of them.
A ghost note is a muted, percussive hit — no pitch, just rhythm. You’re touching the string enough to stop it from ringing but not pressing down enough to produce a note. On slap bass, ghost notes fill in the rhythmic space between the “real” notes and create that stuttering, syncopated feel that makes great funk bass lines impossible to ignore. Without them you have a bass line. With them you have a groove.
The way I teach it — start with just your thumb on the E string. Hit it hard enough to get a note. Now barely touch the string and hit it again. That dead, percussive thud is your ghost note. Practice alternating: note, ghost, note, ghost. Get them consistent. The ghost note should be quieter but still present — audible as a rhythmic event even if it has no pitch. Once you can control that consistently, start building patterns around it.
Applying Ghost Notes to Real Music
The groove in this video uses ghost notes to create rhythmic tension between the strong beats. Listen to where the notes fall and where the ghosts fall. The notes land on the beats you expect. The ghosts land in the spaces and create forward momentum — that feeling that the groove is constantly pushing forward even when the notes are sparse. This is what people mean when they say a bass line “breathes.” It’s not just about leaving space. It’s about filling that space with rhythmic intention.
Start applying ghost notes to bass lines you already know. Take something simple — a one or two bar funk pattern — and add one ghost note somewhere unexpected. Listen to how it changes the feel. Then add another. You’ll quickly find where they work and where they interrupt the flow. Your ears will guide you once you know what you’re listening for. Ghost notes are not something you think your way into. They’re something you feel.
Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →

#### Slap Dat Bass #28: Advanced Groove Breakdown with Double Thumb and Syncopated Pops
Double thumb is going to feel completely wrong for the first few weeks. That’s not a problem with your technique—that’s just what it feels like when your hands are building something new. Keep going.

What you’re actually dealing with here
Standard slap: thumb hits down, bounces back, you hit the next note on the next downstroke. One note per thumb motion. Double thumb adds a note on the rebound—your thumb plays a string on the way back up too. Down-up-down-up, all from the thumb, no pop required for every other note. Victor Wooten built his whole technique around this. It lets you play dense 16th-note patterns at fast tempos and opens rhythmic combinations that literally aren’t possible with one-direction thumb technique.
Forget this groove for now. Forget all grooves. Just sit with a metronome at 60 BPM and do this: thumb down on the click, thumb up on the offbeat. One string. Open. Over and over until both strokes are the same volume and the same tone. Not similar—same. Most people spend about 10 minutes on this and then try to jump into actual music. The result is a sloppy double thumb that works sometimes and falls apart under any pressure. The players who actually develop this technique spend weeks on the isolated motion first. It’s boring. It also works.
The pop in this groove is off the main beat—that tension of landing somewhere unexpected and resolving forward is exactly what makes advanced grooves feel alive instead of mechanical. But it requires a stronger internal pulse than a pop on the beat, because your instinct when something lands off-beat is to rush back to “safe” ground. Resist that. The space after the pop is supposed to be there. Let it breathe.
Where are you at with double thumb—never tried it, working on it, or have you cracked it already? Let me know below.

Frequently Asked Questions

What is double thumb technique on bass?
Double thumb is a slap bass technique where the thumb both strikes down (like normal slap) and then rakes back up across the string on the return motion — producing two notes per thumb stroke. Combined with popping, it creates very fast 16th-note patterns that sound like a drummer playing a bass.

How hard is double thumb slap bass to learn?
It’s one of the more advanced bass techniques. Most players need 3–6 months of focused practice before it sounds clean. The upstroke is the hard part — the thumb needs to hit the string on the way back up with consistent tone and timing. Start very slow, isolate the upstroke, and build from there.

What is syncopated popping in bass?
Syncopated popping means placing your pop notes off the main beat — on the “and” or the “e” and “ah” of the 16th-note grid rather than on beat 1, 2, 3, or 4. It creates tension and groove by implying the rhythm without stating it directly. This is what makes advanced funk bass lines feel like they’re fighting the beat in a good way.

Related Posts
How to Slap Bass for Beginners →Slap Dat Bass #20: Ghost Notes →

Double Thumb — The Technique That Opens Everything
Most players learn slap bass as a two-movement technique — thumb down, pop up. That covers a lot of ground. But double thumb opens a completely different range of possibilities. Instead of just the downstroke, you’re using both the downstroke and the upstroke of the thumb as separate articulated hits. Suddenly you have three attacks available — thumb down, thumb up, pop — and you can combine them in ways that create rhythmic density that’s impossible with standard slap technique.
The upstroke is what trips people up. The downstroke comes naturally — you’ve been doing it since you started slapping. The upstroke requires your thumb to come back through the string in a controlled way, producing a clean note on the return. This takes time to develop. Most players I’ve worked with need two to four weeks of daily practice before the upstroke becomes reliable. Don’t rush it. A sloppy upstroke makes the whole technique sound worse than just using standard slap. Get it clean before you try to apply it.
The exercise I always start with — just thumb down, thumb up on the same string, over and over, slowly. No pop yet. Focus on getting consistent volume and tone from both strokes. The upstroke naturally produces less attack than the downstroke. That’s fine and actually useful musically — it creates a natural accent on the downstroke which helps groove. Once both strokes are clean and consistent, add the pop back in and start building patterns.
Where Double Thumb Fits in Real Music
Double thumb isn’t something you use on every song. It’s a tool for specific moments where you need rhythmic density — a breakdown section, a solo, a groove where the drummer drops out and the bass needs to carry the rhythmic weight alone. Victor Wooten made it famous but the technique exists to serve the music, not to show off. The best double thumb playing I’ve heard is the kind where you don’t immediately notice it’s happening — you just notice that the groove is impossibly full and locked in.
Use it intentionally. Pick one or two places in your repertoire where it genuinely adds something, and develop it there first. Don’t try to apply it everywhere at once. Build the technique in a specific musical context and it’ll become part of your instinct for that context. Then expand from there.
Double thumb slap is one of those techniques that sounds incredibly difficult until you slow it down and realize it's really just a coordinated bounce. Down stroke — bounce back up with the thumb nail. Once you internalize that rebound motion the speed comes naturally.Advanced groove playing is about density control. Knowing when to fill every sixteenth note and when to strip back to quarter notes on the one. This breakdown illustrates that balance well.Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →

#### Squier Affinity Jazz Bass Review — The Best Beginner Bass Under $300?
Every few months a student asks me the same question: what’s the best bass under $300 that they won’t outgrow in a year? For a long time I didn’t have a clean answer. There were decent options and compromised options and “well, it depends” options.
Then Fender released the Affinity series update and things got cleaner. The Squier Affinity Jazz Bass is, right now, probably the most honest answer to that question I can give.
I’ve had one in my hands for a while now. Here’s what I actually think.
Why the Jazz Bass Shape Still Makes Sense for Beginners
The Jazz Bass design has been around since 1960 and it’s not going anywhere. Two single-coil pickups, a slim tapered neck, offset body. It’s ergonomic in a way that most beginner basses aren’t — the body shape balances well both sitting and standing, the neck doesn’t fatigue your fretting hand, and the pickup placement gives you a lot of tonal flexibility with just two volume knobs and a tone control.
Compare that to a random generic beginner bass with a P-Bass copy body and a chunky neck and you immediately feel the difference. The Jazz neck in particular — that slim taper at the nut — makes it significantly easier to learn proper left-hand technique. Less stretching, less tension.
The Affinity Jazz inherits all of this. And that matters more than any spec on paper.

Build Quality — What They Got Right This Time
The current Affinity series is a significant step up from the older versions. Fender/Squier clearly put in some engineering work here. The neck joint is tighter than previous Affinities — you can feel it when you play up high on the neck, there’s less dead-note tendency in the upper registers. The fretwork is acceptably clean for the price, with only minor edge finishing issues that you’d find on instruments costing three times as much.
Body wood is agathis, which gets some grief online but is functionally fine for an instrument at this price point. The resonance is adequate. The finish is well applied — no bubbles, no checking, consistent color. Mine came in a nice sunburst that looked genuinely good, not cheap-good.
The bridge is basic but functional. The tuners hold tune reasonably well once you stretch the strings properly. Neither is a selling point but neither is embarrassing either.
The Pickups — The Real Story
This is where Squier has improved the most. The Affinity Jazz pickups in the current version are noticeably better than the cheap, thin-sounding units in older budget Squiers. There’s actual low-mid body to them now. Both pickups on full gives you that classic Jazz Bass hum-canceling position with a punchy, balanced tone. Bridge pickup solo is bright and present without being harsh. Neck pickup solo is warm and fat.
Are they great pickups? No. They’re decent pickups that are a genuine step above what you’d expect at $300. For a student learning fingerstyle technique, for someone writing their first basslines, for recording demos — they work. They actually work.
I’ve plugged this directly into a Focusrite and recorded a few things. With a bit of compression and basic EQ it sits in a mix without fighting you. That’s the minimum requirement and the Affinity Jazz meets it.
Playability — What It Feels Like to Practice On
The neck on this bass is one of its strongest points. C-shaped profile, 9.5″ radius, medium jumbo frets. It plays faster than it has any right to at this price. Action out of the box on mine was slightly high but within the range of a basic setup — a few truss rod turns and saddle adjustments and it was comfortable.
I handed this to a beginner student for two months. Her feedback was consistent: it didn’t hurt her hand, she could hear herself clearly, and she didn’t feel like she was fighting the instrument. That last point is important. A bass that fights you as a beginner will make you quit. A bass that cooperates will keep you going.
The Affinity Jazz cooperates.
What It Can’t Do
I want to be honest about the limitations because I see a lot of reviews that oversell budget gear.
The electronics are not quiet. Single-coil hum is present when you solo either pickup, and the shielding from the factory is minimal. If you’re recording in a noisy environment this will be an issue. The fix is cheap — copper shielding tape inside the cavities costs almost nothing and takes an afternoon — but you shouldn’t have to do it on a new instrument.
The nut is plastic and cut slightly high on mine. Again, fixable, but it does affect playability in first position until addressed.
If you play through a loud, clean amplifier in a band context, the limitations of the pickups become more audible. They lack the dynamic range and articulation of quality aftermarket pickups. This matters more at volume than at bedroom practice levels.
And the tuners, while functional, are not particularly smooth. After 6-12 months of regular use you may find yourself wanting an upgrade there.
Compared to the Competition
At the $280-320 price point, the Squier Affinity Jazz competes primarily with the Yamaha TRBX204, the Ibanez GSR200, and the Sterling Ray4. I’ve played all of them extensively.
The TRBX204 has better hardware and a more modern tone. The GSR200 is lighter and plays very fast. The Ray4 has a more aggressive character and a single humbucker that’s very quiet.
The Squier wins on feel and on tonal tradition. If someone wants to learn bass on an instrument that actually sounds like a bass in recordings they know — Motown, classic rock, jazz — the Jazz Bass voicing is the right choice. The others are more modern in character.
It’s not that the Affinity Jazz is objectively better. It’s that for a certain type of player — especially someone who responds to vintage tones — it’s the most motivating option in this price bracket.
Who Should Buy This Bass
Buy the Squier Affinity Jazz if you’re a beginner who wants a real Fender-family instrument without spending real Fender money. Buy it if you want a slim, comfortable neck. Buy it if you’re drawn to classic Jazz Bass tones from soul, R&B, funk, or jazz recordings.
Don’t buy it expecting professional recording quality out of the box without any modification. Don’t buy it if you need a completely quiet, hum-free signal (go Ray4 or TRBX in that case). Don’t buy it if you want something that feels ultra-modern and aggressive.
For the right player in the right context — and that’s a lot of beginners — this is a genuinely solid choice. And it’ll hold its value reasonably well if you decide to sell it later and upgrade.
That’s more than you can say for most gear in this price range.
Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →
FAQ
Is the Squier Affinity Jazz Bass good for beginners?
Yes. It’s one of the better beginner options right now. The slim Jazz neck is easier on the fretting hand than most beginner basses, and the tone is versatile enough to cover a wide range of music styles. Get it set up properly and it plays well above its price.
How does the Squier Affinity Jazz compare to the Squier Classic Vibe Jazz?
The Classic Vibe is a step up — better pickups, better hardware, better overall feel. It also costs significantly more. If budget is the deciding factor, the Affinity is a genuinely good instrument. If you can stretch to Classic Vibe territory, the upgrade is noticeable and worth it for a serious student.
Should I upgrade the pickups on a Squier Affinity Jazz?
Not immediately. Play the stock pickups for 6-12 months and learn the instrument first. If you’re still playing it regularly after that and find yourself limited by the tone, a pickup upgrade (Fender Original 60s Jazz, Seymour Duncan SJB-1) will transform the instrument at a fraction of buying a new bass.
What amp should I use with the Squier Affinity Jazz?
Any 20-30W practice amp will work for home practice. The Fender Rumble 25 or 40 pairs naturally with this bass and keeps things in the Fender family tonally. For bedroom to small rehearsal versatility, the Rumble 40 is my standard recommendation at this level.
Does the Squier Affinity Jazz hold its resale value?
Better than most budget basses. The Squier brand has genuine name recognition and the Jazz Bass design is universally understood. If you keep it in good condition you’ll recover 60-75% of your purchase price when you sell. That’s solid for a beginner instrument.
Related Posts

Yamaha BB435 vs TRBX305 — Which Budget Bass Wins?
Fender American Ultra Jazz Bass — When You Graduate from Squier
How to Slap Bass for Beginners

#### Squier Classic Vibe '60s Mustang Bass Review — More Than Just a Nirvana Bass
The Mustang Bass has a complicated reputation. Original Fender Mustang Basses from the late 1960s were student instruments — short scale, simple electronics, built to be approachable for beginners. They got dismissed by serious players for decades. Then Kurt Cobain was photographed playing one and suddenly everyone was interested again.
The Squier Classic Vibe ’60s Mustang Bass is a reissue that takes the original design seriously. It’s not just cashing in on the Nirvana association — this is a thoughtfully built instrument that holds up on its own merits. I spent enough time with one to have a clear opinion.
Short Scale — Still Worth Explaining
The Mustang Bass is a 30″ short scale instrument. I covered short scale in the Gretsch hollowbody review but it’s worth revisiting in this context because the Mustang represents a different use case.
The Gretsch is short scale for vintage tone reasons. The Mustang is short scale as a design philosophy — Fender built it this way intentionally to create an instrument that’s easier to play than a full-scale bass, particularly for players with smaller hands or players coming from guitar. The looser string tension and closer fret spacing are features, not compromises.
For guitarists who want to add bass to their toolkit without the full physical adjustment required by a 34″ instrument — the Mustang is genuinely one of the most natural transitions available. I’ve seen guitarists pick up a Mustang and start playing coherently within an hour. The same players take significantly longer on a full-scale bass.

Classic Vibe Build Quality
Squier’s Classic Vibe series represents their best production work — better hardware, better pickups, better fretwork than the Affinity line. The ’60s Mustang Bass is a good example of what Classic Vibe means in practice.
The body is poplar with a vintage-style finish that looks genuinely good. Mine came in a seafoam green that’s accurate to the original 1960s colour and holds up well without looking cheap. The binding and finish application are clean for the price.
The neck is maple with a laurel fretboard — laurel is used in place of rosewood following the CITES regulations that complicated rosewood use in instrument manufacturing. It plays and feels similar to rosewood in practice. The fretwork is notably better than the Affinity series — level, with clean edge finishing that doesn’t snag on position shifts.
Hardware is improved over budget Squier offerings. The vintage-style bridge with individual saddles intonates accurately. The tuners are smooth and hold tune reliably. The split single-coil pickup — the Mustang’s signature design — is well-made and properly shielded.
The Split Single-Coil Pickup
The Mustang Bass uses a single split single-coil pickup in roughly the middle position between where a Precision’s neck pickup and the Jazz Bass bridge pickup would sit. This positioning, combined with the split-coil design, creates a specific tonal character that’s distinct from both P-Bass and J-Bass voicings.
The tone is warm and round — closer to the Precision character than the Jazz — but with a slightly hollow quality in the mids that’s characteristic of the Mustang design. It doesn’t have the fullness of a full-size Precision pickup. It has its own thing going on.
The hum-cancelling split design means it’s quiet. No single-coil noise, no hum in fluorescent-lit rooms. One of the practical advantages of the Mustang design for home recording.
The simple control layout — one volume, one tone — means no complexity to manage. Set it and play.
What It Sounds Like in Practice
The Classic Vibe Mustang has a warm, slightly compressed tone that sits in a mix without much effort. The short scale contributes to the character — notes bloom quickly and have a slightly rounder attack than full-scale basses. This is the tone you hear on certain 1960s recordings where the bass has that particular soft, warm presence.
For indie rock, alternative, bedroom pop, lo-fi recordings — this bass sounds exactly right. There’s something about the Mustang voicing that fits that aesthetic perfectly. It’s not accidental that it became associated with underground and alternative music after the Cobain visibility.
For slap bass — not ideal. The pickup position and voicing don’t produce the snap that slap needs. For aggressive rock or metal — the tone is too soft and warm. But for its intended contexts it’s genuinely excellent.
Comparison: Classic Vibe vs Affinity Mustang
Squier makes an Affinity Mustang Bass at a lower price point. The differences are real and matter. The Classic Vibe has better hardware, noticeably better fretwork, improved pickup quality, and a more accurate vintage feel. The price difference is justified by the quality difference.
If budget is the absolute constraint, the Affinity works. If you have the choice between the two — pay the difference for the Classic Vibe. You’ll notice it every time you play.
Who This Bass Is For
The Squier Classic Vibe ’60s Mustang Bass is for guitarists who want to play bass. For players with smaller hands who find full-scale instruments uncomfortable. For anyone who needs a quiet, warm-toned recording bass for indie, alternative, or bedroom pop. For players who connect aesthetically with the 1960s Fender design language.
It’s not a versatile all-rounder for every situation. It has a clear personality and it serves players who connect with that personality very well. Don’t fight the instrument’s nature — embrace what it is and it rewards you.
Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →
FAQ
Is the Squier Classic Vibe Mustang Bass good for beginners?
Yes — especially for beginners coming from guitar or players with smaller hands. The 30″ short scale makes the instrument physically easier to learn on than a full-scale bass. The simple control layout removes complexity. The Classic Vibe’s better build quality over the Affinity makes it worth the price step up for a serious beginner.
How does the Squier Classic Vibe Mustang compare to the Fender Mustang Bass?
The American Fender Mustang Bass uses higher-grade materials, US-made pickups, and American production standards. It sounds and feels better — noticeably so. It also costs three to four times as much. The Squier Classic Vibe delivers most of the essential Mustang character at a fraction of the price. For most players the Squier is the practical choice.
Is the Mustang Bass good for recording?
Yes — particularly for indie, alternative, bedroom pop, and lo-fi recordings where the warm, compressed short-scale tone fits the aesthetic. The hum-cancelling split pickup produces a clean signal that records well direct. For styles requiring aggressive, modern bass tone it’s the wrong tool.
What scale length is the Squier Classic Vibe Mustang Bass?
30 inches — short scale. This is approximately 4 inches shorter than the standard 34″ bass scale length. The shorter scale produces looser string tension and closer fret spacing, which many players find more comfortable, particularly for smaller hands.
Can I upgrade the pickups on the Squier Mustang Bass?
Yes — the Mustang pickup routing is compatible with aftermarket replacement pickups from Fender, Seymour Duncan, and other manufacturers. The Classic Vibe’s stock pickup is decent enough that an immediate upgrade isn’t necessary. After 6-12 months if you want more from the tone, a pickup upgrade is a worthwhile investment.
Related Posts

Squier Affinity Jazz Bass Review — Best Beginner Bass Under $300?
Gretsch G5442BDC Review — Another Short Scale Worth Knowing
Fender American Ultra Jazz Bass — When You Graduate from Squier

#### The 1987 MusicMan StingRay: This Bass Is Just Alive
This bass came to me during one of the hardest periods of my life.It was during the war. Ukraine, 2022. Things were falling apart on every level — not just for the country, but for me personally. Money was tight in a way I hadn't experienced in years. At some point I had to make a choice: sell my Fender Marcus Miller Jazz Bass or not pay rent. I sold it. That was a bass I loved and had played for a long time, and letting it go hurt.A friend of mine had three basses sitting in his apartment and wasn't playing much at that point. He knew what was going on with me. He just said: take the Stingray, use it as long as you need. No conditions. Just take it.The 1987 MusicMan StingRay.I'd played Stingrays before but never had one as my main instrument for an extended period. Within the first week I understood why so many of the bassists I grew up listening to built their entire sound around this instrument. It doesn't fight you. It doesn't demand anything special from your technique or your rig. You plug it in and it sounds like itself — defined, punchy, alive.Music Man as a company was started in the early 70s by former associates of Leo Fender. The StingRay debuted in 1976 and was the first mass-production bass with an active onboard preamp. That was a genuine revolution. Before the StingRay, active electronics meant expensive custom work. Suddenly a working musician could have that clarity and output control in a standard production instrument.The 1987 model sits in a specific window of production that collectors and working players both pay attention to. Ernie Ball had acquired the brand in 1984 and the early years of their stewardship are considered by many to be the peak — the preamp has a slightly different character compared to later versions, the pickup winds are a little different, the neck feel is specific to that era. Whether it's objectively better than a modern Stingray is debatable. But there is something about the 87 that feels finished. Complete.I used it for everything during that period. R&B sessions, live gigs, YouTube videos. Slap, fingerstyle, anything the job required. Every time I sat down with it I found the groove faster than I expected. The bass does half the work for you — the midrange sits in the mix without EQ, the attack is immediate, the note definition is clean even at high volume.Playing it felt like a conversation with players from a different era. When I was working on those Solar Records grooves — The Whispers, Shalamar, the whole catalog I've been breaking down on this channel — there was this feeling that this instrument was made for exactly that music. Like one of the session players from those sessions had somehow passed the bass forward through time and it ended up in my hands in a Kyiv apartment during a war.That's a strange thing to write. But that's genuinely what it felt like.The friend who lent it to me still has it. I gave it back when things stabilized. But those months with the Stingray left a mark on how I think about tone, about groove, about what a bass actually needs to do. I've been chasing that feeling in a lot of the music I've made since.If you play R&B or funk and you've never had a vintage Stingray in your hands for more than a few minutes — find a way to spend a week with one. Not just to try it. To live with it. It changes your relationship with the instrument.The Stingray's active electronics are a big part of why it sits in a mix the way it does. The three-band EQ gives you real surgical control — not the subtle flavoring of passive tone controls, but actual frequency shaping. Cut the low-mid slightly and you get a tighter, more percussive sound. Boost the treble and the slap bark comes forward in a way that cuts through almost anything. Once you understand those three bands and what each one does to the character of the bass, you stop fighting your amp and start working with it.There is a reason the 1987 production year specifically is talked about by players who know the instrument's history. Ernie Ball had acquired Music Man in 1984 and spent the following years stabilizing and improving production. By 1987 they had the formula right. The pickups were consistent, the hardware was reliable, the neck construction was stable. That year represents a confident instrument built by people who understood what they were making.Want to Go Deeper?Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Get AccessGroove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99Get AccessFreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costGet AccessLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourGet AccessFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25Get AccessExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Get AccessBrowse All Courses →Frequently Asked QuestionsWhat makes the 1987 MusicMan StingRay different from modern versions?The 1987 pre-era Stingray has a specific preamp character and pickup winding that differs from later production. Many players describe it as slightly warmer and more organic compared to modern versions, which are brighter and more precise. Both are great instruments but the vintage versions have a specific feel that's hard to replicate.Is the MusicMan StingRay good for R&B and funk?It's one of the best production basses ever made for exactly that music. The active preamp, the midrange punch, and the natural attack of the humbucker sit in an R&B mix without needing heavy EQ. Players like Louis Johnson and Marcus Miller helped define the sound of the genre on this instrument.What happened to the Marcus Miller Jazz Bass you sold?I sold it during a difficult period in 2022 to cover rent. It was a hard decision — that bass had been with me for a long time. A friend lent me his 1987 Stingray during that period, which is what you see in this video.What bass should I get if I want the Stingray sound on a budget?Look at the Sterling by MusicMan SUB series — they use the same basic design and electronics philosophy at a much lower price point. Not identical to the vintage instruments but the DNA is there.Keep ReadingIs The 1995 Music Man Stingray 5 Still Relevant?How to Slap Bass for BeginnersBass Lick Breakdown: MusicMan Stingray

#### The Warwick Corvette $$ — A Natural Slap Bass Machine
Two videos, one bass, and a simple message: if you want to slap, Warwick makes some of the best instruments for it on the planet.The Warwick Corvette $$ — that's the Double Buck, with two humbucker pickups — is one of those basses that sounds like it should cost twice what it does. The hardware, the electronics, the wood choices Warwick makes for the Corvette line are all aimed at one thing: output. Maximum output, maximum punch, maximum presence.For slap bass specifically, the Double Buck is a different animal than a Stingray or a Jazz Bass. The two humbuckers sitting in the middle of the body give you a thick, round fundamental with a lot of low-mid content. It's not the bright, snappy attack of a single-coil pickup — it's heavier, more authoritative. The kind of slap sound that fills a room.Watch both videos and pay attention to the phrasing. There are ideas in there that I encourage you to steal. Not copy — steal. Take them, adapt them, put them in your own playing context. That's how vocabulary gets built. When I was recording these, I was in that state where everything was just flowing, fresh strings on a great instrument, room to explore. There's an energy in both of these clips that you can feel.New strings make a huge difference on a bass like this. The Corvette $$ with dead strings loses that crack on the attack. With fresh rounds, the slap tone is incredibly satisfying. If you're learning slap and your bass sounds dull, check your strings before you blame your technique.Both of these were shot in the early days when I was building the YouTube channel, before I had a consistent format figured out. But the playing is real, and the bass speaks for itself.The Warwick Corvette Double Buck is designed around the idea that maximum tonal range requires maximum pickup flexibility. Two humbucker-sized pickups with individual coil-splitting give you passive and active tones, single-coil and humbucker characteristics, and every blend in between.For slap specifically, the Corvette’s construction works in your favor. The wenge neck is denser than maple — it produces a harder, more percussive attack when you’re slapping. The ovangkol body adds a certain warmth in the low-mid that keeps the slap tone from getting too harsh. The combination is distinctly Warwick and distinctly suited to the technique.The MEC electronics respond well to the EQ demands of slap — a slight boost in the high-mid brings out the pop of the finger against the string, and cutting the low-mid tightens the thump of the thumb. Once you’ve dialed this in once, it becomes your reference point.I’ve played Warwicks for long enough to understand the one adjustment period that every player goes through: the weight. German Warwicks are heavy instruments. Not impossibly so, but more than a Fender or Yamaha. Get a good strap — a leather strap with suede backing, minimum 3.5 inches wide. Your shoulder will thank you after a three-hour gig.The Double Buck is not a beginner instrument. But if you’re at the intermediate-to-advanced level and you want something that will keep up with wherever your playing goes, it’s a serious option.The weight issue with German Warwicks deserves more discussion than it usually gets in online forums. These instruments are built from dense hardwoods and the hardware is substantial. Depending on the configuration, a Corvette Double Buck can approach 10-11 pounds. That matters after a three-hour gig. Invest in a quality strap — at least 3.5 inches wide with padding, leather or suede backing for grip. Your shoulder and your back will be the beneficiaries.The tonal payoff for that weight is real. Dense construction translates to sustain and attack characteristics that lighter instruments can’t replicate. Every trade-off in instrument design is exactly that: a trade-off. Understanding which ones you’re making and whether they serve your playing context is how you choose instruments wisely.The Warwick Corvette Double Buck rewards investment in both money and time. Get the setup right — proper relief, low but clean action, good string choice. Give yourself a month to understand the electronics and what each switch position actually does in context. After that adjustment period, you have a genuinely professional instrument that will serve you across styles and venues for years.The Double Buck is an investment. Treat it like one — maintain the oil finish, keep humidity stable during storage, re-oil the fretboard twice a year. German instruments built to this standard last a lifetime if they’re cared for properly. Buy it once, care for it well, play it for twenty years.This is a serious instrument for serious players. If you're ready for what it offers, you'll understand that immediately the first time you plug in and dig in with your thumb.Want to Go Deeper?Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Get AccessGroove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99Get AccessFreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costGet AccessLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourGet AccessFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25Get AccessExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Get AccessBrowse All Courses →Frequently Asked QuestionsWhat is the Warwick Corvette $$?The Double Buck — a Corvette body with two humbucker pickups. Produced in both German and RockBass versions. The German-made version has bubinga and swamp ash body options. Strong, punchy tone with a heavy low-mid character.Is the Corvette $$ good for slap bass?Yes. The double humbucker configuration gives you a thick, room-filling slap tone. It's different from the bright snap of a Jazz Bass or a Stingray — more authoritative, more weight. Whether that's better depends on the style you're going for.Do string choice and freshness matter that much?Enormously. The Corvette $$ with fresh roundwound strings has a completely different slap character compared to a set that's been played in. If you're working on your slap sound, don't overlook string age.What phrases should I focus on learning from these videos?Pay attention to the rhythmic placement of thumb attacks relative to the beat, and how the ghost notes fill the space between slaps. Don't just copy the notes — copy the feel and the timing.Keep ReadingYamaha BB435 vs TRBX305 ReviewHow to Slap Bass for BeginnersSlap Dat Bass #20: Ghost Notes Breakdown

#### The Whispers — And The Beat Goes On: The Bass Groove That Still Hits
Twenty years of playing bass, and I still keep coming back to the same handful of songs. Not because I've run out of material. Because some grooves are just built differently."And The Beat Goes On" by The Whispers is one of those.The Whispers never got the attention they deserved outside of R&B circles. They came out of Los Angeles in the late 60s, spent years grinding the soul circuit, and finally hit their stride on Solar Records in the late 70s. By 1980, this track was sitting at number one on the R&B charts and crossing over to pop. But ask most players today who The Whispers are and you'll get a blank stare. That's a crime.The bass on this track was written and played by Leon Sylvers III. He came from The Sylvers — another group that deserves way more recognition — and went on to become one of the most important producers and bass players at Solar Records in that era. He didn't just show up and lay down a part. He built this groove, lived inside it, made it breathe.What gets me every time I play this is how deceptively simple it sounds. Single notes, perfectly locked with the kick drum, nothing showy. But try to keep that feel locked in for four minutes straight at a gig and you quickly realize what level of musicianship we're talking about. That stillness is hard. That confidence is earned.I've been thinking a lot about the 80s R&B bass vocabulary lately. There's this idea among younger players that these lines are dated, that the genre has moved on. I completely disagree. Groove, timing, note selection — those fundamentals haven't changed. The decade is just decoration.I'm working on something big for exactly this reason. A bundle: Top 50 bass transcriptions from the 70s and 80s, with video explanations for every single one. Not tabs you copy and forget. Full breakdowns — what's happening rhythmically, why those specific notes, how to actually absorb these lines into your playing rather than just memorize them. It's a massive project and it needs more time to be done properly. My goal is to release it before the end of 2026. When it's ready, Patreon gets the announcement first.Learning this groove is a masterclass in restraint. Most students who approach it start rushing. The tempo is not fast — but that space between notes is where the whole thing lives. If you rush the space, you've killed the groove. The Whispers understood that silence has weight.I've been using this track in lessons for years as an example of what “lock” actually means. It doesn’t mean playing exactly on the click. It means playing in relationship to the kick drum in a way that the two of you are breathing together. Leon Sylvers and the drummer on this session had that. You can hear it.For practicing this style of groove, I recommend recording yourself against the original track. Not to impress anyone — to hear the difference between where you land and where the original lands. That gap is your work.The note choices are deceptively simple. Root, fifth, a few passing tones. But the way those notes are articulated — the length, the accent, the ghost notes that don’t quite speak but are there underneath — that’s the detail. Solar Records in the late 70s and early 80s had a production style that was exceptionally dry and close-miked, which means you can hear every nuance of what these players were doing. Take advantage of that.If you want to understand R&B bass from the ground up, The Whispers' catalog is one of the best places to start. Not because it’s easy. Because it’s precise in a way that rewards close attention.The other thing worth noting about Solar Records production in this era is the drum sound. The kick drum is very present and very dry, which creates a perfect foundation for a bass line that wants to lock with it. The relationship between Leon Sylvers’ bass and the kick on this recording is one of the cleanest examples of what a locked rhythm section sounds like. If your bass and kick aren’t in the same room sonically, you’re not in the pocket. This track is the definition of in the pocket.Practice goal: learn the main groove, loop it for 5 minutes without variation. If you’re still in time at the end and it still feels good, you’re ready to perform it.Bottom line: if you play R&B, soul, or funk — or if you teach any of those styles — ‘And The Beat Goes On’ belongs in your repertoire. Not just as a song you know, but as a groove you can feel and reproduce on demand. That’s the standard.Want to Go Deeper?Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Get AccessGroove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99Get AccessFreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costGet AccessLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourGet AccessFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25Get AccessExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Get AccessBrowse All Courses →Frequently Asked QuestionsWho played bass on 'And The Beat Goes On'?Leon Sylvers III. He wrote the bass line and played it on the recording. He was a member of The Sylvers and later became one of Solar Records' main producers and session musicians.What bass is Igor using in this video?The MusicMan StingRay 1987 — my main instrument for R&B and funk work. One of the greatest production basses ever built.Are 80s R&B bass lines worth learning today?Absolutely. The groove vocabulary from that era is the foundation of modern R&B, funk, and a lot of pop production. If you want to understand why contemporary bass lines work, you need to know what built them.What is the Top 50 Bass Transcriptions Bundle?A project I'm currently working on — 50 classic bass transcriptions from the 70s and 80s, each with a video explanation of what makes the line work. Estimated release: 2026. Follow on Patreon for updates.Keep ReadingHow to Slap Bass for BeginnersMXR M82 Bass Envelope Filter ReviewDarkglass Element Review

#### This Forgotten Eastern European Bass Guitar Surprised Everyone
Most Western players have never heard of the Jolana D. It’s a bass from communist-era Czechoslovakia and it sounds way better than anything that sentence should imply.

Here’s the story
Jolana was a state-owned guitar factory in Czechoslovakia, cranking out instruments from the 1950s until the country split in 1993. Their stuff was made for the domestic socialist market—Czechoslovakia, Poland, Hungary, East Germany—and almost none of it made it to the West in real numbers. That’s why you’ve never heard of it. Not because it’s bad. I came across a Jolana D through a contact back in Ukraine and honestly wasn’t expecting much. Old Communist-bloc instrument, thick lacquer, basic hardware, unknown pickups. The bar was somewhere around the floor.
It sounds genuinely good. Not “good for what it is”—actually good. The two single-coil pickups have this warm, slightly compressed midrange character that reminds me of an old hollowbody. Darker than a Jazz Bass, not quite as thick as a Precision, with a kind of resonance in the upper mids that makes you think the wood is doing most of the work—which it probably is, given how basic the electronics are. Output is lower than any modern bass you’ve played, so you’ll need to push your amp a bit. But that slight compression in the pickups sounds killer for recording. Engineers pay good money for that kind of lo-fi character when they’re going for a vintage tone.
These basses were not built to a consistent standard. Some examples are nearly playable straight out of storage. Others need real work—fret leveling, nut slots, full setup. You’re buying a project, not a ready-to-gig instrument. Budget maybe $50-100 for a luthier setup on top of whatever you pay for the bass. On eBay and Eastern European marketplaces they’re going for $100-250 right now. For that price, even with the setup cost, you end up with something genuinely rare that almost no one in your scene has seen before. In a world where every bassist is playing a Squier or a Fender MIM, that counts for something. Ever played a vintage instrument from behind the Iron Curtain? Drop it below—I’m curious what’s out there.

Frequently Asked Questions

What is a Jolana D bass guitar?
The Jolana D is a Czech-made electric bass produced in the 1970s under the communist-era Jolana brand. It was built in Czechoslovakia for the Eastern European market. Most Western players have never heard of it, which makes it a genuine hidden gem in the vintage bass world.

Are Jolana basses good quality?
Better than you’d expect. The construction is solid — heavy body, decent neck, and hardware that has survived 50 years. The electronics are simple but functional. The tone is warm with a distinct vintage character. They’re not precision instruments, but they’re real instruments that can handle a gig.

How much does a Jolana D bass cost?
Typically $100–$300 depending on condition and where you find it. Eastern European flea markets and local classifieds are the best sources. Western vintage markets occasionally list them. For the price, the tone-per-dollar ratio is genuinely impressive.

Related Posts
Yamaha BB435 vs TRBX305 →Yamaha BB434 Review →

What a Forgotten Eastern European Bass Taught Me About Tone
I grew up around instruments like the Jolana. Eastern European music schools in the Soviet era didn’t have access to Fender or Gibson — you played what was available, and you made it work. There’s something interesting that happens when players don’t have access to “the right gear” — they develop their ears and their technique instead of relying on equipment. Some of the most musical players I’ve ever met learned on instruments that most Western players would throw in a skip.
The Jolana D is a product of that world. It was built to a price point, with available materials, for players who needed a functional instrument. And within those constraints, the people who designed it actually made some smart decisions. The neck profile is comfortable. The scale length is correct. The pickups — whatever their limitations — produce a signal that you can work with. I’ve recorded with worse instruments that cost ten times as much.
What it lacks is refinement. The hardware is basic, the fret work needs attention on most examples I’ve played, and the electronics are simple to the point of being primitive. But here’s the thing — every limitation in a bass is also a lesson in getting tone from your hands instead of your gear. If you can make a Jolana sound musical, you can make anything sound musical. That’s not a small thing.
Vintage and Budget Basses — Why They’re Worth Your Attention
The bass world has a weird obsession with brand names and price tags. I understand it — we all want validation that we’re playing the right thing. But some of the most interesting tones I’ve found over 25 years of playing came from instruments that cost almost nothing. Old student-grade basses, obscure Eastern European instruments, forgotten Japanese copies from the 70s. They’re not better than a well-built modern bass. But they’re different, and different is interesting.
If you ever find a Jolana D at a flea market or online for under $100 — pick it up, set it up properly, put decent strings on it, and spend a week with it. You might be surprised. Or you might confirm that modern instruments are better. Either way, you’ll have learned something about what makes a bass work, which makes you a better player on whatever instrument you normally play.
What makes the Jolana D interesting from a historical angle is that it was built under constraints that Western manufacturers never had. There was no access to premium materials, no boutique hardware suppliers. What Czech and Slovak builders had was ingenuity and a lot of time to figure out what actually matters in an instrument.Older Eastern Bloc instruments like this often have a distinctly raw quality — sometimes that works against them, sometimes it's exactly the character a player is looking for. The Jolana sits in that territory where it's not trying to copy anything. It just is what it is.For vintage hunters and players who like unusual tone, this is worth tracking down.Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →

#### Tom Misch and the Bass Riff That Made Me Stop Everything
There are artists that come along once in a while and make you feel like music is being invented all over again. Tom Misch is one of them.Tom Misch is a British musician born in London in 1996. He started producing beats in his bedroom as a teenager, self-taught on guitar and production, and eventually released his debut album "Geography" in 2018. That record landed like a quiet earthquake. It didn't try to fit neatly into any genre. You could hear jazz, soul, hip-hop, disco, and R&B all living in the same space without fighting each other.What draws me to his music specifically is the bass vocabulary he leans on. You can hear The Whispers in there. You can hear D'Angelo, Stevie Wonder, J Dilla. The groove DNA is deep, and you can tell he grew up listening to the right records. When I hear his tracks I immediately want to pick up the bass and figure out what's happening underneath.The bass on his studio recordings has been handled by some serious players. Rocco Palladino — Pino Palladino's son, and a monster player in his own right — has played with Tom on various projects. That lineage shows in the approach: melodic, vocal, never just functional.In this video I'm playing one of his riffs on the MusicMan StingRay 1987. There's something interesting that happens when you take a modern groove and play it on a vintage instrument. The StingRay's midrange punch gives it a different character than a modern bass would — a little more grit, a little less polish. Honestly I think it suits the style even better.Tracks like this are a reminder that the 80s bass vocabulary Tom grew up absorbing is still completely alive and relevant. Every time I come back to it I find something new.The bass riff in this track is interesting because it functions as melody and groove simultaneously. It’s not sitting underneath the song — it is the song in many moments. Tom Misch writes bass parts the way jazz composers write horn lines: with a melodic logic that doesn’t need to be explained, it just needs to be played.For students working on this kind of material, the challenge isn’t the technical execution. The notes are accessible. The challenge is playing it with the right softness. This is not aggressive music. The right touch is loose, warm, slightly behind the beat in a way that feels intentional rather than late.Tom’s influence on young players has been significant because he makes it look effortless. The dangerous thing about musicians who make difficult things look effortless is that students underestimate the foundation beneath it. Tom Misch spent years studying jazz harmony, soul production, hip-hop rhythm. The lightness is built on that foundation.If you’re approaching this riff as a bassist, study the rhythmic placement first. Where does each note fall relative to the kick? Where does he leave space? Once you understand the rhythmic logic, the melodic choices make more sense. Bass lines at this level are never random — every note is a decision.Play this slowly. Record yourself. Listen back the next day with fresh ears. That’s how you actually learn this kind of material.One specific thing that makes Tom Misch’s music educational for bassists is the space in his arrangements. There’s room to breathe. The bass doesn’t compete with four other instruments for the same sonic territory, which means you can hear exactly what’s happening in the low end without having to listen around other things. Study the track for what the bass is doing rhythmically relative to the drums. That clarity is a luxury in modern production, and you should use it.The riff itself is essentially a two-bar phrase that repeats with slight variations. Map it out on your fretboard. Understand where it sits positionally. Then close your eyes and play it from memory until it becomes automatic. That’s the whole process.Tom Misch represents a generation of musicians who grew up with the entire history of recorded music available on demand. The result is a fluency across genres that previous generations couldn’t develop as naturally. His bass parts reflect that — they borrow from jazz, soul, hip-hop, and indie pop simultaneously without sounding confused. For a bassist trying to develop their own hybrid voice, his catalog is excellent source material.The short version: learn this riff, understand why each note is where it is, and then use it as a model for writing your own melodic bass phrases.One final note: the bass part on this track is melodically self-contained. It works as a statement even without everything else around it. That’s a high standard for composition. When you’re writing your own bass lines, ask yourself whether the line says something on its own, not just whether it supports everything else. Reaching for that standard will push your writing to a different level.Want to Go Deeper?Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Get AccessGroove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99Get AccessFreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costGet AccessLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourGet AccessFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25Get AccessExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Get AccessBrowse All Courses →Frequently Asked QuestionsWho plays bass in Tom Misch's recordings?Rocco Palladino has played with Tom on various projects. He's Pino Palladino's son and one of the best bass players of his generation. The bass approach on Tom's music is deeply melodic and groove-focused.What bass is Igor using in this video?The MusicMan StingRay 1987. It has a characteristic midrange punch that gives the groove a different feel compared to a modern instrument — a bit more vintage dirt that works really well with this style.What album is this Tom Misch riff from?Tom Misch's debut album 'Geography' (2018) is the main reference for this style. The album blends jazz, soul, hip-hop, and R&B in a way that sounds completely natural.Why does vintage bass sound different on modern grooves?A 1987 StingRay has a different mid-range character and a slightly compressed low-end compared to modern basses. On a contemporary groove it adds texture and warmth that can actually complement the music in unexpected ways.Keep ReadingHow to Slap Bass for BeginnersMXR M82 Bass Envelope Filter ReviewBoss OC-2 vs OC-5 Octave Pedal Comparison

#### TOP 5 Bass Warm-Up Exercises for Your Daily Practice Routine
I have been doing the same warm-up before every practice session for about fifteen years. It doesn’t matter if I have twenty minutes or three hours. It doesn’t matter if I’m practising alone or about to walk on stage. The warm-up comes first.
Most students I work with skip this entirely or treat it as optional. Then they wonder why their technique feels inconsistent, why their left hand locks up after thirty minutes of playing, why they can’t execute difficult passages cleanly under pressure.

Why Warm-Up Matters More Than You Think
Your muscles, tendons, and joints are not ready to perform at full capacity when you pick up a bass cold. The synovial fluid in your joints needs to circulate. Blood flow to the small muscles in your hands and forearms needs to increase. Neural pathways that control fine motor movement need to activate.
Skipping this process doesn’t just reduce your performance quality — it increases injury risk. Tendinitis and RSI (repetitive strain injury) are serious problems for bass players who push hard without warming up. I have had students develop real problems from this. It takes months to recover from and some people never fully recover. Don’t learn this lesson the hard way.
The five exercises below take about 15 minutes together. That investment pays back every time you sit down to play.
Exercise 1 — Chromatic Four-Finger Crawl
This is where I start, every time. One finger per fret, starting from the first fret. Index on 1, middle on 2, ring on 3, pinky on 4. Play each note clearly, then move up one string and repeat. Work your way across all four strings, then shift up one fret and repeat the whole pattern.
The goal is not speed. The goal is even tone and clean fretting from every finger. You are waking up each finger independently and reminding your left hand how to operate. Stay slow. Listen to each note. Any buzzing or muted notes tell you which fingers are still half-asleep.
Exercise 2 — Spider Exercise Variations
The spider exercise uses all four fingers in non-adjacent patterns. Instead of 1-2-3-4 in order, you play 1-2-3-4 on the first string, then 2-3-4-1 on the second, then 3-4-1-2 on the third. This forces independent movement between fingers that prefer to move as a group.
Your ring and pinky fingers are the weakest and least independent of the four. They share a tendon connection that makes them want to move together. The spider exercise directly addresses this. Five minutes here will do more for your left-hand independence than an hour of other exercises.
Exercise 3 — Scales With Proper Fingering
Not just scales for the sake of scales — scales with intentional fingering. Start with a major scale in first position and play it strictly with correct fingering. Then play it in one octave, two octaves, starting from different positions.
The point here is not to learn music theory, though that’s useful. The point is to activate your fretboard knowledge and get your left and right hands synchronised before you start playing actual music. If your scales feel clean and even during warm-up, your technique during practice will be better from the start.
Exercise 4 — Right-Hand Alternating Fingers
Put your left hand on the neck in a relaxed position and focus entirely on the right hand. Play long, even notes with strict alternating index-middle technique. Listen to the tone of each finger. Most players have a slightly different tone from their index versus their middle — that unevenness is something to work on, not ignore.
If you play slap, include thumb-pluck alternation here as well. Thumb on the low strings, pluck on the higher strings, slow and deliberate. Get your right hand loose and coordinated before you push any speed.
Exercise 5 — Left-Hand Stretching and Position Shifts
Finish the warm-up with deliberate position shifts. Play a note on the fifth fret, then shift your hand position smoothly to the tenth fret and play another note there. The goal is to make the shift itself clean and uninterrupted — no fumble, no grip tension, no audible bump.
Include some left-hand stretches here: reach from the first fret to the fifth with your index and pinky. Do this gently — you’re not trying to achieve maximum stretch, you’re gradually extending the range your hand can comfortably cover. This is especially important in cold weather when tendons are less pliable.
How to Build This Into a Habit
The problem with warm-up routines is that people do them for a week and then stop when it feels like a chore. Here is how to make it automatic: link the warm-up to the very beginning of picking up the bass. Before you open a tab, before you start working on a song, before anything — five minutes of the chromatic crawl, two minutes of spider, three minutes of scales. That’s it.
After about three weeks it stops feeling like a separate activity and becomes part of picking up the instrument. Your hands will actually feel wrong if you skip it.
Frequently Asked Questions
How long should a bass warm-up take?
Fifteen minutes is ideal for most players. If you have only five minutes, focus on the chromatic crawl and slow alternating right-hand exercise — these cover the essentials. Never go straight into demanding technical work without at least five minutes of gentle warm-up.
Should I warm up before every practice session?
Yes, always. Even if you played two hours yesterday, your muscles have tightened overnight and your neural pathways need to be reactivated. The warm-up is not optional — it’s the foundation of everything that follows.
Can I hurt my hands by practising without warming up?
Yes, especially over time. Repetitive strain injuries and tendinitis are real risks for bass players who push hard without adequate preparation. Cold tendons and muscles are more vulnerable to micro-tears. If you experience pain or numbness during playing, stop immediately and see a doctor.
What tempo should I use for warm-up exercises?
Start around 60 BPM and only increase speed once the exercise feels clean and effortless at the current tempo. The point of warm-up is not to demonstrate speed — it’s to prepare your body for efficient movement. Slow is correct.

Related Posts

How to Slap Bass for Beginners — Step by Step Guide
Slap Bass Groove #20 — Ghost Notes Breakdown
Learn Dat Lick #5 — Build Your Bass Vocabulary

Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →

#### Ukrainian-Made Bass Guitars — An Honest Account of a Failed Experiment
This is going to be a different kind of post. Not a standard gear review. More of an honest account of something I tried, why I tried it, and what it taught me about the bass instrument world — and about people.
It was the first year of the full-scale war in Ukraine. February 2022 had just happened and everything around me was being recalibrated. I was trying to figure out how to keep doing what I do — making bass content, teaching, being useful to the community — while the country I came from was burning.
I had an idea. A simple one. Show the world that Ukraine makes bass guitars.
The Idea Behind This Experiment
Most people outside of Ukraine have no idea that there are Ukrainian bass guitar manufacturers. And I thought — this is actually a good story. A country with real craftsmen, real workshops, making instruments. In a moment when the whole world was paying attention to Ukraine, this felt like something worth highlighting.
I reached out. I wasn’t asking for free instruments. I wasn’t asking for payment. I just wanted to borrow a selection of basses, film honest demos, and show my audience what Ukrainian production looks like.

What Actually Happened
The instruments arrived. There were quite a few of them — different models, different price points. And I filmed them all. Hours of footage. Honest playing, honest impressions, full demos.
But the attitude that came with those instruments — the way they were given, the way the owner handled the whole situation — completely killed any desire I had to continue with this kind of project. I still find it hard to explain precisely. It wasn’t hostility. It was something worse: indifference. The kind of indifference that says “I don’t really care what you do with these, just make us look good.”
The owner was a classic “knows what he wants but doesn’t really listen” type. Apparently they did manage to sell a few batches of basses and guitars to London. Good for them. But here’s the thing I want to say clearly: these instruments are not worth the prices they’re charging in the UK market. Not even close.
What I Think of the Instruments Themselves
They’re copies. Mostly Jazz bass copies with “Made in Ukraine” printed where “Made in Japan” or “Made in Mexico” would normally be. The construction is competent but not remarkable. The pickups are generic. The hardware is functional.
Is there anything wrong with making a Jazz bass copy? No. Squier makes Jazz bass copies. Yamaha makes Jazz bass copies. They’re honest instruments at honest prices. The problem is when a copy is positioned and priced as something it isn’t — and then the “Made in Ukraine” label is used as a marketing argument to justify the premium.
That’s not support for Ukrainian manufacturing. That’s manipulation.
The Lesson I Took From This
After this experience I made a rule for myself that I haven’t broken since: if I do a review, it’s either for instruments I genuinely want to talk about, or on a paid professional basis. No more “help us promote this” arrangements.
This isn’t cynicism. It’s self-respect. My channel, my audience, my reputation — these are not free promotional services for businesses that don’t value them.
I’m showing you these videos so you can hear the instruments for yourself and form your own opinion. That’s the most honest thing I can offer at this point. Listen. Decide.
My Recommendation
I do not recommend these basses. Not because they’re unusable — they work. But because the value proposition doesn’t hold up, especially at UK import prices. If you’re in the market for a quality bass at a reasonable budget, buy a Yamaha TRBX or a Squier Classic Vibe. You will get a better instrument, better support, and better resale value.
If you specifically want to support Ukrainian production — I respect that impulse completely. But do it with full information, not because you’ve been told that the label justifies the price.
Some experiments teach you what works. This one taught me what doesn’t. That’s valuable too.
Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.These instruments are not what I would recommend to anyone serious about the craft. The Woodstock basses I encountered were curiosities at best, not tools. If you want to support Ukrainian makers, look at individual luthier work or handmade instruments from craftspeople who care about the result. Not factory attempts that were already struggling before the market collapsed around them.The lesson I took from the whole experience was simpler than I expected: a good instrument is good because of what it does, not because of where it is made. I want Ukrainian bass guitars to exist at a professional level. That might change. I hope it does. Until it does, I’ll keep pointing students toward instruments that are actually ready for the demands of real playing.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →
FAQ
Are there good Ukrainian-made bass guitars?
There are individual Ukrainian luthiers and small workshops producing genuinely excellent custom instruments. I’m talking about boutique, handbuilt work from craftsmen who take their work seriously. That’s a different category from production-line instruments trying to compete with Squier and Yamaha on price. The custom work exists and can be impressive — the mass-market production instruments are a different story.
Is “Made in Ukraine” a good reason to buy a bass guitar?
Origin of manufacture is not a quality indicator on its own. What matters is construction quality, hardware quality, setup, and price relative to alternatives. A well-made bass from anywhere is worth buying. A poorly-priced copy from anywhere — regardless of country — is not. Judge the instrument, not the label.
What bass should I buy instead at a budget price?
At $200-400: Squier Classic Vibe series (Jazz or Precision), Yamaha TRBX304, Ibanez GSR series. These are instruments with actual quality control, global parts availability, and resale value. Any of them will serve you better than an obscure import at an inflated price.
Do you still support Ukrainian musicians and the Ukrainian music scene?
Completely. The war changed everything for thousands of Ukrainian musicians — friends, colleagues, students. I support the community in the ways that actually matter: teaching, making content, staying connected. That support has nothing to do with promoting specific commercial products that don’t deliver on their promises.
Related Posts

Yamaha BB Series Bass Review — Which One Is Right for You?
Yamaha BB234 Bass Review
Yamaha TRBX505 Review

#### Warwick Corvette Ash 5-String Review — How Wood Choice Changes Everything
I already reviewed the Warwick Pro Series Corvette Bubinga 5-String on this site and the response was good — a lot of players are interested in Warwick but want to understand the practical differences between wood choices before committing. The ash-body Corvette is a direct answer to that question, so let’s go through it properly.
Ash and bubinga are both serious tonewoods. They sound different. The instrument that results from each choice is the same model in design but a genuinely different playing experience in practice.
Ash vs Bubinga — The Core Difference
Bubinga is dense, heavy, and produces a strong low-mid emphasis with a tight, punchy low end. The Warwick growl that players associate with the brand comes largely from bubinga’s tonal contribution. It’s assertive and forward-sounding.
Ash — specifically swamp ash, which Warwick uses on this model — is lighter and more open-sounding. The frequency response is more even across the spectrum: less dominant low-mids, more upper-mid presence, a brighter overall character. Where bubinga sounds like a punch to the chest, swamp ash sounds more like a well-balanced hi-fi system.
The ash Corvette weighs noticeably less than the bubinga version. After two hours on a strap, that difference is real. Players sensitive to instrument weight — especially with a 5-string where you’re already carrying extra mass — will appreciate the ash body for long performances.

The Ash Tone — What It Actually Sounds Like
The ash Corvette has a clarity and openness that the bubinga version doesn’t. Notes speak with more definition across all five strings. The low B, while still benefiting from Warwick’s construction quality, has a tighter, more focused character rather than the heavy punch of bubinga. High notes ring with more presence and sparkle.
This is the Corvette for players who want Warwick build quality and electronics but prefer a more neutral, studio-ready tone rather than the aggressive, mid-forward character of the bubinga. Jazz players, fusion players, and recording bassists who need a tone that sits naturally in complex arrangements will often prefer the ash.
The MEC pickups and active electronics are the same as on the bubinga version — 2-band active EQ, standard Corvette control layout. With the same electronics you can push the ash toward more warmth with bass boost, or toward a very bright and articulate character with treble boost. The ash body’s neutral starting point gives the EQ more headroom to work in either direction without pushing into extremes.
Wenge Neck and Fretboard — Same as Bubinga Version
The neck construction is identical to the bubinga Corvette I reviewed previously: ovangkol neck, wenge fretboard, Warwick’s asymmetric neck profile, the adjustable brass just-a-nut. Everything I said about the wenge fretboard’s tactile character and the asymmetric neck profile applies here equally.
The combination of ash body and wenge fretboard produces an interesting tonal balance — the bright, open ash character is slightly tempered by wenge’s density in the upper frequencies. The result is articulate and present without becoming harsh or glass-like. It’s a good pairing.
Who Chooses Ash Over Bubinga
In my experience, the players who gravitate toward the ash Corvette fall into a few categories. Touring players who do long sets appreciate the lighter weight. Studio recording players who want a tone that requires less EQ to sit correctly in a mix. Jazz and fusion players who find the bubinga’s aggressive low-mids too dominant for their context. Players who want the Warwick quality and engineering but prefer a more versatile, neutral starting tone.
Players who want the most aggressive, punchy Warwick sound — the tone most associated with the brand in rock contexts — will prefer bubinga. The ash is the more refined, less assertive choice.
Neither is objectively better. They’re genuinely different instruments that serve different purposes from the same design platform.
Build Quality and Practical Notes
Same Pro Series Teambuilt quality as the bubinga version — German construction, serious quality control, hardware and electronics that reflect the investment. The swamp ash body on mine was well-selected — even grain, good resonance, clean finish application. The instrument sounds good acoustically before you plug in, which is always a positive sign.
Setup out of the box was excellent. Intonation accurate, action comfortable, truss rod adjustment not required. This is what you expect at the Pro Series price point and it delivers.
Final Thought — Ash or Bubinga?
If you’re deciding between the two: play both if you can. The tonal difference is real enough that your response to it will probably settle the question quickly. If you can only go by description — bubinga for aggressive, punchy, forward-sounding rock and funk playing; ash for balanced, versatile, studio-ready tone that works across more styles with less EQ intervention.
Both are excellent instruments. The ash is the one I reach for when recording. The bubinga is the one I reach for when I need to cut through a loud band on stage.
Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →
FAQ
What is the difference between Warwick Corvette ash and bubinga?
Ash produces a lighter, more balanced tone with even frequency response across the spectrum — more open and neutral. Bubinga is denser and heavier, with a strong low-mid emphasis and the characteristic Warwick growl. Ash suits recording and versatile playing; bubinga suits aggressive rock and funk contexts where forward-sounding punch is the priority.
Is the Warwick Corvette ash body lighter than bubinga?
Yes — noticeably so. Swamp ash is significantly lighter than bubinga. For long performances or players with back or shoulder concerns, the ash body is a meaningful practical advantage. Both 5-string models are in the heavier range of bass guitars but the ash version is more manageable.
Does wood choice really affect tone on an electric bass?
Yes, more than some players acknowledge and less than wood enthusiasts claim. The effect is real but the pickups and electronics contribute at least as much to final tone. The ash vs bubinga difference on the Corvette is audible and consistent — these are tonewoods with genuine character, not placebo differences.
Is the Warwick Corvette ash good for recording?
Very good. The open, balanced character of ash translates well to recording — it sits in a mix naturally without dominating the low-mids or requiring heavy EQ correction. For studio work where versatility matters, the ash Corvette is often the better choice over bubinga.
Which Warwick Corvette should I buy — ash or bubinga?
Bubinga if you primarily play live in loud rock or funk contexts and want maximum punch and presence. Ash if you record regularly, play across multiple styles, or want a lighter instrument for long performances. If you can play both before buying, do — the tonal difference will make the decision obvious.
Related Posts

Warwick Pro Series Corvette Bubinga 5-String Review
Warwick Streamer Stage II Review
FGN Bass Review — Japanese Craftsmanship at a Honest Price

#### Warwick Pro Series Corvette Bubinga 5-String Review — German Quality That Earns Its Price
Warwick makes basses at several price points but the Pro Series sits in a specific and important position. Not custom shop pricing, not budget import — it’s the level where German craftsmanship becomes accessible to working musicians who aren’t made of money. The Corvette Bubinga 5-String is one of the instruments that defines what the Pro Series is about.
I’ve owned and played various Warwicks over the years. The Corvette body shape is the one I keep coming back to. Here’s why.
Pro Series vs German Custom Shop — What’s the Difference
Warwick’s lineup is confusing for buyers who don’t know the history. The German Custom Shop instruments are fully hand-built in Markneukirchen, Germany — every instrument made to order, exotic wood combinations available, prices that reflect it. The Pro Series instruments are also built in Germany but use a more standardised production process. Same German workshop, less individual customisation, significantly lower price.
The Teambuilt designation means the instrument was assembled by a team rather than a single luthier — this is standard production methodology for the Pro Series. The quality control is serious. These are not rushed instruments.
What you’re getting with Pro Series: genuine German construction, Warwick hardware and electronics, the tonewoods that define Warwick’s character, at a price point that doesn’t require selling other gear to afford it.
Bubinga — Why the Wood Choice Matters
The Corvette body on this model is bubinga. Not ash, not alder, not mahogany — bubinga is a dense African hardwood with a very specific sonic character. Heavy, bright in the upper mids, with a tight and punchy low end that stays defined even at high volumes. It contributes significantly to the Warwick sound that players recognise immediately.
Bubinga is also visually striking. The grain patterns on quality pieces are beautiful in a way that doesn’t require elaborate finishing to appreciate. This is functional exotic wood use rather than visual decoration — it genuinely sounds different from common tonewoods.
The 5-string configuration means the body carries slightly more mass than a 4-string equivalent. This contributes to sustain and resonance. The acoustic response of this bass unplugged is impressive — it rings out with a richness that tells you something about what you’ll hear amplified.

The MEC Electronics — Active and Assertive
Warwick’s own MEC pickups and preamp are installed throughout the Pro Series. Active 2-band EQ — bass and treble boost/cut — with passive pickup voicing in a JJ configuration on the Corvette. The combination gives you a wide tonal range from warm and round to bright and aggressive.
The MEC pickups have a character that’s immediately recognisable as Warwick. Prominent low-mids, tight low end, detailed high frequencies. The active EQ allows you to push or pull any of those elements, but the baseline tone with everything flat is already musical and useful without tweaking.
The preamp runs on a single 9V battery. Battery life is solid — I don’t replace mine frequently despite regular use. The active/passive switch is absent on the standard Corvette configuration, which means you’re always running active. This is a minor consideration — if the battery dies mid-gig you’re silent until you replace it. Keep a spare 9V in your bag.
Neck — The Ovangkol and Wenge Story
Warwick uses ovangkol for the neck on the Pro Series Corvette, with a wenge fretboard. These are not random wood choices. Wenge is extraordinarily dense and produces a tactile playing experience unlike rosewood or maple — the grain texture is open and grippy, giving you excellent feedback under your fretting hand. Once you play a wenge fretboard for an extended period, rosewood starts feeling slightly generic.
The neck profile is the distinctive Warwick asymmetric shape — thicker on the bass side, thinner on the treble side. If you’ve never played a Warwick before this takes a brief adjustment period. After that it’s one of the more comfortable profiles for extended playing. Your thumb position naturally finds the right place on the back of the neck.
The just-a-nut — Warwick’s adjustable brass nut — is a feature worth mentioning. You can adjust the nut slots to your preferred string height without replacing it. Practical and useful for players who customise their setup carefully.
The Low B String
Every 5-string review needs to address the low B and I’ll be direct: the Corvette Bubinga handles it better than most basses at this price. The combination of the dense bubinga body, wenge fretboard, and the Pro Series construction quality gives the low B real definition and punch. It doesn’t get lost in the low end the way cheap 5-strings do. You can hear every note clearly at band volume.
This is where the investment in quality construction pays off practically. A loose, undefined low B makes the 5th string feel like a liability. A tight, musical low B makes it feel like what it is: a genuine extension of the instrument’s range.
Who This Bass Is For
The Warwick Pro Series Corvette Bubinga 5-String is a professional working instrument. It’s suitable for players who gig regularly, record seriously, and want something that will last years of heavy use without degradation. The German construction quality means this bass will still be excellent in a decade if you treat it reasonably well.
It’s not the right choice for beginners — the price point and the learning curve of active electronics and the Warwick neck profile make it an instrument for players who already know what they want. It’s also not right for players who specifically want a classic Fender sound — the Warwick character is distinct and not everyone responds to it positively.
But for players who connect with the Warwick voice — the aggressive low-mids, the punchy low end, the growl under distortion — the Pro Series Corvette Bubinga 5 is one of the best value propositions in the professional bass market.
Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →
FAQ
What is the difference between Warwick Pro Series and German Custom Shop?
Both are built in Germany. The Custom Shop instruments are fully hand-built to individual order with extensive wood and specification choices — higher price reflects that. Pro Series uses standardised production methods in the same German facility with set specifications. The quality control is serious on both; the Pro Series simply costs less because of the production methodology.
What does “Teambuilt” mean on Warwick Pro Series?
Teambuilt means the instrument was assembled by a production team rather than a single luthier. This is standard manufacturing practice and doesn’t indicate lower quality — it means production consistency. The individual craftsmanship designation applies to the German Custom Shop instruments.
Is bubinga a good tonewood for bass?
Yes — it’s dense, resonant, and produces a tight, punchy low end with prominent upper-mid definition. It contributes directly to the characteristic Warwick growl. The weight is higher than alder or ash, which is a consideration for players sensitive to instrument weight on long gigs.
How does the Warwick Corvette handle slap bass?
Very well. The tight low end, active MEC electronics, and the wenge fretboard’s articulate character make the Corvette an excellent slap bass. The low B on the 5-string version is defined enough to slap effectively — which is not always the case with 5-string instruments. I’ve used Warwick Corvettes extensively for slap technique over the years.
Does the Warwick Pro Series Corvette come with a case?
Pro Series instruments typically come with a gig bag. A hardshell case is available as an accessory. Given the price of the instrument, investing in a proper case for transport and storage is worthwhile.
Related Posts

Warwick RockBass Corvette Basic 5-String — The Entry Point to Corvette Tone
FGN Bass Review — Japanese Craftsmanship at a Honest Price
Music Man Stingray 5 — Is the 1995 Vintage Still Relevant?

#### Warwick RockBass Corvette — They Actually Fixed It
I want to talk about Warwick's budget line, the RockBass Corvette, and specifically about how much it's improved — because the old versions had problems that were genuinely hard to overlook.The original RockBass series had two issues that players complained about constantly. The first was the tuning machines. They simply didn't hold. You'd tune up, play for twenty minutes, and the bass would drift. Not a little — noticeably. For a player on any kind of stage situation, that's a dealbreaker.The second problem was the neck. And this is the one that really bothered me. Playing the old RockBass felt like holding a baseball bat. The neck profile was thick and round in a way that didn't match the quality of the rest of the instrument. Your fretting hand would tire out quickly and there was nothing elegant about the feel. You picked it up and immediately knew you were playing a budget bass.These weren't things you could fix with a setup. They were design and manufacturing decisions that needed to be addressed at the factory level.The new RockBass Corvette Basic 5-string is a different story. Warwick went back and addressed the main complaints — the tuning machines hold properly now, and the neck profile has been refined. It still feels like an affordable instrument, but it no longer fights you.I respect companies that actually listen to what players are telling them and make changes. It's not common. The guitar and bass industry is full of brands that double down on bad decisions because of legacy. Warwick made the corrections, and the RockBass is now a legitimate option for players who want that Warwick character without the German-made price tag.This is the 5-string version, and the B string is particularly solid — clear and defined in a way that entry-level 5-strings often struggle with. That alone puts it ahead of a lot of competition at this price point.The Warwick RockBass line is the German company’s answer to a legitimate problem: their standard instruments are wonderful but expensive. The RockBass moves production to Asia while keeping the essential Warwick design elements — the neck profiles, the general construction philosophy, certain hardware choices — and delivers them at a price that players earlier in their development can access.The improvements Warwick made to the Corvette RockBass over its production life are worth tracking for anyone buying used. Early RockBass instruments had consistency issues at the lower price points. Later production tightened significantly, and recent models have fretwork and neck construction that competes honestly with instruments costing twice as much.The primary difference between a German Warwick and a RockBass is feel rather than functionality. The RockBass neck profiles are close but not identical. The materials are different — maple neck instead of wenge, poplar body instead of ash or bubinga. The tone is Warwick-adjacent rather than fully Warwick.For a student or intermediate player who wants to understand the Warwick sound before committing to the investment of a German model, the RockBass Corvette is the correct stepping stone. Learn the instrument on this. If you still want a German one after two years, you’ll know exactly what you’re buying.Set it up properly — neck relief, action, intonation. A well-set-up RockBass outperforms a poorly-set-up German Warwick every time.The RockBass Corvette is worth considering seriously as a gigging instrument at the intermediate level. The hardware holds up to real use — rehearsals, smaller venues, recording sessions. The electronics are functional and the build quality from Warwick’s Asian production is better than most players expect based on the lower price point.One thing to do immediately when you get a RockBass: check the nut slots. Chinese production sometimes leaves nut slots too shallow, which causes tuning instability in the lower positions. It’s a five-minute fix with the right nut file and it transforms the playability of the instrument. Don’t play around a problem like that for six months. Fix it once and enjoy the bass.The RockBass Corvette is the right choice for players who want to understand what Warwick is about before committing to the German price point. It’s not a compromise — it’s an appropriate starting point. Set it up well, play it consistently, and in two years you’ll know exactly what a German Warwick will add to your playing. That knowledge is worth having before you spend the money.The setup is the whole game with budget instruments. A RockBass Corvette that has been professionally set up outperforms a German Warwick that’s been ignored and left to drift. If you buy this bass, take it to a tech after purchase. That single investment will transform what you think of the instrument.Want to Go Deeper?Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Get AccessGroove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99Get AccessFreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costGet AccessLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourGet AccessFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25Get AccessExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Get AccessBrowse All Courses →Frequently Asked QuestionsWhat were the main problems with old Warwick RockBass models?Two issues: tuning machines that didn't hold pitch, causing constant drift — and a thick, uncomfortable neck profile that felt like a baseball bat in the hand. Both have been addressed in the newer production runs.Is the new RockBass Corvette worth buying?Yes, if you want the Warwick tone character at an accessible price. The build quality and tone have been meaningfully improved. The German-made Corvette is still in a different class, but the RockBass is now a genuine instrument rather than just a budget placeholder.How does the B string perform on the 5-string model?Better than most 5-strings at this price. The B string is clear and defined — not floppy or muddy, which is a common issue on budget 5-strings with cheaper construction.How does the RockBass differ from the German-made Corvette?Wood quality, hardware quality, and overall refinement. The German models use better tonewood selections and have a more polished feel and finish. But the RockBass now shares enough of the core character to be a serious option for players on a budget.Keep ReadingYamaha BB435 vs TRBX305 ReviewCort A5 Plus SCMS ReviewIs The 1995 Music Man Stingray 5 Still Relevant?

#### Warwick Streamer Stage II Review — When a Bass Becomes a Statement
The Warwick Streamer Stage II is one of those instruments that professional bassists talk about in a specific tone of voice. Not the enthusiasm they reserve for a new purchase, but something quieter and more certain. It’s an instrument with a reputation built over decades of serious use, and having played one extensively, I understand why.
This is not an entry-level discussion. The Streamer Stage II is an expensive German Custom Shop instrument. If you’re reading this trying to decide whether it’s worth the price — the honest answer is: it depends entirely on what kind of player you are and what you need from a bass.
What the Streamer Stage II Is
The Streamer body shape is Warwick’s most elegant design — longer, more sculpted than the Corvette, with a visual refinement that matches its sonic ambitions. The Stage II is the top configuration in the Streamer lineup, featuring a maple top over a swamp ash or maple body, neck-through construction, and MEC electronics in a configuration that gives maximum tonal flexibility.
Neck-through is the key structural difference from the bolt-on Corvette. The neck runs as a continuous piece through the body, bonded with the body wings rather than attached with screws. This changes sustain, resonance, and upper-register response in measurable ways. Notes bloom differently. The transition between neck and body disappears completely — playing at the 20th fret feels as natural as playing at the 5th.
This is a German Custom Shop instrument. It’s built by hand in Markneukirchen. The quality control is exceptional and the construction details — fret finishing, binding work, hardware fit — reflect what it actually costs.

Tone — What Neck-Through Maple Actually Sounds Like
The Streamer Stage II has a distinctive tonal character that separates it from the bubinga-body Corvette. Where the Corvette has weight and growl in the low mids, the Stage II is brighter and more articulate. The maple construction pushes the frequency response up — more upper-mid presence, crisper attack, faster decay. Notes speak immediately and clearly.
This character makes the Stage II exceptional for styles where articulation matters above warmth. Slap bass, aggressive fingerstyle, jazz with a modern edge — the Stage II cuts through with clarity that darker-voiced basses can’t match. Every note is audible, even in dense arrangements.
The MEC electronics on the Stage II include a more sophisticated preamp than the standard Corvette configuration — typically a 3-band active EQ with mid-frequency sweep. This gives you precise tonal shaping capability. The passive bypass option (where available) reveals the natural acoustic character of the instrument before any active processing.
With everything flat the Stage II sounds clean, articulate, and modern. Not cold — there’s warmth in the low-mids — but fundamentally a contemporary professional instrument rather than a vintage-voiced one.
Neck-Through Construction — The Practical Reality
Neck-through basses have a reputation that’s partly deserved and partly mythology. The sustain advantage is real — notes ring longer and more evenly across the entire range. The upper register access is genuinely better. The feel of a well-executed neck-through instrument is different in a way that’s hard to articulate but immediately apparent when you play one.
The downside is also real: if the neck develops a serious problem — a twist, a severe break — it’s a significantly more complex repair than replacing a bolt-on neck. Warwick’s build quality makes catastrophic neck failure unlikely, but it’s a consideration worth acknowledging.
For studio work and careful live use, the neck-through advantage is all upside. For aggressive touring or rough handling situations, a bolt-on gives you more practical repairability.
The Wenge Neck and Fretboard
The Streamer Stage II uses a multi-laminate wenge neck — typically wenge with maple stringers for stability — and a wenge fretboard. The tactile character of wenge I mentioned in the Corvette Bubinga review applies here as well, but the multi-laminate construction adds dimensional stability that single-piece necks can’t match.
This neck will not move. Temperature changes, humidity variations, string gauge changes — the multi-laminate construction resists all of them with a consistency that makes setup adjustments infrequent. I’ve owned instruments with less stable necks that required constant truss rod adjustment. The Streamer’s neck holds its set.
Slap Bass on the Stage II
I want to address this specifically because it’s a strength of this instrument that deserves attention. The Stage II is one of the best slap basses I’ve played. The maple construction and articulate pickup voicing give slap technique exactly what it needs: snap on the thumb stroke, pop on the pull, and a clear defined tone that sits in a mix without getting lost.
The neck-through construction adds sustain to pulled notes that makes them sing rather than thud. At higher tempos the articulation stays clean — each note separates clearly rather than blurring together. If slap is a central part of your playing, the Stage II deserves serious consideration.
Is It Worth the Price
The honest answer: for a professional player who works regularly and needs an instrument that performs at the highest level consistently — yes. The Stage II is built to last decades of serious use and it sounds genuinely exceptional for the right styles.
For a player at the beginning or middle of their development — no. You don’t need a Custom Shop German instrument to learn bass or to play good music. The Pro Series Corvette covers professional territory at a fraction of the price. Save the Stage II money for when you’ve outgrown everything below it and know exactly what you’re buying.
But when you get there — the Streamer Stage II is one of the instruments that makes you understand why serious players spend serious money.
Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →
FAQ
What is the difference between the Warwick Streamer Stage I and Stage II?
The Stage I is a bolt-on neck construction. The Stage II is neck-through. The Stage II also typically features a higher-grade maple top, more advanced electronics configuration, and higher overall specification. The Stage II costs significantly more and is aimed at players who specifically want the neck-through construction and the tonal character that comes with it.
Is the Warwick Streamer Stage II good for slap bass?
Excellent for slap. The maple construction and articulate MEC pickup voicing produce the snap and clarity that slap technique needs. The neck-through sustain adds body to pulled notes. It’s one of the better slap instruments I’ve played at any price point.
How heavy is the Warwick Streamer Stage II?
Weight varies by specific wood selection and configuration but most Stage II instruments run between 3.8 and 4.4 kg. This is on the heavier side compared to lightweight instruments like the Yamaha TRBX or Ibanez SR. Players sensitive to weight should consider this for longer live performances.
Can the Warwick Streamer Stage II be repaired if the neck breaks?
Neck-through construction makes major neck repairs more complex than bolt-on replacements. Warwick’s service department handles repairs for their instruments. For minor issues — nut replacement, fret work, truss rod adjustment — any qualified luthier can work on it. Catastrophic neck failure is rare on well-built neck-through instruments, but it’s a consideration worth understanding before purchase.
What strings are recommended for the Warwick Streamer Stage II?
Warwick’s own Red Label or Yellow Label strings are designed for their instruments and are a natural starting point. Medium gauge nickel roundwounds (45-105 or 45-130 for 5-string) work well. The bright maple construction means darker strings like flatwounds or coated roundwounds can be interesting choices if you want to tame the top end slightly.
Related Posts

Warwick Pro Series Corvette Bubinga 5-String Review
FGN Bass Review — Japanese Craftsmanship at a Honest Price
Sadowsky VTC — Vintage Tone Control Deep Dive

#### Why I Chose the BOSS OC-2 Over Moog — Adam Lambert Ghost Town Synth Bass Cover
Let me tell you about the best decision I made for my live rig, and why I turned down the Moog.When I was putting together the synth bass sound for this cover of Adam Lambert's "Ghost Town", the obvious recommendation from several of my colleagues was the Moog Bass Murf or the Moog Taurus. And I get it — Moog is iconic, the sound is legendary, every serious synth bass player knows what those pedals can do.But here's the problem with Moog for live performance: you're adding a dedicated power brick, a heavy pedal unit, and a serious extra point of failure to your rig. Every gig you're traveling to, every flight, every tight backstage — the Moog becomes a liability. And honestly, for the kind of synth bass sound I was going for, it wasn't necessary.I bought the BOSS OC-2. That's it. And it never let me down. Not once.The OC-2 is an analog octave pedal that's been in production since the early 80s. What makes it special for synth bass applications is that the octave-down signal is slightly imperfect — it has a little tracking glitch, a slightly blurry quality to the attack. That imperfection is exactly what makes it sound like an analog synthesizer. Modern precision-tracking pedals actually sound LESS like a synth because they're too clean.For "Ghost Town" specifically — which has this dark, electronic, almost industrial quality — the OC-2 into my signal chain gave me exactly what the song needed. And you can hear the result in this video. I'm genuinely proud of how close this gets to the original synth bass sound without a single synthesizer in the chain.The MusicMan StingRay 1987 is the bass I used for this. Its aggressive mid-range actually works perfectly with the OC-2 — the natural growl of the Stingray gets octaved down into this thick, slightly distorted sub-bass that sits really well under the track. Some basses fight the OC-2. The Stingray cooperates with it completely.Using the Boss OC-2 on “Ghost Town” was a specific creative choice that connects two completely different eras of music. Adam Lambert’s version of the track has a contemporary production, but the analog octave character of the OC-2 adds a vintage warmth that digital octave pedals can’t replicate. That’s the whole point of keeping old analog gear in a modern rig.The Boss OC-2 was discontinued and then reissued because players understood that the slightly imperfect, slightly lo-fi tracking of the original circuit was a feature, not a flaw. When the pedal slightly struggles to track a note, it produces a sub-harmonic smear that sounds organic in ways that a perfectly clean digital octave doesn’t.For anyone using octave pedals in a modern context: the OC-2 response improves significantly when you play above the 5th fret on the E string, or above the 7th fret on the A string. Below that, the tracking becomes unstable, which can be a deliberate effect or an annoyance depending on the song.Clean up your signal before the OC-2. Any distortion or fuzz before it in the chain will cause tracking problems. The pedal needs to see a clean, strong fundamental to work correctly. After the OC-2, you can add whatever you want.The synth bass aesthetic this creates — combining live bass with an OC-2 and some filtering — is a legitimate approach to producing modern bass tones without triggering samples or using a synth. The result sounds live because it is live.The combination of live bass with the OC-2 creates something that neither a pure synthesizer nor a pure acoustic bass instrument can produce. The pitch information is real — your fingers are making every choice — but the harmonic content below is generated by the circuit. That hybrid character is specifically appealing in certain arrangements where you need weight without a full band production around you.If you’re building a pedalboard for solo or duo performance contexts, the OC-2 or its clones belong on it. The ability to create low-register content beneath a melodic bass line effectively doubles your sonic footprint without requiring a second instrument or a looper.The larger point here is that old analog gear continues to be useful precisely because it doesn’t behave perfectly. In a world where everything is sample-accurate and digitally precise, a slightly imperfect analog circuit adds organic character that’s impossible to convincingly fake with software. Keep an OC-2 or equivalent in your rig. You’ll find places to use it you didn’t anticipate.Final thought: don’t be intimidated by effects pedals. The OC-2 is a simple circuit with a simple interface. You set the dry, set the octave 1 level, maybe add octave 2 for extra depth. Play clean notes above the fifth fret. That’s the whole thing. Spend a weekend with it and you’ll understand it completely.Want to Go Deeper?Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Get AccessGroove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99Get AccessFreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costGet AccessLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourGet AccessFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25Get AccessExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Get AccessBrowse All Courses →Frequently Asked QuestionsWhy BOSS OC-2 instead of Moog for live performance?Practicality. The Moog sounds incredible but adds serious weight, power requirements, and potential failure points to a live rig. The BOSS OC-2 is compact, reliable, and achieves a convincing analog synth bass sound for most applications.How does the BOSS OC-2 create a synth bass sound?The OC-2's analog octave-down circuit is slightly imperfect — it has a tracking imprecision that actually mimics the slight pitch wobble and attack blur of an analog synthesizer. Blending the octave-down signal with the dry bass signal creates a convincing synth bass tone.What bass is used in this cover?The 1987 MusicMan StingRay. Its midrange character interacts well with the OC-2 — the natural growl of the Stingray gets transformed into a thick, aggressive sub-bass when the octave is engaged.Is the BOSS OC-2 still available?BOSS discontinued the original OC-2 and replaced it with the OC-5, which has an OC-2 vintage mode. The original OC-2 is still widely available used. I've also done a full comparison video between the OC-2 and OC-5 on this blog.Keep ReadingBoss OC-2 vs OC-5 Octave Pedal ComparisonDarkglass Element ReviewMXR M82 Bass Envelope Filter Review

#### Yamaha Bass Comparison: RBX 170, BB234, BB435, TRBX304, RBX4A2 and TRBX505
Six Yamaha basses. One session. I lined them all up and played them back to back — the RBX 170, BB234, BB435, TRBX304, RBX4A2, and TRBX505. Different price points, different characters, different players in mind.
This is the kind of video I wish existed when I was buying my first serious bass. Nobody just plays them side by side and tells you the truth. So here it is.

The Lineup
Let me break down what we’re working with here. These are not random basses — this is basically the entire Yamaha family from beginner to serious intermediate.
The RBX 170 is the entry point. Cheap, simple, gets the job done. Nothing fancy, but it’s honest. If someone’s just starting out and doesn’t want to spend $500 on something they might quit in three months — this makes sense.
The BB234 sits right above it. Already a different instrument. The BB series has a completely different philosophy than the RBX — precision bass DNA, passive electronics, a tone that punches above its price class. I reviewed it separately and it surprised me.
The BB435 is the 5-string version of the BB234 essentially, but there’s more to it. Bigger body, better hardware, and that low B actually sounds usable — which is not guaranteed in this price range. I already have a full review on this one too.
The TRBX304 is where Yamaha starts getting modern. Active/passive switching, a leaner body, faster neck. This is the bass for players who want versatility and a contemporary feel.
The RBX4A2 is an interesting one — acoustic-electric bass. Very different animal. Not for everyone, but if you play acoustic gigs or just want something you can practice without plugging in, it fills that slot.
The TRBX505 is the serious one in this group. 5-string, active electronics, solid hardware. I reviewed it on its own and came away impressed. This is where the value really clicks.
What Actually Matters When Choosing
Here’s the thing nobody tells beginners: the spec sheet doesn’t matter that much at this level. What matters is whether the bass feels right in your hands and whether it stays in tune.
Yamaha builds well. Across all of these, the fret work is clean, the tuners hold, and the necks are consistent. You’re not rolling the dice on quality control the way you sometimes do with cheaper brands.
The real question is: what do you want to sound like?
If you want that old-school Precision Bass thump — the BB series is your answer. BB234, BB435, doesn’t matter — that passive character is immediately recognizable and it records beautifully.
If you want a modern, flexible tone with active EQ — TRBX304 or TRBX505. These are working musician basses. You can go from bright slap tone to deep fingerstyle in seconds.
The RBX 170 is a starter. It does its job. Don’t overthink it if budget is the constraint.
The 5-String Question
A lot of players ask me if they should jump straight to 5 strings. My honest answer: only if you know you need that low B. If you’re learning grooves, learning technique, learning to lock in with a drummer — 4 strings is more than enough for years.
But if you’re playing in a band that tunes down, if you want access to lower notes for fills, or if you just love the sound of a resonant low B — the BB435 and TRBX505 are both solid entry points into that territory.
The BB435’s low B surprised me. It’s tight, it doesn’t flop around, and it actually cuts through a mix. That’s not guaranteed at this price point.
My Pick From This Group
If someone handed me money and said “pick one from these six for an intermediate player” — I’m going TRBX505. The active electronics, the 5-string range, the build quality. It’s a serious instrument at a price that’s still reasonable.
For a pure beginner on a tight budget — BB234. That passive tone is hard to beat and it’ll teach you to work with your hands, not just dial in EQ.
The RBX 170 is fine as a first bass. But if you can stretch to the BB234, stretch.
FAQ
Which Yamaha bass is best for beginners?
The BB234 is my recommendation for most beginners. It sounds better than its price suggests, it’s passive so there’s less to worry about, and it has that classic Precision Bass character that works in almost every genre.
Is the Yamaha RBX 170 worth buying?
As a very first bass on a tight budget, yes. It’s playable, it stays in tune, and Yamaha’s build quality is reliable. Once you decide bass is your instrument, upgrade to a BB series.
Should I get 4-string or 5-string Yamaha bass?
Start with 4 strings unless you have a specific reason to need the low B. Learn technique, learn groove, learn to listen. The 5th string will be there when you need it.
What’s the difference between Yamaha BB and TRBX series?
BB series leans toward classic Precision Bass tone — passive, warm, punchy. TRBX is more modern and versatile with active EQ, lighter body, faster neck feel. Both are quality instruments for different playing styles.
Is the Yamaha TRBX505 worth the money?
Yes, consistently. It competes with basses that cost significantly more, the active electronics are well-voiced, and the 5-string B string is tight and usable. Good value for an intermediate player.
Related Posts
More Yamaha reviews from the blog:

Yamaha BB235 Review
Yamaha BB234 Review
Yamaha TRBX505 Review
Yamaha BB435 Review
Yamaha BB Series Overview

The RBX, BB, and TRBX series represent three different answers to the same question: what should a Yamaha bass feel like. The RBX was the accessible modern option. The BB is the traditional workhorse. The TRBX is the active versatility machine.Understanding these differences saves you from buying the wrong instrument for your context. A jazz player who wants to blend into a live band mix doesn't need the TRBX's scooped active character. A metal player who needs articulation at speed doesn't want the BB's vintage warmth.Yamaha's consistent quality across all three lines means the choice really is about character, not about risk. All of them are built well.Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →

#### Yamaha BB Bass Review: Why Passive Tone Wins Every Time
I keep coming back to Yamaha BB basses. Not because I’m paid to, not because they’re trendy — because after 20 years of playing everything from budget Squiers to boutique Sadowskys, the BB series consistently delivers something that more expensive basses often don’t: honest tone that works in every context.
This time I want to talk about why the passive design of the BB series is not a limitation. It’s the point.

The Case for Passive
The bass world has shifted heavily toward active electronics over the past 30 years. Active EQ, active pickups, onboard preamps — players assume more control means better results. Sometimes it does. But active electronics also impose a character on the instrument. They flatten the dynamic response. They make every note more consistent, which also means less interesting.
Passive basses breathe differently. When you dig in with your thumb or fingers, the pickup responds to that energy directly — no buffer, no preamp smoothing things out. The bass reacts to you in real time. That responsiveness is something you can feel and hear, and once you’ve played a well-designed passive bass for a while it’s hard to go back.
What the BB Series Gets Right
Yamaha has been refining the BB design since the late 1970s. The current series carries 40+ years of engineering decisions about where the pickups sit, how the electronics are voiced, what the neck dimensions should be. That accumulated knowledge shows up in small ways that add up to a bass that just works.
The pickup positioning on the BB series is specific and deliberate. The neck pickup sits closer to the bridge than on most P-bass designs. This gives the BB its characteristic tone — still warm and full, but with more midrange definition and less of the excessive low-end boom that can muddy a mix.
The bridge pickup reinforces that midrange character. Together they create a tone that sits in a band mix without fighting for space. You don’t need EQ to make the BB fit — it fits naturally.
The Different Models and What They Mean
The BB series runs from the BB234 at the entry level through to the BB734A and BB735A at the upper end of the production line. The core character stays consistent across all of them. What changes is the quality of components — pickups, hardware, wood selection — and therefore how far the instrument can take you.
I’ve reviewed the BB234, BB235, BB434, BB435 and BB735A separately. My consistent finding: even the entry models sound like the BB series. The character scales up with budget, but it’s recognisably the same instrument philosophy throughout.
That consistency is a sign of good design. When the character of an instrument is defined by the design rather than the price point, you know the engineers got the fundamentals right.
Who Plays BB Basses
Nathan East has used Yamaha BB basses for decades. He’s played on thousands of records — everything from Michael Jackson to Eric Clapton to George Harrison. His tone is warm, clear, and sits perfectly in whatever context he’s in. That’s the BB character in the hands of a master.
I’ve had students come to me playing active basses that sounded thin and harsh in the mix, switch to a BB series, and immediately sound better — not because they got better overnight, but because the instrument stopped fighting the music.
The Verdict After All These Years
If someone asks me to recommend one bass that covers the most musical ground, that works for the most players, that holds up under the most different styles and contexts — the Yamaha BB series is my answer. Every time. Not the most glamorous choice, not the most exciting brand story, but consistently the right instrument.
Active electronics have their place. But for players who want to develop their touch and dynamics, who want a bass that responds to how they play rather than flattening everything out — passive wins. And the BB series is where passive is done best at its price points.
FAQ
Why does the Yamaha BB series use passive electronics?
Passive electronics preserve the natural dynamic response of the strings and pickups. Yamaha designed the BB series with specific pickup voicing and positioning to achieve the right tone without needing an active preamp — the passive design is intentional, not a cost-cutting measure.
Is passive bass better than active?
Neither is universally better. Passive basses have more dynamic range and respond more directly to your playing technique. Active basses offer more tonal flexibility and consistent output. The BB series makes a strong case for passive done right.
What is the best Yamaha BB bass?
Depends on your budget. The BB234 is the best entry-level BB. The BB434 and BB435 hit the best value sweet spot. The BB734A and BB735A are the serious working-player options with better pickups and hardware. All share the same core character.
Who plays Yamaha BB bass?
Nathan East is the most famous BB player — his warm, clear, present tone on thousands of major recordings is the BB character at its finest. The series also has a strong following among session players and touring musicians who need reliable instruments across many styles.
How does the Yamaha BB compare to a Fender Precision Bass?
Both are passive, both are built around that thick midrange character. The BB has more midrange definition and clarity — the pickup positioning gives it a tighter, more focused tone than a standard P-bass. The Fender P-bass has more low-end authority and a more vintage character. Both are excellent; they suit different players and contexts.
Related Posts

Yamaha BB Series: Full Overview
Yamaha BB735A Review
Yamaha BB435 Review
Yamaha BB234 Review

Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →

#### Yamaha BB Series Bass: Honest Guide From a Guy Who's Played Them All
Look, I’ll cut straight to it — I’ve been playing bass for over 25 years, owned and reviewed dozens of instruments across every price range, and right now the Yamaha BB series is the best thing you can buy under $1000. Period. Not one of the best. THE best. And yes, that includes Fender, Squier, Ibanez, and everything else sitting on the wall at your local guitar shop. I know that’s a bold claim. But I’ve put every model in this lineup through the wringer — gigged with them, recorded with them, compared them side by side with basses costing two and three times as much.
Here’s my full video breakdown before we get into the details:

Quick history before we get into each model — Yamaha dropped the first Broad Bass back in 1977. Paul McCartney used one with Wings, Peter Hook rocked one in Joy Division, Verdine White had a custom BB2000 in Earth, Wind and Fire. These weren’t budget instruments. They were serious professional basses. Fast forward to today, Yamaha kept the DNA but made the lineup more accessible. Four main models in the affordable range: BB234, BB235, BB434, and BB435. Same classic look, same philosophy — just different price tiers. The whole idea is dead simple: give the player a pure bass tone and get out of the way. No active EQ with seventeen knobs, no “revolutionary” pickup technology that sounds like a synthesizer. Just wood, pickups, and your fingers.
The Budget Models: BB234 and BB235
Most budget basses are garbage. You know the drill — fret buzz everywhere, tuners that won’t hold, pickups that sound like they’re underwater. The BB234 is not that. For under $300 you get an alder body, a 5-piece maple/nato neck, and Yamaha’s own PJ pickup set. It’s passive, which means no battery to die on you mid-gig. The neck sits right in the middle between a Jazz and a Precision — comfortable enough to groove on all night without your hand cramping up. Stock tuners feel a little lightweight and the pickups lack some midrange complexity compared to more expensive instruments, but for the money there’s very little that competes. I’ve seen beginners overthink their first bass purchase for months. Stop doing that. Get a BB234, put some good strings on it, go practice.
The BB235 is the same bass with five strings. Five-string basses under $400 are usually a mess — floppy B string, neck that feels like a baseball bat, spacing so tight you can’t slap without hitting two strings at once. The BB235 handles it better than most. The low B has decent tension thanks to the 34″ scale, the spacing is workable, and the balance is fine. Is it as tight as a Stingray 5? No. But you’re paying a fraction of the price, and context matters.
Where It Gets Serious: BB434 and BB435
The jump from the 200 series to the 400 series is not subtle. You feel it the second you pick it up. The neck is a 5-piece maple and mahogany laminate — more rigid, more resonant, just feels like a better instrument. The BB434 uses Yamaha’s V5 Alnico pickups and they are genuinely impressive for this price range. The P pickup is fat and warm without being muddy. Roll in the J pickup and you get that classic growl with some bite on top. People on forums call these “Fender killers” and honestly… I get it. I’ve played American Fenders that cost three times as much and didn’t sound better. Different? Sure. Better? That’s debatable.
Then there’s the stuff nobody talks about. The 400 series uses a 6-bolt miter neck joint — two of those bolts go in at an angle instead of straight through. The neck sits tighter against the body, vibration transfer is better, sustain is noticeably longer. Notes ring out more, the whole bass feels like one piece rather than two parts bolted together. You can actually hear it. On top of that, the strings pass through the body at a 45-degree angle — Yamaha calls it Diagonal Body Thru Stringing. Less stress on the strings, more vibration transfer. You can also string through the bridge if you prefer, it’s convertible. I run mine string-through and the low end has more definition when you dig in hard.
I’ve taken my BB434 to sessions where people assumed it was a much more expensive instrument. When I told them the price, the reaction was always the same: “No way.” Yes way. Anyone who wants professional-quality PJ bass without dropping $1000+ — this is it. The BB435 takes everything and adds a fifth string. Same Alnico V pickups, same miter joint, same string-through design. The low B is surprisingly tight for the money and there’s no neck dive, which is more than I can say for some $2000 basses I’ve played.
How It Stacks Up Against Fender and Squier
Against Squier — not even close. I like what Squier does at $200, but once you hit $300-400 territory, the BB234 just destroys anything Squier offers. Better neck, better pickups, better sustain. The Classic Vibe is decent, but put it next to a BB434 and you’ll hear the difference in the first three notes. Against the Fender Player series — the Player P-Bass costs almost twice as much as a BB434. Does it sound twice as good? Not even close. Different, yes. The Fender has that classic Precision thump. But the BB434 is more versatile with its PJ configuration and the build quality is on par or better for literally half the price. My honest take: everything under $1000, the Yamaha BB series wins. I’m not saying this because I get paid by Yamaha. I’m saying this because I’ve spent 25 years playing basses at every price point and the value proposition here is insane. The day someone shows me a better bass for $500, I’ll happily change my mind. That day hasn’t come yet.
As for tone tips — the BB responds really well to flatwound strings if you’re after that vintage Motown vibe. I run Ernie Ball Cobalt Flats on one of mine and it sounds absolutely massive. Roll the tone knob back to about 7 and you hit a sweet spot where the bass sits perfectly in a mix without being too bright or too dull. Most players leave everything on 10. Don’t be most players. For the pickup blend: full P gives you classic thump, blend in about 30% J and you get definition without losing warmth, both pickups full works great for slap. And spend 20 minutes setting your action properly — a proper setup makes any bass sound and play 50% better. That’s not an exaggeration.
Bottom line: tight budget or need a backup — BB234 or BB235. Ready to invest in something you’ll keep forever — BB434 or BB435. This is the sweet spot of the entire lineup. The Yamaha BB series doesn’t try to be flashy. It’s a bass. A really, really good bass. And after 25 years of playing everything from Fender to Fodera, that’s exactly what matters.
Got questions about any specific model? Drop them in the comments — I’ve probably played whatever you’re curious about.

Frequently Asked Questions
Which Yamaha BB is best for beginners?The BB234 is the best entry point — under $300, passive, reliable, and forgiving to learn on. You won’t outgrow it quickly either.
Is the Yamaha BB434 better than a Fender Player Precision?Different, not necessarily better. The BB434 has a PJ configuration which gives you more tonal options. The Fender has that classic single-P sound. The BB434 costs roughly half as much and the build quality is comparable. For the money, the BB434 is harder to beat.
What’s the difference between the BB234 and BB434?The BB434 has a better neck (maple/mahogany laminate vs maple/nato), Alnico V pickups instead of basic ceramics, a 6-bolt miter neck joint for better sustain, and string-through body stringing. You feel and hear the difference immediately.
Can you slap on a Yamaha BB bass?Yes. The BB series handles slap well, especially the BB434 and BB435 with their Alnico pickups. The BB234 is slightly less punchy for slap but still workable. If slap is your main style, the 400 series is worth the extra investment. I have a full slap bass guide here if you want to get started.
Is the Yamaha BB235 worth buying over the BB234?Only if you actually need five strings. The low B on the BB235 is genuinely usable — better than most budget five-strings. But if you play four-string music, the BB234 is simpler, lighter, and easier to manage.
Related reads: Yamaha BB235 Review  ·  Yamaha TRBX505 Review  ·  How to Slap Bass for Beginners
Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →

#### Yamaha BB234: An Honest Budget 4-String Bass Review
Yamaha’s BB234 in Yellow Natural Satin is one of those basses that makes you do a double-take at the price tag. Five strings, solid alder body, maple neck — and it actually sounds like something a serious player would gig with. Here’s my full take after spending time with it.

Why the BB234 Surprises People Who Try It
The BB line has been Yamaha’s workhorse for decades. The 200 series is the entry point — but Yamaha didn’t cheap out where it counts. The body is alder, not agathis (which is what a lot of budget basses use and sounds thin). The neck is maple with a rosewood fretboard. These are the same materials on basses that cost two or three times as much.
The Yellow Natural Satin finish is unusual. Most budget 5-strings come in black or sunburst because those finishes hide imperfections. Yamaha went with a natural look, which tells you something about the quality control at that factory.
Sound is passive — single coil/split humbucker configuration. The split humbucker at the bridge is the stronger of the two in terms of output and definition. Running both together gives you a warm, mid-focused tone that works well for fingerstyle. The neck pickup alone is a bit muddy, which is expected for this price range.
Low B string is the real test for any budget 5-string. A lot of them have loose, floppy B strings that don’t track well. The BB234’s B is tighter than I expected. Not as tight as a high-end instrument, but usable — you can actually hear the note instead of a flabby low-end blur.
I’d recommend this bass to someone who wants to get into 5-string without spending $800+. It’s not going to replace a Fender or a Sadowsky, but for a student, a weekend player, or someone experimenting with extended range, it does the job.
One thing I always tell students: don’t start on a bad instrument. A bad bass teaches bad habits. The BB234 is good enough that you won’t be fighting it while you’re learning.

Frequently Asked Questions

Is the Yamaha BB234 good for beginners?
Yes — it’s one of the better budget basses for beginners because Yamaha didn’t cut corners on the materials. Alder body and maple neck at this price range is unusual. The setup out of the box is decent, and the passive electronics are simple enough that you won’t fight the controls while you’re learning.

Does the Yamaha BB234 have a tight low B string?
The BB234 is a 4-string bass — it has E, A, D, G strings. If you’re looking for a 5-string with a B string at a similar price, look at the Yamaha BB435 or TRBX305. The BB234’s standard E string is tight and well-intonated for its price range.

How does the Yamaha BB234 compare to other budget basses?
Better than most in its price range. Where competitors use agathis (a cheap tonewood that sounds thin), Yamaha uses alder — the same wood on basses costing three times as much. The trade-off is that the BB234 is heavier than some plastic-feeling budget basses, but it sounds and plays like a real instrument.

Related Posts
Yamaha BB434 Review →Yamaha BB435 vs TRBX305 →

Related reads: Yamaha BB Series Full Guide  ·  Yamaha BB235 Review  ·  Yamaha BB434 Review
The BB234 as a First Bass — My Honest Assessment
I’ve recommended the BB234 to more beginners than I can count over the years. And I want to be clear about why — not because it’s the most exciting bass, not because it has the most features, but because it does the fundamental job correctly. The neck is comfortable for new hands. The action can be set low enough to make learning less physically demanding. The tuners hold well enough that a beginner isn’t constantly fighting pitch. These things matter enormously when you’re trying to learn an instrument and everything is already difficult.
The biggest mistake beginners make is buying a bass that fights them. Either the action is too high and fretting is painful, or the tuners are cheap and the bass goes out of tune every ten minutes, or the neck is so wide that chords feel impossible. The BB234 avoids all of these problems. It’s not a perfect instrument — nothing at this price is — but it’s a cooperative instrument. It lets you focus on learning instead of wrestling with your gear.
I had a student last year who started on a knockoff P-bass copy he bought for $80. The frets were uneven, the action was terrible, the tuners slipped constantly. He was ready to quit after six weeks because he thought he wasn’t getting better. I lent him a BB234 for a month. He came back a different player. The instrument had been fighting him the entire time and he hadn’t known it. Don’t underestimate how much your instrument affects your progress as a beginner.
Upgrading From the BB234 — When and Why
At some point you’ll outgrow the BB234, or you’ll want something different. That’s healthy. The question is when. My general advice — stay with your first bass until you can clearly hear and feel what it’s missing. Not what you read on forums that it’s missing. What you actually notice in your playing. If you’re six months in and you love playing every day, the BB234 is doing its job. If you’ve been playing two years and you’re recording seriously and playing gigs, maybe it’s time to look at the BB434.
The upgrade path within the BB series makes sense — the BB434 is the natural next step. Same feel, better everything. You don’t have to relearn the instrument. You just get more of what the BB234 was already giving you. That continuity is worth something. It’s why I keep recommending the BB series to beginners — the whole lineup is coherent and you can grow with it rather than having to start over with a completely different instrument.
Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →

#### Yamaha BB235 Review: A Budget Five-String Bass That Actually Works
There’s a myth that follows five-string basses around like a bad smell — that you need to spend serious money to get a decent low B. That cheap five-strings are a waste of time. That the fifth string on anything under $400 is basically decorative. I’ve heard this from students, from forum trolls, from guys at music stores who should know better. And then I pick up the Yamaha BB235 and play them a few notes on that low B and watch their face change.

The BB235 is the five-string version of the BB234 — same alder body, same 5-piece maple/nato neck, same passive PJ pickup configuration. It costs somewhere around $350-400 depending on where you buy it and what colour you want. For that money you’re getting a bass that does something most basses at this price completely fail at: it makes the low B actually sound like a note. Not a thud. Not a rumble. A real, defined, musical note that you can use in a band context without apologising for it.
I’ve been playing bass for 25 years. I’ve owned five-string basses that cost ten times what this thing costs and had worse low B response. The reason the BB235 gets it right where others fail comes down to two things — neck construction and Yamaha’s approach to string tension on this scale. The 5-piece laminate neck is more rigid than a single-piece neck, which means less flex when you dig into that low string. Less flex means better sustain, better definition, better everything. It’s not magic. It’s just good engineering at a price point where most manufacturers cut corners.
Who Actually Needs a Five-String Bass
Before we go further — a five-string bass is not for everyone and I want to be honest about that. If you play rock, classic blues, or anything rooted in traditional four-string vocabulary, you probably don’t need one. The low B will mostly sit there unused and you’ll spend the first six months accidentally muting it wrong. Five strings make real sense when you play modern gospel, R&B, contemporary worship music, neo-soul, or any style where the low B is an active part of the arrangement rather than a safety net. Know what you’re getting into before you buy.
That said — if you’ve been putting off the jump to five strings because you thought you needed to spend $800 to get something playable, the BB235 genuinely changes that calculation. I had a student last year who was convinced he needed to save up for a proper “professional” five-string before he could start learning the instrument. I handed him a BB235 in the shop. Twenty minutes later he bought it on the spot. He’s been playing it at church gigs for eight months and nobody has complained about his low B sounding cheap. Because it doesn’t.
The PJ Pickup Setup on a Budget Five-String
Passive PJ configuration on a five-string at this price is not something you see often. Most budget five-strings either go full passive with two jazz pickups, or they stick an active preamp in there to compensate for weak pickups. Yamaha went a different route — decent passive pickups, no battery, no active circuitry. The P pickup gives you that classic warm thump on the low end. Blend in the J pickup and the midrange opens up, you get more definition, the notes separate better. For gospel and R&B this combination is genuinely useful. You’re not going to get one sound and be stuck with it all night.
The tone control is simple — one knob rolling off the highs. Nothing complicated. Which is exactly right for a passive bass at this price. The more controls you add to a cheap preamp, the worse everything sounds. Keep it simple, let the pickups and the wood do the work. Yamaha understood this. A lot of their competitors didn’t.
Where the BB235 Has Limits
I’m not going to pretend this bass is perfect. The stock tuners are functional but nothing special — they hold tune well enough but they feel lightweight in your hand. The bridge is basic. If you’re coming from a higher-end instrument you’ll notice the hardware immediately. The nut could also use a proper setup out of the box — string action on five-strings is almost always a bit high from the factory and the BB235 is no exception. Spend $40-60 getting a proper setup done when you buy it and the bass will play completely differently. This applies to basically every bass under $500, not just this one.
The neck is wider than a four-string obviously, but Yamaha kept the string spacing tight enough that players transitioning from four strings don’t feel completely lost. It’s still an adjustment. Your left hand will need a few weeks to adapt. That’s normal. Push through it — the muscle memory comes faster than you expect.
If you need a five-string bass and your budget is under $400, stop overthinking it and get the BB235. The low B works. The pickups are honest. The build quality is better than it has any right to be at this price. And if someone tells you that you need to spend more to get a decent five-string, hand them this bass and let them prove it.
Frequently Asked Questions
Is the Yamaha BB235 good for beginners?Yes — it’s one of the best budget five-string basses for beginners who know they want five strings from the start. Passive electronics mean less to worry about, and the build quality is solid for the price.
How is the low B string on the Yamaha BB235?Better than you’d expect for this price. The 5-piece laminate neck keeps things rigid enough that the low B has real definition. It’s not going to compete with a $1000+ bass, but it’s completely usable in a band context — which is more than you can say for most five-strings under $400.
What’s the difference between the BB234 and BB235?The BB235 is simply the five-string version of the BB234 — same body, same neck construction, same PJ pickups. The extra string adds some weight and width to the neck. If you don’t need five strings, the BB234 is covered in my full BB series guide.
Should I get the BB235 or the TRBX505?The BB235 is passive and cheaper — better for players who want simplicity and a more vintage tone. The TRBX505 has active electronics, a 35″ scale, and a more modern sound. I break down the full comparison in my TRBX505 review.
Can I slap on the Yamaha BB235?Yes, though it takes some adjustment with the wider five-string neck. The PJ pickup blend helps — roll in more J pickup for the attack you need in slap playing. If you want to learn slap from scratch, check my beginner slap bass guide.
Related reads: Yamaha BB Series Full Guide  ·  Yamaha TRBX505 Review  ·  How to Slap Bass for Beginners
Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →

#### Yamaha BB424 Review: The BB Series Hits Its Stride at Mid-Range
The Yamaha BB424 sits in the middle of the BB series lineup. Not the entry point, not the top — the instrument that a player reaches for after the BB234 has done its job and they’re ready for more.
I’ve spent a lot of time with BB basses across the full range. The 424 occupies an interesting spot: it’s where the BB character becomes fully itself without costing boutique money.

How the BB424 Fits in the Lineup
The BB series numbering is straightforward. The first digit indicates the tier — 2 is entry, 4 is mid-range, 7 is upper-mid. The last two digits indicate strings and configuration. BB424 is a 4-string mid-range instrument.
Compared to the BB234, the 424 upgrades the pickups, the hardware, and the wood quality. These are meaningful improvements that you feel and hear rather than just read about on a spec sheet. The BB234 is a good bass. The BB424 is a better one.
The Pickups
The BB424 uses Yamaha’s own Alnico V pickups — higher-grade magnets than the BB234’s ceramic units. Alnico V magnets produce a warmer, more complex tone with better dynamic response. When you vary your picking intensity the Alnico pickups track those changes more faithfully.
The neck pickup in particular benefits from this upgrade. It’s fuller and warmer than the BB234 equivalent, with more of that thick, punchy character that makes the BB series desirable in the first place. The bridge pickup adds definition and bite without the harshness that lower-quality bridge pickups can introduce.
The Hardware
Yamaha fitted the BB424 with die-cast tuners and a solid bridge. The tuners are smooth and hold pitch reliably. The bridge transfers string vibration efficiently — no rattle, no slop, just solid contact between string and body.
These details sound minor until you’ve played basses where they’re done poorly. Tuners that slip, bridges that rattle, nuts that let strings choke out — these problems don’t exist on the BB424. It’s a working instrument that does its job without introducing problems.
The Neck
Same comfortable BB neck profile that runs through the series. Not too thick, not a razor — a well-designed modern profile that works for extended playing sessions. The rosewood fretboard has a smooth feel that suits both fingerstyle and slap technique.
Fret work is clean. The frets are properly levelled and dressed, with no sharp ends. Setup out of the box is good — the kind of factory setup that you can play straight away without needing immediate adjustment work.
Passive Tone in a Band Context
I keep coming back to this point with BB basses because it keeps being true: the passive character of the BB series is not a limitation. It’s what makes these basses work so consistently across different band contexts.
The BB424 sits in a mix the way a well-designed passive bass should — present, warm, with enough definition to be heard clearly without dominating. You don’t need to fight your amp to find the right sound. The instrument does most of the work for you.
I had a student switch from an active Ibanez to a BB424. His immediate reaction was that the active bass had been covering up some dynamic inconsistency in his playing. The BB424 exposed it — and forced him to fix it. Six months later he was a noticeably better player.
Who Should Buy the BB424
Players who are past the beginner stage and want a serious passive 4-string without spending upper-mid money. If you’ve been playing a year or two on a BB234 or similar instrument and you can feel where its limits are — the BB424 is the natural next step.
Also worth considering for gigging musicians who want a reliable passive bass that covers most musical ground. The BB424 shows up correctly night after night without drama.
FAQ
What is the difference between Yamaha BB234 and BB424?
The BB424 upgrades to Alnico V pickups (warmer, more dynamic than the BB234’s ceramic units), better hardware, and higher-quality tonewoods. The core BB character is the same — the 424 is a more refined execution of the same design philosophy.
Does the Yamaha BB424 have active electronics?
No. The BB424 is passive — volume and tone controls only. This is by design. The BB series is built around the character of passive electronics, and the Alnico V pickups are voiced to deliver the right tone without needing an active preamp.
Is the Yamaha BB424 good for slap bass?
It works for slap, though it’s not the first instrument I’d reach for specifically for slap playing. The passive character and neck pickup placement give the BB424 a warmer character that favours fingerstyle and picking. For slap-focused playing an active bass with a brighter character is usually more effective.
How does the Yamaha BB424 compare to a Fender Precision Bass?
Similar passive character, different voicing. The BB424 has more midrange definition — the pickup placement gives it a tighter, more present tone than the traditional P-bass warmth. Both are excellent passive 4-string basses for working musicians.
Is the Yamaha BB424 worth the upgrade from BB234?
Yes, once you can hear and feel the difference. The Alnico V pickups are noticeably better, the hardware is more solid, and the overall refinement is higher. If you’re actively playing and gigging, the BB424 is worth the step up.
Related Posts

Yamaha BB234 Review — The Entry Point
Yamaha BB435 Review
Yamaha BB Bass: Why Passive Wins
Yamaha BB Series: Full Overview

The BB424 is the four-string entry point into Yamaha's classic BB line — which means you're getting a design philosophy that dates back to 1977 translated into modern manufacturing. The body resonance on a properly set-up BB424 surprises players used to modern instruments. You can feel the bass in your chest before you plug in, which is a characteristic of well-seasoned alder construction.For players moving up from a beginner instrument, the BB424 represents a real step in quality without a devastating price jump. The fretwork is better than anything at this price from most competitors. The tuners are solid. The nut is cut properly. These are things you don't notice until they're absent.If you're a teacher recommending instruments to intermediate students — this is the one. It won't limit them as they develop.Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →

#### Yamaha BB434 Review: Bridge Pickup Tone at 100%
The Yamaha BB434 has one of the most underrated passive tones at its price point. Here’s what happens when you push the bridge pickup to 100% and let the bass speak for itself.

Yamaha BB434: What the Bridge Pickup Actually Sounds Like
A lot of players buy a Yamaha BB and spend most of their time on the neck pickup because it’s warm and easy to dial in. The bridge pickup gets ignored. That’s a mistake.
When you run the BB434 bridge pickup at full volume with the tone rolled slightly back, you get this tight, punchy fundamental that cuts through any mix. It’s not aggressive or harsh. It’s focused. It sits exactly where a bass needs to sit — locked in with the kick drum, present without taking up too much space.
I’ve used this exact setting on dozens of sessions. Students who come in with SR-style basses and want that modern sound are always surprised that the BB434 can get close just by dialing the pickup blend.
The BB434 is alder body, maple neck, rosewood board. Passive electronics. It’s heavy — you feel it on a long gig. But that weight is the reason it sustains the way it does. You can’t have one without the other.
At this price point, the BB series consistently outperforms the competition on tone. The bridge pickup is a big part of why.

Frequently Asked Questions

Is the Yamaha BB434 good for gigging musicians?
Yes. The build quality is solid enough for regular live use — the neck is stable, the hardware doesn’t rattle, and the passive electronics are reliable. The bridge pickup at high output gives you a cutting tone that works in loud band contexts without needing a preamp pedal.

What pickups does the Yamaha BB434 have?
The BB434 has two passive pickups — a single coil at the neck and a split humbucker at the bridge. Running the bridge pickup at full gives you a focused, punchy tone with good note definition. Running both together gives a warmer mid-range sound with more body.

How does the Yamaha BB434 compare to the BB234?
The BB434 is a 4-string version with slightly better hardware and tighter construction. The BB234 is a budget entry point with a more affordable price. Both use similar pickup configurations. The BB434 feels more like a professional instrument in hand — the BB234 is the better choice if you’re just starting out.

Related Posts
Yamaha BB234 Review →Yamaha BB435 vs TRBX305 →

Related reads: Yamaha BB Series Full Guide  ·  Yamaha BB235 Review  ·  BB435 vs TRBX305
The BB434 in a Real Band Context
I want to talk about something that gear reviews almost never cover — how a bass actually performs when you’re standing on a stage with a drummer hitting hard, a guitarist with a loud amp, and a sound engineer who may or may not know what they’re doing. In that context, most of what you obsess about at home disappears. Nobody in the audience cares about your neck construction or your pickup brand. They care about whether the bass sits in the mix and whether the groove makes them move.
The BB434 passes this test. I’ve used it in sessions where nobody knew what I was playing and nobody asked. It just worked. The PJ configuration is genuinely useful live — you can adjust the blend between pickups mid-set to compensate for different room acoustics. Too boomy? More J pickup. Too bright? More P. It’s not a dramatic difference but it’s enough to dial things in without touching your amp between songs.
The 6-bolt miter neck joint makes a difference you can feel when you’re playing for two hours. The sustain is noticeably better than cheaper basses — notes ring out properly instead of dying immediately, which means you can play with a lighter touch and still cut through. Playing with a lighter touch means less fatigue over a long gig. These things matter in ways that don’t show up on a spec sheet.
Setup and Strings — Getting the Most From Your BB434
Every BB434 I’ve played has arrived from the factory with action that’s slightly higher than it needs to be. This is standard practice — manufacturers set action high to avoid fret buzz complaints from players who haven’t had a setup done. Get it set up. Lower the action to where it’s comfortable for your playing style, check the intonation, dress any sharp fret ends. This is a $40-60 investment that transforms how any bass feels under your hands.
For strings — nickel roundwounds in the 45-105 gauge range work great on the BB434. The Alnico pickups respond well to nickel; stainless strings can get a bit harsh through them at higher treble settings. If you want the vintage P-bass thump, try flatwounds — the BB434 handles them beautifully and the combination with the P pickup solo gives you a classic Motown sound that’s hard to replicate any other way. Experiment. The bass rewards it.
Who Should Buy the Yamaha BB434?
If you’re a player who values tone over features, the BB434 makes a strong case. It doesn’t have active electronics, it doesn’t have a 5-piece neck or fancy wood combinations. What it has is a well-voiced passive circuit and a construction standard that punches well above its price point.
Players upgrading from entry-level Squiers or Ibanez SR300s will notice an immediate difference — more tonal depth from the pickups, better neck feel, tighter low end. Players coming from higher-end basses might miss active EQ or extended range, but as a passive 4-string workhorse the BB434 holds its ground against basses costing significantly more.
I’ve recommended it to students who want a serious instrument without the serious price tag. Every time, the feedback is the same — they’re surprised by how good it sounds. That’s the Yamaha BB thing. Understated, reliable, consistently better than you expect.
Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →

#### Yamaha BB435 Review: The 5-String That Just Works
The BB435 is one of those basses I keep coming back to. Not because it’s exotic or rare — quite the opposite. It’s a straightforward, honest instrument that does exactly what it promises without asking anything complicated of you in return.Yamaha’s BB line has been around since the late 70s. The BB435 is the 5-string version of the modern BB400 series — alder body, maple neck, passive pickups, and that characteristic BB punch that sits perfectly in any band mix. It’s not trying to be a Fender. It’s not trying to be anything except a great working bass at a price most people can actually afford.The Tone — Passive and HonestThe BB435 runs entirely passive. Volume, blend between the two pickups, and a single tone control. That’s it. No active EQ, no batteries, no boost switches. You get what the wood and pickups give you.And what they give you is genuinely good. The neck pickup is warm and round — classic fingerstyle territory. The bridge pickup has bite and presence. Both together give you a full, balanced sound that cuts through a band without being harsh. The low B string is one of the tightest I’ve played on a bass in this price range. Clear and defined even when you dig in hard.For slap the BB435 works well too. The string spacing is on the wider side — 17.5mm at the bridge — which gives your thumb room to breathe. The attack is punchy rather than glassy, more old-school funk than modern pop slap, but that’s not a limitation. It’s a character choice.Build Quality for the PriceYamaha’s quality control at this price point is remarkable. The fretwork on the BB435 is clean. The neck profile is comfortable — not too thick, not too thin. The tuners hold pitch reliably. The electronics are quiet.I’ve picked up much more expensive basses with worse fret ends and noisier electronics than this. Yamaha treats the BB435 like a serious instrument because it is one.The body is heavier than some players expect from an alder bass, but that weight contributes to the sustain and resonance. You feel it on a long gig. Get a good strap.Who Should Buy the BB435Players who want a serious 5-string without boutique prices. Intermediate players upgrading from a budget instrument. Working musicians who need something reliable that will handle rehearsals, gigs, and recording without drama.I’ve recommended the BB435 to more students than I can count. It’s consistently the answer when someone asks me what 5-string to buy under $500. Not because there’s nothing better at that price — but because for most players, the BB435 will do everything they need and then some.If you want active electronics and more tonal flexibility, look at the BB735A. If you want a 4-string version of the same idea, the BB434 is excellent. But if you need a 5-string that just works — passive, punchy, reliable — the BB435 is hard to beat.The BB435 is one of those instruments I’ve recommended to hundreds of students over the years and never had a complaint come back. It’s not exciting on paper. But in your hands, playing through any reasonable amp, it just sounds like a bass guitar is supposed to sound.The original Yamaha BB design dates back to 1977. That’s nearly fifty years of refinement on the same core concept. The tuning machines on a current BB435 are better than what you’d find on a custom shop instrument from the 80s. The fretwork is consistent. The setup from the factory is reliable.For a student bass or a reliable backup, nothing in this price range competes on build quality. Yamaha does not cut corners on wood selection or fret finishing even at entry level.One thing worth saying clearly: the BB435 neck is one of the most comfortable production necks in this price range. Your fretting hand doesn’t fight it. That comfort translates to longer practice sessions, faster technique development, and less fatigue at gigs.If you’re teaching yourself — buy the BB435, learn it properly, and you’ll still be playing it in ten years.FAQIs the Yamaha BB435 good for beginners?Yes, though it’s not marketed as a beginner instrument. The passive electronics are straightforward and the neck is comfortable. The main thing beginners should know is that the 5-string neck is wider than a 4-string — give yourself a few weeks to adjust.How does the BB435 compare to a Fender Jazz Bass 5-string?The BB435 has a warmer, more focused character — less scooped than a typical Jazz Bass. The B string is generally considered tighter and better defined than entry-level Fender 5-strings. Build quality is comparable or better at similar price points.Can the BB435 handle slap bass?Yes. The wider string spacing makes thumb technique comfortable and the passive pickups give a natural, punchy slap tone. It won’t give you the bright, scooped modern slap sound of an active bass without EQ on your amp — but with a little boost on the highs and a mid cut you’ll get there.Does the BB435 come in different colors?Yes — Yamaha offers the BB series in several finishes including black, natural, and various sunburst options depending on the market.What strings come on the BB435 stock?Yamaha installs their own stock strings which are decent but not exceptional. Most players swap them out after a few weeks. Rotosound, DR, or D’Addario are common upgrades.Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →Keep ReadingYamaha BB235 ReviewYamaha BB434 vs Ibanez SR1100B ReviewYamaha BB435 vs TRBX305 Review

#### Yamaha BB435 vs TRBX305: Classic DNA vs Modern Design — Which Bass Is Right for You?
Same brand. Same price range. Completely different instruments.
That’s the thing about Yamaha — they make it easy to buy the wrong bass. Not because their products are bad, quite the opposite. They make so many good options across so many different philosophies of what a bass should be, that picking the right one actually requires you to know yourself as a player first.
The BB435 and the TRBX305 both sit in that $400-500 range. They’ll both get you through a rehearsal. They’ll both record. But they’re built on entirely different ideas about what bass guitar is supposed to feel like.
The BB Series: Classic DNA, No Compromises
The BB line traces back to the late 1970s. Yamaha built it as their answer to the Fender Precision — passive, solid, focused. The philosophy hasn’t really changed since. You get a bolt-on maple neck, alder body, passive pickups, and a sound that sits exactly where bass is supposed to sit in a band mix.
The BB435 is a 5-string version of that tradition. It’s heavy. It’s simple. The controls are minimal — volume, pickup blend, tone. No active EQ, no batteries, no extra switches. What you plug in is what you get.
Players who gravitate toward the BB are usually people who grew up on classic music. Rock, blues, soul, classic funk. People who learned bass by listening to James Jamerson or Jaco or Flea. The BB rewards that kind of player because it has a natural, organic sound that responds to touch. Play hard — it snarls. Play soft — it breathes.
The TRBX: Modern Platform, Built for Flexibility
The TRBX305 is a different animal entirely. Active electronics, 3-band EQ onboard, lighter body, modern asymmetric neck profile. It’s designed for the player who wants control — cut the mids for slap, boost the lows for pop, dial in a completely flat response for recording.
The TRBX also has a Performance EQ switch — a preset tone that gives you instant access to a scooped, modern sound without touching individual EQ knobs. It’s a convenience feature but it actually works well live.
Where the BB asks you to develop your ear and your touch, the TRBX gives you tools to compensate and shape. That’s not a criticism — it’s just a different design priority. Modern music often requires that kind of flexibility.
Which One Is For You
I’ve been asked this question more times than I can count. And my answer is always the same: it depends on where you are in your playing.
If you’re a beginner or intermediate player who wants to learn how to get tone from your hands rather than your EQ — BB435. It will teach you things. Passive instruments are honest. They expose your technique instead of covering it up. That can be uncomfortable at first, but it makes you a better player faster.
If you’re already comfortable with your tone and you need a live instrument that can cover multiple styles in a single set — TRBX305. The active electronics give you the flexibility to go from a warm fingerstyle tone to a bright slap sound without changing anything except a knob position.
I’ve had students ask me this question after watching my comparison video on YouTube. What genuinely surprised me is how many people left comments saying they bought one of these basses after watching. Some went BB, some went TRBX — and almost all of them reported back that they were happy. Because both are excellent instruments. The question is never which one is better. It’s which one is better for you right now.
That’s exactly why I started this channel. Not to tell you what to buy — to give you the information to make that decision yourself. Twenty years of playing, dozens of instruments through my hands, lessons with hundreds of students across all levels. What I try to do in every video is compress that experience into something useful.
If my videos have helped you make a decision — whether it was this comparison or anything else — the best way to say thank you and keep this going is to support on Patreon. Every course there is something I built from real teaching experience, not theory. And if you’re learning bass seriously, there’s something there for every stage of the journey.
Quick Comparison

BB435
TRBX305

Electronics
Passive
Active 3-band EQ

Sound character
Warm, organic, classic
Modern, flexible, versatile

Best for
Rock, blues, soul, classic funk
Pop, R&B, modern funk, covers

Recommended for
Intermediate+ players
Beginners and working musicians

Weight
Heavier
Lighter

FAQ
Is the Yamaha BB435 good for beginners?
It can be, but it’s more rewarding for players who already have some feel for tone. The passive electronics mean you rely entirely on your technique and amp settings to shape your sound. That’s a great teacher — but it can feel limited to someone just starting out.
Does the TRBX305 need batteries?
Yes. Active electronics require a 9V battery. Most players get 6-12 months from one battery under normal use. Always carry a spare to rehearsal.
Can I use either bass for slap?
Both work for slap. The TRBX305 responds better to modern slap tone thanks to the active EQ — you can dial in that scooped mid sound quickly. The BB435 has a more old-school slap character, closer to what you’d hear on classic funk recordings.
Which has better resale value?
The BB series holds value slightly better historically, partly because of its longer legacy and reputation. That said, both are mid-range instruments — buy whichever fits your playing, not your potential resale.
Comparing the BB435 and TRBX305 across different production periods really highlights how Yamaha’s priorities shifted. The classic BB line was designed by engineers who thought about tone first. The TRBX was designed around a modern player’s checklist — active electronics, aggressive looks, flexibility.Neither approach is wrong. But they produce instruments with very different relationships to the player. The BB rewards you for developing your touch. The TRBX rewards you for having a specific sound in mind and dialing it in quickly. For a beginner deciding between them, that distinction matters more than any spec comparison.Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →

#### Yamaha BB435 vs TRBX305: Which 5-String Bass Should You Buy?
If you’re stuck between the BB435 and the TRBX305, you’re not choosing between a good bass and a bad one—you’re choosing between two completely different instruments that happen to cost about the same.

Two basses, two different philosophies
I’ve played both of these extensively, and the question I get all the time is “which one should I get?” The honest answer depends entirely on what kind of player you are and what kind of stages you’re playing. The BB series has been around since the late 70s—it’s Yamaha’s take on the classic P/J formula, passive, punchy, traditional. The BB435 has a mahogany body, a chunky neck, and pickups that just sit in a live mix without any tweaking. You plug it in and it sounds like a bass is supposed to sound. There’s a reason working musicians have been gigging these for decades.
The TRBX305 is a completely different animal. Active preamp, slimmer body, lighter overall, 3-band EQ that lets you sculpt your sound for basically any situation. The BB435 has this natural authority in the low mids that fills a band mix without fighting for space—you don’t have to EQ it to death. The TRBX305 needs a bit of shaping to really wake up, but once you dial it in, it handles completely different styles in the same night. I’ve done slap for one set and fingerstyle for another on a TRBX305 and the onboard EQ handled all of it. It’s also noticeably lighter on the shoulder after a 3-hour gig, and that matters more than people admit.

Feature
BB435
TRBX305

Electronics
Passive
Active

Raw tone
Warmer, more organic
Needs shaping

Weight
Heavier
Lighter

Tonal flexibility
Limited
3-band EQ

Best for
Rock, soul, funk
Multiple styles, long gigs

If you mostly play one style and want a bass that sounds great without thinking about it—BB435. If you play across different styles or you’re doing long sets and your shoulder matters—TRBX305. Both are genuinely excellent instruments for the money. Which one are you leaning toward?

Frequently Asked Questions

Is the Yamaha BB435 better than the TRBX305 for beginners?
Depends on what you prioritize. The BB435 has a more traditional feel and a warmer tone — better for fingerstyle and groove playing. The TRBX305 has active electronics and a more modern sound. If you want versatility, go TRBX. If you want classic bass tone, go BB.

Which Yamaha 5-string bass is better for slap bass?
The TRBX305 handles slap better out of the box — the active preamp gives you more mid scoop and punch. The BB435 can slap well too, but its passive pickups have a rounder tone that works better for fingerstyle funk.

Is the low B string tight on budget 5-string basses?
It varies a lot. Both the BB435 and TRBX305 have acceptable B strings for the price range, but neither is as tight as a $1,000+ instrument. The key is proper setup — correct string height and intonation make a huge difference on budget basses.

Related Posts
Yamaha BB434 Review →Yamaha BB234 Review →

Related reads: Yamaha BB Series Full Guide  ·  Yamaha TRBX505 Review  ·  Yamaha BB434 Review
What Actually Matters in a 5-String Under $500
People obsess over specs when buying a bass — wood type, pickup brand, hardware finish. After 25 years of playing I can tell you what actually matters on a five-string in this price range: low B tension, neck stability, and pickup output. Everything else is secondary. You can live with basic tuners. You can live with a simple bridge. You cannot live with a floppy B string or a neck that moves with humidity and throws your intonation off every week.
Both the BB435 and TRBX305 pass the fundamental tests. The low B on both instruments is usable — not world-class, but usable in a band context. The neck on the BB435 is slightly more stable thanks to the 5-piece laminate construction. The TRBX305 neck is fine but feels a little more susceptible to seasonal movement in my experience. Not a dealbreaker, but worth knowing if you live somewhere with extreme humidity changes.
String spacing is where players often get tripped up. The BB435 has wider spacing at the bridge — more traditional feel, easier for fingerstyle, slightly more awkward for slap if you’re coming from a four-string. The TRBX305 is tighter, which some players prefer for slap and fast passages. Try both if you can. Your hands will tell you which one feels right within five minutes.
My Honest Recommendation After Playing Both
If I had to pick one for a student with a $400-500 budget who plays modern music and needs five strings — I’d probably lean BB435. The passive electronics are simpler, the tone is warmer and more versatile across different amp setups, and the build quality feels a half-step above the TRBX305. But the TRBX305 is not a bad bass. If you want active tone shaping and a faster neck profile, it earns its price. Neither of these instruments will embarrass you on a gig. That’s the honest bottom line.
Whatever you choose — set it up properly. New strings, intonation checked, action adjusted to your playing style. A $300 bass with a proper setup plays better than a $700 bass that’s never been touched by a technician. This applies to every bass at every price point. Don’t skip the setup.
The BB435 sits in that sweet spot where a beginner can afford it and a working pro won't be embarrassed by it. The neck profile on this bass is comfortable from day one — not too thick, not the kind of shredder-slim that makes fingerstyle exhausting after an hour. It's a playing neck.One thing I always tell students looking at this price range: don't sleep on the passive electronics. Active pickups sound impressive at the music store because they're loud and modern. But passive has dynamics. It responds to how hard you dig in. That relationship between you and the instrument is what builds real technique.If you're on the fence between the BB435 and TRBX305 specifically for gigging — take the BB. It sits better in a band mix without eq fights.Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →

#### Yamaha BB734A vs Fujigen Mighty Jazz: Japan’s Best vs Japan’s Secret
Two basses from very different places. Two completely different stories. The BB734A is made in Indonesia — Yamaha's mid-range production. The Fujigen Mighty Jazz is made in Japan. The price gap between them is real, but so is the quality on both sides. One is a household name in the bass world — the other is a brand most Western players have never heard of. But when you plug them both in and start playing, the gap closes fast.
The Yamaha BB734A and the Fujigen Mighty Jazz don’t compete in any obvious market category. Yamaha is everywhere. Fujigen is a manufacturer’s manufacturer — they built guitars and basses for Fender Japan, Ibanez, and ESP before putting their own name on instruments. If you’ve played a Japanese Fender from the 80s or 90s and loved it, there’s a decent chance Fujigen made it.
The BB734A — Active BB at Its Best
The BB734A is the 4-string active version in Yamaha’s upper BB lineup. Same DNA as the BB735A — alder body, maple neck, the same sweepable mid EQ that makes the 700 series stand out from cheaper active basses. But as a 4-string it feels more focused, more direct.
The BB734A has a presence that 5-strings sometimes lose. Four strings, passive-feeling response even through active electronics, that classic BB punch in the low-mids. Fingerstyle sounds warm and full. Pick playing gets bright and aggressive without being harsh. Slap works well — the wide string spacing gives you room.
This is the kind of bass that sounds right immediately. You don’t spend ten minutes adjusting EQ trying to find a usable tone. You plug in, play, and the BB734A just sits where bass is supposed to sit.
The Fujigen Mighty Jazz — Japan’s Best Kept Secret
Fujigen built instruments for other brands for decades before releasing basses under their own name. The Mighty Jazz is what happens when a factory full of master craftsmen decide to build exactly what they want, without a corporate brief telling them to cut costs.
The construction quality on the Mighty Jazz is exceptional. The neck joint is tight. The fretwork is precise. The hardware is solid. These are details you feel before you even plug in — the way the bass balances, the way the neck feels under your hand, the action out of the box.
Tonally the Mighty Jazz lives up to its name. It has Jazz Bass DNA — two single-coil pickups, wide tonal range depending on which pickup you favor. Solo the bridge pickup and you get that nasal, cutting tone that slices through any mix. Roll in the neck pickup and you’re in warm, round Motown territory. Both pickups together — the classic Jazz sound, full and balanced.
What surprises people who pick up a Fujigen for the first time is how alive it feels. Japanese craftsmanship at this level produces instruments with a resonance and response that’s hard to describe technically but immediately obvious when you play.
Who Wins?
They don’t really compete — they do different things. The BB734A is an active bass with a character EQ that gives you control over your sound. The Mighty Jazz is a passive instrument that lets the wood and pickups do the talking.
If you want tonal flexibility and a modern platform — BB734A. If you want a passive instrument built to the highest possible standard that rewards great technique — Fujigen Mighty Jazz.
I’ve played both extensively. In a band context, the BB734A sits in the mix more easily — the EQ helps you carve your space. Recording solo, the Mighty Jazz captures something more organic and honest. Both are excellent instruments. The choice comes down to what kind of player you are and what you’re trying to say with your bass.
FAQ
Is Fujigen a reliable brand?
Extremely. Fujigen has been manufacturing instruments since 1960 and built basses and guitars for Fender Japan, Ibanez, ESP, and others. Their quality control is considered among the best in Japan. Instruments under their own name represent exceptional value precisely because you’re paying for craftsmanship, not a famous logo.
Where can I buy a Fujigen Mighty Jazz?
Fujigen is distributed primarily in Japan and Europe. You’ll find them at specialty dealers or through Japanese online retailers that ship internationally. They’re harder to find than Yamaha but worth the effort.
Does the BB734A have a passive mode?
Yes. Pull the volume knob to switch to passive. The passive tone is excellent — the BB734A doesn’t depend on active electronics to sound good.
Which is better for a beginner — BB734A or Mighty Jazz?
BB734A. It’s more widely available, easier to find support and accessories for, and the active EQ helps beginners find a usable tone faster. The Mighty Jazz rewards experience and a developed ear.
How does the Fujigen compare to a Fender Jazz Bass?
Favorably. Fujigen’s build quality often exceeds American Fender production at comparable price points. The pickups and hardware are different from standard Fender, so the tone has its own character — but the playing experience is at least as good and often better.
The BB734A vs Fujigen Mighty Jazz comparison comes down to what kind of player you are philosophically. The BB734A is a complete instrument — it has character, it has opinion, it pushes back a little. The Fujigen is more of a tool. Exceptional craftsmanship, precise response, but it asks you to bring the personality.Both instruments are serious quality at non-serious prices compared to boutique alternatives. They suit different contexts. Studio work where you need versatility — the Fujigen. Live gigs where you want the bass to carry some weight of its own — the BB.You can’t really make a bad choice here. Both will outlast the trend you bought them for.One thing that often gets overlooked in instrument comparisons is how each bass responds over time. The BB734A, being an established Yamaha design, has a predictable aging curve — the neck stabilizes quickly, the frets wear evenly, and the instrument improves with playing. Japanese instruments at this level are built to last decades, not seasons.Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →

#### Yamaha BB735A Deep Dive: Why the Sweepable Mid Changes Everything
I keep coming back to the BB735A. I reviewed it once and found myself thinking about it in the weeks after — which is usually a sign that there’s more to say. This is the longer look: the 5-string passive BB and why it occupies a specific space that nothing else in this price range quite fills.

The 5-String Passive Problem
Most 5-string basses are active. There’s a reason for that — active electronics help compensate for the low B string’s tendency to sound undefined and loose at standard 34-inch scale. Boost the fundamental with an active preamp and the B string sounds more authoritative even when the physics aren’t ideal.
The BB735A takes a different approach. Passive electronics, carefully voiced Yamaha pickups, and a body construction that’s been refined over decades to maximise natural resonance. The B string doesn’t rely on EQ to sound tight. The instrument is designed to produce a usable low B through physical and acoustic means rather than electronic compensation.
That’s a harder engineering problem to solve. Yamaha solved it.
The Sweepable Mid — The Key Feature
Wait — I said passive. The BB735A is passive except for one thing: a sweepable mid EQ. This single active control is the instrument’s defining feature and the reason it justifies a separate deep dive.
A fixed-frequency mid control boosts or cuts at one specific frequency regardless of context. A sweepable mid lets you choose which frequency you’re affecting. That distinction matters enormously in practice.
Different rooms, different amps, different bands — the frequency where the bass needs to cut through varies. In a room with a lot of low-mid buildup you might need to cut around 200-300Hz. In a room that’s eating your presence you might need to boost around 500-800Hz. The sweepable mid lets you make that decision in real time rather than being locked into whatever the instrument’s fixed EQ happens to be.
I’ve used this feature consistently at gigs. It’s not a gimmick — it’s the most practical single EQ control I’ve encountered on a production bass.
The Low B String
I was more cautious about the B string in my first review. After more playing I’m more confident: the BB735A’s low B is genuinely good for a 34-inch scale instrument. Not just “adequate for the price” — actually good.
The combination of the body resonance, the pickup voicing, and the ability to dial in the right mid frequency means the B string sits in a mix with authority. You don’t find yourself avoiding it or limiting where you use it. That’s the test — if you’re compensating for a weak B string by playing differently, the instrument has failed. On the BB735A I don’t compensate.
How It Plays Over a Long Set
The BB735A is comfortable for extended playing. The body is well-balanced — no neck dive, sits level at any strap length. The neck is consistent and comfortable. After three hours it doesn’t feel like punishment.
This is an underrated quality in any instrument. A bass that’s uncomfortable to wear affects your playing in subtle ways — tension in the shoulder, awkward wrist angles, fatigue that accumulates. A well-balanced instrument disappears on the strap. The BB735A disappears.
Comparing to Active 5-Strings at the Same Price
The TRBX505, the Cort A5 Plus SCMS, the Ibanez SR505 — all active, all excellent at what they do. The BB735A sits alongside them as an alternative philosophy rather than a direct competitor.
If you want modern active tone with maximum EQ flexibility — those are your instruments. If you want the passive BB character with a single smart active control that covers the most important tonal adjustment — the BB735A is the answer. Players who’ve tried both often keep both for different contexts.
FAQ
Is the Yamaha BB735A fully passive?
Almost. The BB735A has passive pickups and passive volume/tone controls, but includes a single active sweepable mid EQ. This hybrid approach gives you passive character with one targeted active control for the most musically useful frequency adjustment.
How does the sweepable mid work on the BB735A?
A knob selects the frequency you want to affect (typically sweepable from around 200Hz to 1kHz or more), and a second control boosts or cuts at that frequency. This lets you target the specific frequency range that needs adjustment rather than using a fixed-frequency mid.
Is the Yamaha BB735A good for live performance?
Excellent. The balance is good, it’s comfortable over long sets, and the sweepable mid lets you adapt your tone to different rooms in real time. A strong working musician’s bass.
How does the BB735A compare to the BB434?
The BB735A is a 5-string with higher-grade pickups, better hardware, and the sweepable mid feature. The BB434 is a simpler 4-string instrument at a lower price point. Both share the BB character; the 735A is the more refined and versatile instrument.
What styles is the Yamaha BB735A best for?
The BB character suits most styles — funk, R&B, pop, rock, gospel, session work. The sweepable mid extends its range further. The passive character makes it particularly strong for styles where dynamic playing matters. Less ideal for heavy metal where an aggressive active tone is typically preferred.
Related Posts

Yamaha BB735A — First Review
Yamaha BB Bass: Why Passive Wins
Yamaha TRBX505 Deep Dive
Yamaha BB434 Review

The BB735A five-string passive version answers a question that a lot of five-string players have been asking for years: do I actually need active electronics? The answer, for many players in many contexts, is no. The passive BB735A has a natural, acoustic-feeling resonance that active circuits tend to compress out of existence.The Alnico V pickups in this configuration respond differently to passive electronics than they do in the active version. The output is lower but the transient response is more immediate — you hear what your hands are doing more directly. For developing players, that relationship is educational. For experienced players, it's satisfying.Yamaha building a passive five-string in the BB line at this price point is a gift to the market segment that has been underserved. Most manufacturers assume five-string players want active electronics. Yamaha understood that wasn't universal.Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →

#### Yamaha BB735A Review: What a Sweepable Mid EQ Actually Changes
The BB735A is one of those basses that makes you stop mid-sentence. You’re explaining something to a student, you pick it up to demonstrate — and then you just keep playing. The conversation can wait.
Yamaha’s BB700 series sits above the entry-level BB400 line and below the professional BB2000 territory. But the 735A has something neither of those has: a fully parametric active EQ built around a preamp that actually sounds good when it’s adding something, not just when it’s sitting flat.
What the EQ Actually Does
Most active basses have a 3-band EQ — bass, mid, treble. Cut or boost, done. The BB735A goes further. The mid frequency is sweepable, meaning you can select which mid frequency you’re boosting or cutting. This is the difference between an EQ that colors everything broadly and one that lets you be surgical.
In the video I run through a series of EQ positions to show what each does to the tone. Flat setting first — and this is important — flat on the BB735A already sounds good. That’s how you know the bass underneath the electronics is solid. If a bass only sounds decent with the EQ cranked, something is wrong with the instrument. The 735A sounds great at zero.
Then the differences become obvious. Boost the mid at around 500Hz and you get that classic growl that sits perfectly in a rock mix. Scoop the same mid and you’re suddenly in funk territory — that hollow, punchy character that makes slap lines pop. Boost the treble slightly and the attack becomes more defined, better for pick playing or cutting through a loud band.
I’ve played through a lot of active basses over 20 years. Most of them sound similar because most preamps are built on the same basic circuit. The BB735A sounds like Yamaha did something different here.
The BB DNA Underneath
Strip away the active electronics and you still have a BB bass. Alder body, maple neck, rosewood fretboard. The passive voice of this instrument — when you bypass the preamp or pull out the battery — is warm and woody, exactly what you expect from the BB line.
The 5-string spacing on the 735A is wide. 19mm at the bridge, which is the same as a standard 4-string Fender. Some players prefer tighter spacing for faster playing, but if you come from a 4-string background and find narrow 5-string necks uncomfortable, this is your bass. It plays like a 4-string that happens to have a 5th string.
The B string is tight and focused — this is a recurring theme with the BB series. Yamaha gets the low B right in a way that many brands at this price point simply don’t. You can dig in hard without the note turning into mud.
Who Is This Bass For
Players who want versatility without sacrificing the fundamental BB character. The sweepable mid EQ means this bass can cover more ground than a standard BB435 or BB434 — it can be warm and vintage for one song, punchy and modern for the next.
Session musicians and working bassists who play across different styles will appreciate this most. If you’re in a band that plays one thing all night, the 435 might be enough. If your setlist jumps from soul to pop to rock to funk, the 735A gives you the tools to sound right for all of it.
I also recommend it to more advanced students who have outgrown their first bass and want something that will reward continued development. The EQ flexibility means there’s always something new to explore — different tones for different contexts, different ways to shape the sound for recording versus live use.
FAQ
What is the difference between the BB735A and BB435?
The BB735A has active electronics with a 3-band sweepable mid EQ, better hardware, and generally higher build quality. The BB435 is fully passive. Both share the BB body and neck philosophy but the 735A gives you significantly more tonal control and refined components.
Can I use the BB735A in passive mode?
Yes. When the battery dies or you pull it out, the bass switches to passive mode automatically. The passive tone is still excellent — you lose the EQ but the fundamental sound of the instrument remains.
Is 19mm string spacing good for slap bass?
Yes, wider spacing makes slap technique more comfortable, especially for players with larger hands. The extra space between strings gives you more room to pop the G and D strings without catching adjacent strings. The BB735A’s wide spacing is one of its best features for funk and slap playing.
How does the sweepable mid EQ work in practice?
You have two controls: one that sets the frequency (where in the midrange you’re affecting) and one that sets the amount (boost or cut). In practice you set the frequency once for each application — low-mid boost for rock, mid scoop for slap — and then use the boost/cut knob to dial in how much. Once you find your settings you’ll stop thinking about it.
Is the BB735A worth the price over the BB435?
If you need tonal flexibility, yes. If you play one style and already know your sound, save the money and get the 435. The EQ on the 735A is only useful if you actually use it.
The BB735A is the five-string version of one of Yamaha’s strongest designs. That Alnico V pickup setup responds beautifully to different attack styles — dig in hard and it sounds aggressive, back off and play with the heel of your thumb and you get a warmer, rounder character.What I appreciate about the 735A specifically is the weight. A lot of five-strings are heavy enough to cause posture problems after a long rehearsal. Yamaha managed to keep this one at a reasonable balance point. That matters more than spec sheets suggest.If you’re moving from a four-string to a five, this is one of the more accessible transitions available in the mid-price range.Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →

#### Yamaha Billy Sheehan Attitude 3 Bass Review: Built for One Purpose
The Yamaha Billy Sheehan Attitude 3 is a signature bass — and signature instruments are a specific kind of purchase. You’re not just buying a bass, you’re buying into a player’s philosophy of what an instrument should do. That’s worth examining before you spend the money.
Billy Sheehan is one of the most technically advanced rock bassists alive. His playing involves heavy picking, aggressive right-hand technique, chording, and a tone that cuts through two guitar stacks without breaking a sweat. The Attitude 3 is built for that specific purpose.

The Design Philosophy
The Attitude 3 has a neck pickup routed for a split-coil P-style pickup and a bridge pickup that’s a single-coil wired to a separate output. Yes — two output jacks. Sheehan runs the neck pickup through one amp and the bridge pickup through another, blending two separate sounds at the board or with a mixer.
For most players this is overkill. For a player who needs to fill a large sound in a loud rock context, it’s a practical solution to a real problem. The dual-output design lets you dial in warmth and body from one signal path and attack and presence from the other, independently.
You can also run it mono through a single amp — the bass functions fine as a standard instrument. But you’d be leaving half the design on the table.
The Neck
Wide and flat. Sheehan has large hands and plays with specific technique that benefits from the wider string spacing and flatter profile. If you also have larger hands and play rock with aggressive right-hand technique, this neck will feel natural immediately.
If you have smaller hands or you play primarily fingerstyle funk or jazz, this neck will feel like a lot to hold onto. That’s not a flaw — it’s a signature instrument designed around one player’s anatomy. Know what you’re buying.
The Tone
Aggressive. The P-style neck pickup gives you that thick, midrange-forward foundation. The bridge single-coil adds definition and bite. Together they create a tone that is built to compete with loud guitars in a live rock context.
I played it through a single amp and it sounded powerful and present. Running it through two amps the way Sheehan intends — that opens up a different level of control over your sound. The stereo routing is where this bass really shows its purpose.
Who Should Buy This
Rock bassists who play loud, who dig in hard, and who need a bass that won’t get buried in a dense mix. If you’re inspired by Billy Sheehan’s playing and you want to explore that kind of aggressive, technical rock bass approach — this instrument is designed exactly for that.
For everyone else — even excellent players who work in different styles — there are better fits. A funk player doesn’t need this bass. A jazz player doesn’t need this bass. The Attitude 3 is a specialised tool for a specific musical context and it’s very good at what it does.
I’d also note this is one of the few signature bass instruments where the design actually reflects how the artist plays, rather than being a standard instrument with a famous name on the headstock. That authenticity matters.
Build Quality
It’s a Yamaha, so the construction is solid throughout. The hardware is quality, the fret work is clean, the finish is consistent. Yamaha’s manufacturing standards apply regardless of the price point, and the Attitude 3 benefits from that.
The electronics are well-shielded — important on a bass with two separate signal paths. Noise is not a problem in normal playing conditions.
FAQ
What makes the Yamaha Billy Sheehan Attitude 3 different from other basses?
The dual-output design — one output for the neck P-style pickup, one for the bridge single-coil — allows running two separate signal chains and blending them independently. This is a unique feature designed specifically for Sheehan’s two-amp live setup.
Can you use the Yamaha Attitude 3 with a single amp?
Yes. It functions as a standard bass through a single mono output. You won’t take advantage of the dual-output design, but the instrument plays and sounds like a quality P/J bass through one amp.
Is the Yamaha Billy Sheehan bass good for beginners?
No. The wide neck, aggressive tone character, and dual-output complexity are all aimed at advanced players with a specific style. A beginner would be better served by a standard beginner instrument before tackling something this specialised.
What kind of music is the Yamaha Attitude 3 designed for?
Hard rock and heavy rock primarily. The tone is aggressive and designed to compete with loud guitars. It’s not well-suited for jazz, funk, or styles where a cleaner, more polished tone is needed.
How does the dual output work on the Yamaha Attitude 3?
The neck P-style pickup routes to one output jack and the bridge single-coil to a second output jack. Running cables to two separate amps lets you blend the two sounds independently — typically warmth and body from the neck, attack and presence from the bridge.
Related Posts

Yamaha BB735A Review
Yamaha BB Series Guide
Fender American Ultra Jazz Bass Review
Seymour Duncan vs EMG Bass Pickups

The Yamaha Billy Sheehan Attitude 3 exists in a specific market niche: rock bassists who play fast, need reliability, and don't want to look like they compromised by not playing a precision. Sheehan's influence on the design is unmistakable — the neck is built for speed, the dual pickup configuration covers everything from punchy neck pickup warmth to screaming bridge pickup attack.What I find interesting about studying Billy's technique through this instrument is how the bass is designed to reveal his approach. The woofer pickup handles the bottom, the neck pickup handles the midrange punch, and he blends them intentionally depending on what the song needs. It's not a one-knob bass.For players who want to understand aggressive rock bass beyond just playing with a pick and turning up the gain — this instrument is worth spending time with, even if it's not your primary sound.Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →

#### Yamaha TRB1004J Review: Passive Neck-Through Bass Done Right
The TRB1004J is one of those basses that doesn’t scream for attention. No active preamp pushing your tone into your face, no flashy figured top. Just a natural finish, passive electronics, and a neck-through construction that changes how the whole instrument resonates.
I’ve played a lot of Yamaha TRB basses. This one sits in a specific spot in the lineup — the J suffix stands for the natural finish, and the NT means neck-through. Both of those things matter more than you’d think.

Neck-Through: Why It Actually Matters
Most basses in this price range are bolt-on. That’s fine — bolt-on necks are perfectly good and easier to repair. But neck-through construction changes the sustain character of the instrument in a way you can feel under your fingers.
On the TRB1004J, notes ring out and decay smoothly. There’s no hard cutoff, no dead spots around the heel. The upper register feels connected to the lower register in a way that bolt-on basses sometimes don’t. If you play a lot of melodic bass lines or fills that go above the 12th fret, you’ll notice this immediately.
It’s not magic. It’s physics. The neck is part of the body, so vibrations travel through the whole instrument instead of across a joint.
Passive Electronics on a TRB
Most TRB basses you’ll find are active. The TRB1004J goes passive, which is a deliberate choice by Yamaha and a reason some players specifically seek this model out.
Passive means your tone is more directly connected to how you play. Dig in harder, you get more. Back off, you get less. There’s no EQ boost to compensate for lazy technique. Some players find that frustrating. I find it educational.
The tone controls on this bass are simple and they work. You’re not going to dial in a crazy scooped modern tone — that’s not what this bass is for. What you get is a warm, organic character that sits beautifully in a mix without fighting for space.
The Natural Finish
This sounds like aesthetics, but it’s also about feel. A natural finish means the wood can breathe slightly differently than a thick polyurethane finish. The neck in particular feels immediate under your hand — not sticky, not glassy, just wood.
After a few hours playing, the neck warms up to your hand temperature and it almost disappears. That’s the best kind of neck. You stop thinking about the instrument and start thinking about the music.
Who Is This Bass For?
Not for everyone, honestly. If you want modern active tone, aggressive slap sound, or lots of EQ flexibility — look at the TRBX505 or an active BB series. This is not that bass.
The TRB1004J is for a player who wants a sophisticated, warm, passive 4-string with excellent construction. It’s for someone who understands that sometimes less EQ means more character. It works incredibly well for jazz, soul, R&B, and any context where you want the bass to support rather than lead.
I’d also recommend it to intermediate players who want to develop their right-hand technique. Passive basses expose your dynamics in a way that active basses can mask. It’ll make you a better player.
Build Quality
This is Yamaha, so the build quality is exactly what you’d expect — solid. The fret work is clean, the nut is cut properly, and the tuners hold pitch without drama. The neck profile is comfortable for extended playing sessions.
The body is alder, which is a classic tonewood choice for a reason. It contributes to that balanced, even response across the frequency spectrum. No exaggerated lows, no harsh highs. Just honest tone.
FAQ
What does the J in Yamaha TRB1004J mean?
The J designates the natural finish option. NT means neck-through construction. So TRB1004J NT is a 4-string, neck-through, natural finish Yamaha TRB bass with passive electronics.
Is the Yamaha TRB1004J active or passive?
Passive. That’s actually one of the main reasons players seek this specific model out — it has a warmer, more organic character than the active TRB basses in the same series.
How does neck-through affect tone?
Neck-through construction improves sustain and makes the upper register feel more connected. Notes decay smoothly and evenly. It also improves access to upper frets since there’s no bolt-on heel in the way.
Is the Yamaha TRB1004J good for beginners?
It’s better suited to intermediate or advanced players. Not because it’s hard to play — it’s actually very comfortable — but because the passive character rewards players who already understand dynamics and touch control.
How does it compare to the Yamaha TRB1005?
The TRB1005 is a 5-string, also a TRB series instrument. If you need a low B, go TRB1005. If 4 strings is enough and you want that passive neck-through character, the TRB1004J is the more focused instrument.
Related Posts

Yamaha TRB1005 Review
Yamaha BB Series Guide
Yamaha BB735A Review
Yamaha BB435 vs TRBX305: Classic vs Modern

The TRB1004J is a jazz-bass-inspired design done by a company that understands what jazz-inspired actually means. It's not a copy. The offset body gives you the familiar balance and upper fret access, but the electronics are purely Yamaha — quieter, more articulate, with a preamp that doesn't color the tone so much as clarify it.For studio bassists specifically, this instrument punches above its price category. The output is consistent, the neck is stable across temperature changes, and it records with very little EQ work needed. That last part matters when you're doing session work and the engineer just wants something that sits in the mix without fighting everything else.The TRB line doesn't get enough credit in online communities because it doesn't have the visual drama of boutique instruments. But if you've played one properly set up through a decent DI, you understand immediately.Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →

#### Yamaha TRB1005 Review: The Bass That Gets Out of Your Way
There’s a specific kind of bass that doesn’t announce itself. You plug it in, start playing, and about two minutes in you realize you haven’t thought about the instrument once. You’ve just been playing. That’s what the TRB1005 does.
Yamaha’s TRB line has been around since the early 90s and it represents a completely different philosophy from the BB series. Where the BB is rooted in tradition — passive, punchy, vintage-inspired — the TRB is about refinement. Neck-through construction, active electronics, extended range, wide string spacing. It was designed for players who want to push further.
Neck-Through Construction — Why It Matters
The TRB1005 is built with a neck-through body design. The neck runs the full length of the instrument and the body wings are glued on either side. This is a fundamentally different approach from bolt-on or set-neck construction, and you feel it immediately in the sustain.
Notes on a neck-through bass don’t just stop — they decay slowly and evenly. On the TRB1005 you can play a note at the 12th fret and hear it ring out for what feels like forever. For fingerstyle jazz and fusion playing that’s not just nice to have — it defines the sound entirely.
Upper fret access is also dramatically better on a neck-through. Getting to frets 17-24 on a regular bolt-on requires some awkward hand positioning. On this bass it’s completely natural. The upper horn is designed to balance the instrument so you’re not fighting the weight to reach the high positions.
Active Electronics and the TRB Sound
The TRB1005 runs on active electronics with a 3-band EQ — bass, mid, treble. The preamp is clean and transparent, which is exactly what you want from a high-quality active system. It’s not there to color your tone, it’s there to let you shape it precisely.
Flat setting sounds incredibly balanced. The pickups have a natural warmth in the low-mids and clear, detailed highs. You can hear every note of a chord voicing distinctly, which matters enormously for solo playing and any situation where you’re working in a higher register.
The 5-string low B on this bass is one of the tighter ones I’ve played in this price range. A loose, flabby low B is one of the most common complaints about mid-range 5-string basses. Yamaha got the scale length and string spacing right on the TRB and it shows — the B string speaks clearly even through a regular amp.
Who Plays a TRB
I’ve seen TRBs in the hands of jazz session players, progressive rock bassists, fusion players who spend most of their time above the 12th fret. It’s a musician’s instrument in the best sense — it doesn’t try to make any particular style easy, it just gets out of your way and lets you play.
I’ve had students come to me after years on entry-level basses who made the jump to a TRB and described it as learning to play all over again. The instrument responds differently. It rewards precision. If your technique is sloppy, you’ll hear it. If your technique is solid, the TRB will tell you in the most flattering way possible.
That’s not a knock on players at any level — it’s just an honest description of what a higher-quality instrument does. It doesn’t make you better automatically, but it gives you accurate feedback that cheaper instruments can’t provide.
TRB1005 vs Other Yamaha 5-Strings
If you’re comparing this to the BB435 or TRBX305, you’re looking at a significant step up in both price and construction quality. The TRB1005 is neck-through, made in Japan (on older models), and built to a tighter specification than the TRBX line.
The TRBX505 is the more accessible option in the TRB family — bolt-on, active, very playable, good value. But the TRB1005 is in a different category. You feel that difference the moment you pick it up.
FAQ
Is the Yamaha TRB1005 still in production?
The original TRB1005 has been discontinued, but Yamaha has continued the TRB concept through updated models. Used examples appear regularly on the second-hand market and represent excellent value — the neck-through construction means these basses hold up extremely well over time.
Is the TRB1005 good for beginners?
Technically yes — it’s easy to play and sounds great. Practically, it’s expensive and the refinement it offers is harder to appreciate if you haven’t developed enough technique to notice the difference. Start with something in the BB or TRBX range, work on your playing, then move to a TRB when you’re ready.
How does the low B string compare to other 5-string basses?
Very well. The 34-inch scale length and proper neck construction give the B string clarity that many 5-strings at similar price points can’t match. It’s not loose or wooly — it responds cleanly across the whole dynamic range.
What music styles suit the TRB1005 best?
Jazz, fusion, progressive rock, solo bass. The sustained notes, smooth upper register access, and flexible EQ make it exceptional for any style that takes the bass beyond a pure support role. It also works fine for rock and funk — it’s not limited — but those styles don’t particularly need what makes the TRB special.
Is it worth buying used?
Absolutely. These basses were built to last and the neck-through construction means there’s no neck pocket to wear out or loosen over time. A used TRB1005 in good condition is one of the better value propositions in the used bass market.
The TRB1005 is where Yamaha proved they could compete with boutique builders without the boutique price tag. The neck-through construction gives it a sustain and resonance that bolt-on instruments in this range can’t match. Notes bloom rather than punch — which is exactly what you want from a five-string in a live mix where the low B needs to sound like it belongs there.Five-string technique is a bigger topic than most players realize. The low B isn’t just an extra low note. It’s a different way of organizing the whole neck. Once you’ve played seriously in that register for a year you start hearing bass parts differently.Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →

#### Yamaha TRBX Series Explained: TRBX204 vs 304 vs 504 vs 505
Yamaha makes a lot of basses and the TRBX series can be confusing from the outside. Four models — TRBX204, TRBX304, TRBX504, TRBX505 — and if you don’t know what the numbers mean, picking between them feels like guesswork. This video and post are meant to fix that.
I played all four back to back. Here’s what actually separates them and which one makes sense for which player.

How the TRBX Lineup Works
The number system is straightforward once you understand it. The first digit tells you the tier — 2 is entry, 3 is mid, 5 is upper-mid. The last digit tells you strings — 4 is four-string, 5 is five-string. So TRBX204 is entry-level 4-string, TRBX505 is upper-mid 5-string.
The TRBX504 and TRBX505 are essentially the same bass — same body, same electronics — just different string counts. The TRBX304 sits between the 204 and the 504 in terms of features and price.
TRBX204 — The Starting Point
The 204 is the entry model. Passive electronics, simple controls, affordable price. For someone who wants the TRBX body shape and Yamaha build quality without the active electronics, this is the door in.
It sounds like a bass. The tone is clean and functional. You’re not getting the EQ flexibility of the higher models, but the fundamental character — the way it sits in a mix, the string response — is there. Yamaha doesn’t build bad entry instruments. The 204 is proof of that.
If I’m recommending a first Yamaha to a beginner who has a modest budget, the 204 comes up regularly. The passive electronics mean there’s no battery to worry about and the tone is more forgiving of beginner amp settings.
TRBX304 — The Middle Ground
The 304 adds active electronics — a 2-band EQ with bass and treble controls. That’s a meaningful upgrade because it gives you real tone shaping capability without the complexity of a full 3-band system.
The body is the same asymmetrical TRBX design, the neck profile is comfortable, and the pickups are the same YGD (Yamaha Guitar Development) units as the higher models. The difference between the 304 and 504 is mostly in the EQ sophistication.
For an intermediate player who knows they want active tone but doesn’t need the full 3-band EQ of the 504 — the 304 hits a good value point. You get more than the 204 without paying for features you might not use yet.
TRBX504 — The Serious One
This is where the TRBX series gets genuinely impressive. 3-band active EQ with bass, mid, and treble controls. The mid control is the key addition — it’s the frequency range where bass sits in a band mix and having control over it makes a real difference in live and recording situations.
The 504 also has the active/passive switch that the lower models don’t. Flip it and you bypass the preamp entirely, getting a passive tone from the same instrument. That’s a significant feature for players who want tonal versatility without carrying multiple basses.
Build quality is the same Yamaha standard throughout the line — consistent, reliable, no surprises. The hardware on the 504 is the same as the 304. You’re paying for the electronics upgrade, not for better tuners or a fancier bridge.
TRBX505 — Same as 504, Five Strings
Everything I said about the 504 applies to the 505, plus a low B string. If you need five strings, this is your TRBX. I reviewed it in depth separately because the 5-string question deserves its own treatment.
The short version: the low B on the 505 is solid. Tight, defined, usable for most styles. The 34-inch scale means it’s not the tightest B you’ll find anywhere, but it’s more than adequate.
Which One Should You Buy
The answer depends on where you are as a player and what you need from the instrument.
Just starting out and budget is a real constraint — TRBX204. You’re getting Yamaha reliability and the TRBX body without paying for features you won’t use yet.
Intermediate player who wants active tone and EQ flexibility — TRBX304 if you want to keep costs down, TRBX504 if you want the full feature set and plan to keep this bass for years.
Need five strings — TRBX505, no question. It’s the 504 with a low B and it’s one of the best value active 5-strings in its price range.
FAQ
What is the difference between TRBX204 and TRBX304?
The TRBX204 is passive with no active EQ. The TRBX304 adds a 2-band active EQ (bass and treble controls). Both use the same body and neck design. The 304 gives you more tonal flexibility at a higher price point.
What is the difference between TRBX304 and TRBX504?
The TRBX504 adds a mid EQ control (making it 3-band instead of 2-band) and an active/passive switch. These are meaningful upgrades — the mid control and passive mode make the 504 a more versatile instrument for live and studio work.
Is the TRBX204 good for beginners?
Yes. It’s one of the better beginner basses at its price point — solid Yamaha build quality, comfortable neck, and passive electronics that are simple to understand and use.
Does the Yamaha TRBX have an active/passive switch?
Only the TRBX504 and TRBX505 have the active/passive switch. The TRBX204 is passive only. The TRBX304 is active only with no passive option.
Which Yamaha TRBX is best for slap bass?
The TRBX504 or TRBX505. The 3-band EQ lets you dial in the classic scooped slap tone precisely, and the active/passive switch gives you options depending on the style of slap playing you’re doing.
Related Posts

Yamaha TRBX505 Review
Yamaha TRBX505 Deep Dive
Yamaha BB435 vs TRBX305: Classic vs Modern
Yamaha Bass Comparison: Full Series Breakdown

Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →

#### Yamaha TRBX505 Deep Dive: The More I Play It, The More I Like It
I already covered the TRBX505 briefly before, but this time I wanted to go deeper. Different finish, different context, and after spending more time with this bass I have things to say that didn’t make it into the first review. The TRBX505 keeps revealing itself the more you play it.
This is a longer look. If you want the short version — it’s a great bass for the money. If you want to understand why, keep reading.

Why I Came Back to the TRBX505
Some basses you review and move on. The TRBX505 kept coming up in conversations — students asking about it, people in comments comparing it to basses twice the price. I started paying more attention to how I actually felt playing it rather than just how it measured up on paper.
The answer surprised me a little. It’s better than the price suggests. Not in a “for the money” qualifier way — it’s just genuinely good.
The Active/Passive Switch — More Useful Than I First Thought
The TRBX505 has a switch that lets you flip between active and passive modes. I initially treated this as a backup-in-case-the-battery-dies feature. After more time with the bass I use it deliberately.
Active mode with the EQ engaged gives you that modern, sculpted tone — good for slap, funk, anything where you want clarity and punch. Passive mode with the EQ bypassed opens up something warmer and more natural. The midrange sits differently. Notes breathe more.
Having both in one instrument is a real advantage. I can start a set in active mode for the uptempo funk tunes and flip to passive for the slower, more melodic material. One bass, two characters.
The Low B String — Revisited
On a 34-inch scale 5-string, the low B is always the question. I was cautiously positive about it in my first look. After more time I’m more definitive: it’s solid. Tight enough to articulate clearly, with enough mass to feel substantial in the mix.
I’ve played 35-inch scale basses with worse B strings than this. Scale length matters but it’s not the whole story — string quality, pickup placement, and nut cut all factor in. Yamaha got those details right on the TRBX505.
The Pickup System
Yamaha uses their own YGD (Yamaha Guitar Development) pickups in the TRBX505. They designed these specifically for the TRBX series rather than dropping in generic components. That decision shows in how the electronics are voiced — everything works together. The EQ controls are musical, meaning the frequencies they boost and cut are the ones that actually matter for bass.
The treble boost adds air without turning into ice pick. The bass boost adds weight without getting muddy. The mid control — often the most important and most neglected EQ band — is centered at a frequency that helps you cut through a mix without sounding honky.
Build Quality Up Close
The hardware on this bass is consistent and functional. The tuners hold pitch well. The bridge is solid. The neck pocket is tight. These are things you check on any bass and on the TRBX505 they pass without drama.
The neck itself has a comfortable asymmetrical profile — slightly thicker on the bass side, thinner on the treble side. If you’ve never played an asymmetrical neck it sounds like a gimmick. In practice it feels more natural because it mirrors the way your hand actually wraps around the neck.
What This Bass Is Actually For
The TRBX505 covers a lot of musical ground. It’s not the most specialised instrument — if you need pure vintage Precision Bass character, look at the Yamaha BB series. If you need boutique refinement, look at Fujigen.
But if you need a reliable, versatile 5-string that works across multiple styles and shows up correctly every night — the TRBX505 is the answer. It’s a working musician’s bass at a price that doesn’t require a second mortgage.
I’ve recommended it to more students than any other bass in this price range. The recommendation keeps being right.
FAQ
What is the difference between Yamaha TRBX505 and TRBX304?
The TRBX505 is a 5-string with a more sophisticated pickup and EQ system. The TRBX304 is a 4-string with a slightly simpler electronics package. Both are active basses from the same series — the 505 is the flagship of the range.
Does the Yamaha TRBX505 have active and passive modes?
Yes. There’s a switch that lets you bypass the active preamp and run passive. This gives you two distinct tonal characters from one instrument — very useful for live playing across different styles.
Is the Yamaha TRBX505 good for slap bass?
Very good. The active EQ lets you dial in the classic scooped slap tone easily, and the tight low B string on the 5-string adds range for slap patterns that go down low. One of the better basses for slap in this price range.
How long does the battery last in the TRBX505?
A standard 9V battery lasts around 200-300 hours of active playing. Always unplug the cable when not playing — the circuit stays on as long as a cable is inserted. Replace the battery if you notice tone thinning out or the EQ starting to behave strangely.
Is the Yamaha TRBX505 worth the price?
Yes. It consistently competes with basses that cost significantly more. The YGD pickup system, the active/passive switching, and Yamaha’s build quality make it one of the strongest value propositions in the active 5-string market.
Related Posts

Yamaha TRBX505 — First Look
Yamaha BB435 vs TRBX305: Classic vs Modern
Yamaha BB735A Review
Cort A5 Plus SCMS Review

The TRBX505 in active mode gives you almost too much flexibility for a player who doesn't know what they're looking for yet. I always suggest to students buying their first active bass: start with the active/passive switch in passive mode. Learn to move around the neck and control your tone with your hands. Then, once you've developed that instinct, start using the preamp as a finishing tool rather than a crutch.The five-string layout on the TRBX505 is particularly well thought out. The B string tension is correct — not too floppy, not piano-string tight. That's a spec detail that Yamaha has gotten right consistently across their five-string line, and it's the thing that convinces skeptical four-string players to switch.Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →

#### Yamaha TRBX505 Review: The Best Active 5-String Under $600?
I’ll be upfront with you before we go any further — I’m a BB guy. Always have been. The passive tone, the vintage feel, the way it sits in a mix without you having to think about it. That’s my world. So when I tell you the TRBX505 is worth your attention, understand it’s coming from someone who doesn’t particularly need active electronics in his life. But a lot of my students do. And this bass delivers for them in a way that’s hard to argue with. Over 59,000 people have watched my demo of this thing — so clearly I’m not the only one curious about it.

The TRBX505 is a five-string active bass sitting in the $500-600 range. Alder body, 35″ scale, 3-band active EQ, two humbuckers. Light, balanced, comfortable to play for long periods. That last part matters more than the spec sheet suggests — if a bass is uncomfortable after an hour, you stop playing it. Simple as that. The 505 doesn’t have that problem. It’s one of those instruments you put on and forget you’re wearing.
The 35″ scale is the thing that sets it apart from most competitors at this price. Longer scale means more string tension, especially on the low B. Five-string basses with a 34″ scale and a budget price tag almost always have a floppy, useless low B — the string has no tension, it sounds undefined, and you end up avoiding it. On the 505 the B string is actually usable. Not world-class tight, but workable enough to play in a real band situation without embarrassing yourself. For the price, that’s a big deal.
The Active EQ: This Is Where It Gets Interesting
Here’s my honest relationship with active basses — I tolerate them when the preamp is good and avoid them when it isn’t. Most budget active basses have preamps that colour the tone in a way that sounds artificial. You boost the bass and it goes boomy instead of warm. You cut the mids and it sounds scooped instead of focused. The TRBX505 preamp is actually decent. It doesn’t do anything weird. Bass boost thickens without getting muddy, mid cut gives you that modern scooped sound if that’s your thing, treble boost adds definition for slap without getting harsh.
I still prefer the passive sound of a BB434 for most of what I do — recording, session work, live playing where I know the room. But I understand why players who grew up on active basses feel at home with the 505. It gives you control. You can shape your sound without touching the amp. In a live situation where you’re moving between venues with different stage monitors and different FOH setups every night, that flexibility has real value. I’ve recommended this bass to students who gig regularly and every single one of them is happy with it.
TRBX505 vs BB434: Honest Comparison
People ask me this constantly, so here it is straight. The BB434 wins on tone character, warmth, and that intangible “feel” of a great passive bass. It has more personality. The TRBX505 wins on versatility, the five-string option, and active control. If you’re a four-string fingerstyle player who wants a bass with soul — go BB. If you play modern music, need five strings, or want to dial in your sound quickly on different stages — the 505 makes more sense.
The neck profiles are different too. The TRBX505 has a slimmer, faster neck — better for players who come from guitar or who play a lot of fast passages and slap. The BB series has a chunkier, more traditional feel that suits heavy fingerstyle playing. Neither is wrong. They’re just different tools for different hands. I know players who own both and switch depending on the gig. That’s probably the smartest approach if budget allows.
String spacing is tighter on the 505 — 16.5mm at the bridge versus the more standard 17-17.5mm. This makes it easier to transition from a four-string since your muscle memory doesn’t have to adjust as dramatically to the wider neck. It also helps with slap technique on a five-string, which is notoriously awkward until you get used to the spacing. The downside is that players with bigger hands sometimes feel cramped. Try before you buy if you can.
Who Should Buy the TRBX505
If you play modern styles — R&B, gospel, funk, pop, worship music — and you need five strings with active tone shaping, this is probably the best value you’ll find under $600. Not because it’s perfect, but because nothing else at this price does all of those things as well simultaneously. The build quality is solid, nothing feels cheap, and Yamaha’s quality control at this price point is consistently better than most competitors.
I wouldn’t recommend it to someone who’s primarily a vintage tone player, or someone who just wants a great passive four-string. For that, save yourself some money and get a BB434. But if you know you need active electronics and five strings and you don’t want to spend a thousand dollars to get them — the TRBX505 earns its place. It’s a serious instrument made for players who are serious about what they do. I just happen to personally prefer the sound of wood doing its thing without a battery involved. Doesn’t mean I can’t recognize a good bass when I play one.
Questions about the 505 or how it compares to something else you’re looking at — drop them below. I’ve played almost everything in this price range and I’ll give you a straight answer.
Frequently Asked Questions
Is the Yamaha TRBX505 good for beginners?It’s playable for beginners but better suited for intermediate players who know they need active electronics and five strings. If you’re just starting out, the Yamaha BB235 is a simpler, cheaper first five-string.
What is the 35″ scale on the TRBX505 and why does it matter?Standard bass scale is 34″. The extra inch on the TRBX505 adds tension to the strings, especially the low B. Tighter tension means a cleaner, more defined low B note — less floppiness, more usable sound in a band context.
TRBX505 vs Yamaha BB435 — which should I buy?If you want passive, warm, vintage-leaning tone — go BB435. If you want active EQ control, a faster neck, and a more modern sound — TRBX505. I cover both basses in detail in my Yamaha BB series guide.
Does the TRBX505 need batteries?Yes — it runs on a 9V battery for the active preamp. The battery compartment is on the back with a simple cover, no screws. Easy to swap mid-gig if needed. Expect 6-12 months of regular playing from one battery.
Is the low B string on the TRBX505 usable?Yes. The 35″ scale and solid neck construction make the low B tighter and more defined than most basses at this price. Not as tight as a Dingwall or a high-end Ibanez, but completely usable in live and recording situations.
Related reads: Yamaha BB Series Guide  ·  Yamaha BB235 Review  ·  BB435 vs TRBX305 Comparison
Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →

#### Zon Sonus 5 Custom 1997 Review — The Most Underrated $3,000+ Bass You've Never Tried
There is a bass company called Zon Guitars out of California. Joe Zon has been building instruments since the early 1980s. He makes basses for a small, loyal group of players who know exactly what they want and are willing to pay for it. Most people outside of hardcore bass forums have never heard of him.
The Zon Sonus 5 Custom from 1997 is the most underrated expensive bass I have ever played. That is not hyperbole. Let me tell you why.

What Makes Zon Different
Joe Zon’s instruments are notable for something that most bass builders don’t do: the necks are made from a composite material rather than wood. Specifically, a phenolic resin composite that Zon developed to address problems that wood-necked basses have in certain environments — humidity changes, temperature swings, touring in different climates.
Wood necks expand and contract with humidity. In dry winter conditions, a neck that was perfectly set up in autumn will shift. Players deal with this constantly — adjusting relief, tweaking truss rods, fighting necks that don’t want to cooperate. The Zon composite neck simply doesn’t do this. Once it’s set up, it stays set up.
This sounds like a practical engineering solution, which it is. But it also has sonic consequences that I didn’t expect.
The Sound of a Composite Neck
The conventional wisdom is that composite necks sound “sterile” or “clinical.” I had heard this before I played the Zon and I was prepared to find some truth in it. What I actually found was different.
The composite neck produces a tone that is extremely even across the entire fretboard. No dead spots. No notes that bloom differently than others. Every fret, every string, responds with consistent sustain and consistent attack. This is unusual. On most wood-necked basses, there are positions where notes just feel different — a little deader, a little louder, a little less responsive.
On the Zon Sonus, that variation disappears. What you have is an instrument that does exactly what you ask it to do at every single position.
Playing the 5-String
The 1997 Sonus 5 Custom had a 35-inch scale length, which is standard for Zon’s 5-string instruments. Longer scale means tighter string tension on the low B, which addresses the “floppy B string” problem that affects a lot of 5-string basses.
The low B on this instrument was genuinely impressive. Tight, focused, musical. Not a rumble — actual notes that cut through clearly and tracked with the same articulation as the upper strings. This is what a well-executed 5-string bass is supposed to feel like.
The pickup system was Bartolini electronics with a custom Zon preamp. The tone was clear and transparent with a natural quality that complemented the composite neck character. Not coloured or manipulated — just the sound of the instrument translated faithfully to the amp.
Why It’s Underrated
The gear community follows certain brands and certain aesthetics. Fender, Music Man, Sadowsky, Ken Smith — these names have visibility. Zon exists at the edges of those conversations, mentioned respectfully but not pursued the way other boutique builders are.
Part of this is the composite neck. Players hear “not wood” and assume something has been lost. Part of it is the relatively small production volume — Joe Zon builds a limited number of instruments per year and doesn’t market aggressively. And part of it is that the instruments are so consistent and reliable that they don’t generate the dramatic praise-and-frustration stories that other high-end basses do.
They just work. Extremely well. Quietly, without drama.
Should You Look for One?
If you are a serious 5-string player who has dealt with neck instability problems, humidity-related setup issues, or inconsistent note response across the fretboard — yes. Look for a Zon Sonus. New ones from Joe Zon’s shop are $3,000–$5,000+ depending on configuration. Vintage 1990s models in good condition can be found for $1,800–$2,800.
You will not get the vintage Fender feel. You will not get the brand cachet of a Sadowsky or a Ken Smith. What you will get is an instrument that plays the same way in January in Moscow and July in Miami, with no dead spots, with a low B that sounds like a real note, and with a build quality that will outlast you.
That is worth something.
Frequently Asked Questions
Are Zon basses still being made?
Yes. Joe Zon continues to build instruments in Redwood City, California. Production volume is limited and wait times for custom orders can be several months. New Zon basses are sold directly through the Zon Guitars website and through select dealers.
Do composite necks sound different from wood necks?
Yes, though “different” does not mean “worse.” Composite necks like the Zon phenolic design tend to produce a more even, consistent tone across the fretboard with excellent sustain. The character is often described as clear and transparent. Some players miss the warmth variation of wood; others prefer the consistency of composite.
Is the Zon Sonus good for slap bass?
Yes. The composite neck’s consistency and the tight low B string (on the 5-string models) make the Zon Sonus a very capable slap instrument. The even note response across all positions is particularly useful for slap technique, which puts demands on the entire range of the neck.
How does the Zon Sonus compare to a Modulus bass?
Both use composite neck technology but approach it differently. Modulus uses a graphite neck; Zon uses a phenolic composite. The Modulus tone tends to be brighter and more aggressive; the Zon tone is warmer and more balanced. Both are excellent instruments for players who want the stability benefits of composite necks.

Related Posts

Ken Smith BSR Elite 6-String Bass Review
Lakland Joe Osborn Signature Jazz Bass Review
Sadowsky NYC 2008 4-String Bass Review

The Zon Sonus 5 Custom occupies a specific place in bass history — it represented what was possible when a builder took the five-string seriously as a design problem rather than just adding a string to an existing instrument. Joe Zon's approach to the neck-through phenolic fingerboard addressed the stability problems that plagued five-strings in their early commercial years.The phenolic board doesn't wear. It doesn't shift with humidity. It stays exactly where it was the day it was built, which means setups last longer and the instrument is reliable across environments. For touring musicians, that consistency is worth significant money.Want to Level Up Your Bass Playing?I’ve put together courses and resources that cover everything from slap fundamentals to advanced groove techniques.Most PopularUltimate Bass Vault8+ hours of lessons — $49Groove Pack32 Grooves Pack32 patterns with tabs — $14.99FreeSlap Bass Starter Pack5 videos — no costLive Lesson1-on-1 Private LessonZoom session — $60/hourFeedbackVideo Review & FeedbackSend your video — $25ExclusiveBass Fills Vol. 1Patreon exclusive — $4.99Browse All Courses on Patreon →